Motion Control Testing A TravelMax Stage. NanoMax 3-Axis Flexure Platform. Assembly of A Flexure Platform

01_Linear Translation_478-499.qxd.
P:478-499 7/23/11 1:21 PM Page 478
Motion Control
• State-of-the-Art
Nanopositioning Stages
• Motor and Piezo Actuators
and Controllers
• Automated Alignment
Systems
• Solutions for Photonics,
Microscopy, and
Bioscience Applications
• Wide Range of Tools and
Accessories
Testing a TravelMax™ Stage
NanoMax™ 3-Axis Flexure Platform
Thorlabs’ wide range of Motion Control

products are designed and manufactured in
our UK facility located in the heart of
Cambridgeshire, England.
Our motion control team benefits from over

30 years of design and production
experience working at the nanometer level of
resolution. This level of expertise helps us to
continuously provide high-quality products
that ensure the success of our customers.
Assembly of a Flexure Platform
478 www.thorlabs.com
01_Linear Translation_478-499.qxd.P:478-499 7/25/11 4:01 PM Page 479
Motion Control
Selection Guide
MOTORIZED MULTI-AXIS
MANUAL STAGES STAGES PLATFORMS ACTUATORS CONTROLLERS
Pages 479 - 505 Pages 506 - 540 Pages 541 - 588 Pages 589 - 614 Pages 615 - 659
Manual Stages
Selection Guide
Flexure-Based Translation Stages
Pages 480 - 483
1/4" (6 mm) Travel Translation Stages

Page 484
1/2" (12.7 mm) Travel Translation Stages

Pages 485 - 490
1" (25.4 mm) and 2" (50.8 mm) Travel Stages

Pages 491 - 497
Large-Area, Long-Travel Translation Stage

Page 498
Lab Jacks
Page 499
Continuous Rotation Stages

Pages 500 - 503
Goniometers
Pages 504 - 505
www.thorlabs.com 479
01_Linear Translation_478-499.qxd.P:478-499 7/25/11 11:36 AM Page 480
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS 1.5 mm Travel, NanoFlexTM Stage, 25 µm Piezo Actuator Counterbore for

Manual Stages #6 (M3) Cap Screw
Indicated "A"
NF15AP25 This NanoFlex™ flexure stage is versatile and (3 Places)
Motorized Stages 1.18"
compact, offering 0.06" (1.5 mm) of overall SMC Piezo (30 mm)
Multi-Axis manual travel and 25 µm of piezoelectric Connector
Platforms 0 - 75 V
movement. It is designed to carry loads up to A B A
Actuators 1.1 lbs (0.5 kg). Optical components can be A 1.18"
B (30 mm)
mounted to the moving platform and
Controllers B
translated precisely and smoothly along a 8-32 B B
M SECTIONS
single axis. The manual adjustment screw Through Hole 1 Place
0.39"
offers 0.25 mm of travel per revolution, and 4-40 Through Hole
(10 mm)
SMC Piezo Indicated "B" (5 Places)
Linear Translation Connector the piezoelectric actuator provides 25 nm Typical
resolution. The stage can be driven by the 0.28"
1.94"
(49.4 mm)
Rotation TPZ001 controller, which is sold separately (7.0 mm)
as well as bundled with the stage (see below).
Goniometers 0.49"
(12.5 mm)
Features Specifications
I Steel Construction, I Travel: 0.06" (1.5 mm)
Black Paint Finish* I Horizontal Load Capacity: 1.1 lbs (0.5 kg)
I Flexure Design, No Static I Vertical Load Capacity: 0.55 lbs (0.25 kg)
C C C 0.39" (10 mm)
I
or Kinetic Friction Typical
Piezo Travel: 25 µm
I
C C
I
Thumbscrew and Piezo Resolution: 25 nm
Fine Adjustment
0.10" (0.25 mm)/Rev.
Piezo Adjustment
I
C
I
Coarse Adjust: 0.25 mm per Revolution M2 Tap
All Cables Included of Thumbscrew Indicated "C"
I
*The NF15P1 and NF15P2 Accessories
are Anodized Aluminum Piezo Drive Voltage: 0 - 75 V
NF15AP25 Accessories
The NF15P1 base plate provides a
convenient way to attach the stages NF15P2
to an optical system or table.
The NF15P2 angle bracket allows our
NanoFlex™ compact stages to be NF15P1
integrated into XY, XZ, and XYZ systems.
NanoFlex™ Stage with Embedded 25 µm Piezoelectric Movement

ITEM # METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION
NF15AP25 NF15AP25/M $ 699.00 £ 503.28 € 608,13 ¥ 5,571.03 Thumbscrew and 25 µm Piezo Drive Single-Axis Stage, 0.06" (1.5 mm) Travel
NF15P1 NF15P1/M $ 46.60 £ 33.55 € 40,54 ¥ 371.40 Mounting Plate for the 0.06" (1.5 mm) NanoFlex™ Series
NF15P2 NF15P2/M $ 46.60 £ 33.55 € 40,54 ¥ 371.40 Angle Bracket for the 0.06" (1.5 mm) NanoFlex™ Series
1.5 mm (0.06") Travel, NanoFlexTM Stage and Driver Bundle

The TPZ001 T-Cube Piezo
Features Controller (see pages 636 - 637) SAVE 10%
I Piezo Positioning Kit (Power
Supply Not Included) is the ideal driver for the
I Manual Operation via NF15AP25 stage. This bundle
Front Panel includes everything needed for a
I PC Control for Remote complete piezo positioning
Operation (USB) system and saves 10% on the
I apt™ Software Control Suite combined product price. The
Included (See Pages 654 - 656) power supply is sold separately,
as shown in price box.

TPZNF15 TPZNF15/M $ 1,164.60 £ 838.51 € 1.013,20 ¥ 9,281.86 NanoFlex™ 0.06" (1.5 mm) Travel Stage and TPZ001 Piezo Driver
TPS002 TPS002 $ 105.00 £ 75.60 € 91,35 ¥ 836.85 Power Supply for TPZNF15
TCH002 TCH002 $ 726.90 £ 523.37 € 632,40 ¥ 5,793.39 Power Supply and USB Hub for up to 6 T-Cubes
Motion Control
CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
4 mm Travel Flexure Stage Platforms Multi-Axis

Platforms
Actuators
Controllers
MicroBlock
(For more details, see page 545) SECTIONS M
Compact XYZ Flexure Stage Platform

Linear Translation
Thumbscrew or Differential Drives

Rotation
Goniometers
MBT616D
3-Axis NanoMax
(For more details, see pages 546 - 549)
Interchangeable Actuators
• Thumbscrew Drive
• Differential Micrometers
Internal Piezo Actuators Available

• Stepper Motors
(Open- or Closed-Loop)
MAX311D
6-Axis NanoMax
(For more details, see pages 564 - 571)
Interchangeable Actuators
• Thumbscrew Drive
• Differential Micrometers
Internal Piezo Actuators Available

• Stepper Motors
(Open- or Closed-Loop)
MAX603D
Multi-Axis Platforms start on page 541
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS 5 mm Travel, NanoFlexTM Stage, 20 µm Piezo Actuator

Manual Stages
Motorized Stages Single-Axis

Multi-Axis
Stage Specifications Piezo Specifications
Platforms ■ Travel: 5 mm ■ Drive Voltage: 0 - 75 V
Actuators NF5DP20 ■ Max Load: ■ Drive Connector: SMC
2.2 lbs (1 kg) Horizontal ■ Feedback Connector: LEMO
Controllers 1.1 lbs (0.5 kg) Vertical ■ Travel Range: 20 µm Range
■ Lockable Coarse Adjustment ■ Resolution: 20 nm (Open
▼ SECTIONS ■ Course Adjustment: Loop), 10 nm (w/ Feedback)
SMC Piezo Connector 0.02" (0.5 mm) per Revolution
Linear Translation ■ Fine Adjustment:
50 µm per Revolution
Rotation Features ■ Fine Adjustment Range:
■ Flexure Design, No Static or Kinetic Friction 300 µm
Goniometers ■ Differential Micrometer Drive
■ Open- and Closed-Loop Piezo Options
■ Compact Size
■ XYZ Configurable
When stability is of the utmost importance, these NanoFlex™ stages provide Counterbore for
1/4"-20 UNC (M6 x 1.00)
8-32 (M4)
ultra-smooth translation for applications that are intolerant to the errors 8 Places
Screw, 2 Places
inherent in linear bearings. The compound linear flexure design ensures true
linear motion over the full range of translation.
2.95" (75 mm)
Typ.
The NF5 series stages are supplied with a differential micrometer drive. An
optional internal piezo drive is available, with or without strain gauge
feedback. This stage is ideal for a variety of applications, including #6-32 UNC (M3)
Through, 4 Places 1/4"-20 UNC (M6)
interferometry, microscopy, and other precise nanopositioning applications. Through Hole, 2 Places
The extra stability offered by these stages means that they are suitable for
stacking in XY, XZ, and XYZ configurations when precise planar movement is
1.18"
required. The NF5 series stages can be mounted in an XYZ configuration 0.65"
(17 mm) (30 mm)
using the base plate (NF5P1) and angle bracket (NF5P2) featured below.
5.28"
(134 mm)
Nom
5 mm NanoFlex™ Stages
NF5D NF5D/M $ 795.00 £ 572.40 € 691,65 ¥ 6,336.15 Differential Adjuster Single-Axis Stage 5 mm Travel
Differential Adjuster and 20 µm Piezo
NF5DP20 NF5DP20/M $ 985.00 £ 709.20 € 856,95 ¥ 7,850.45
Single-Axis Stage, 5 mm Travel
Differential Adjuster and 20 µm Closed-Loop Piezo
NF5DP20S NF5DP20S/M $ 1,379.00 £ 992.88 € 1.199,73 ¥ 10,990.63
Single-Axis Stage, 5 mm Travel
5 mm Travel, NanoFlexTM Accessories

These accessories allow our compact NanoFlex™ stages to be assembled into
XY, XZ, or XYZ systems. The base plate provides a convenient means for
attaching a stage to an optical system or table.
NF5P2
NF5P1
5 mm NanoFlex™ Accessories
NF5P1 NF5P1/M $ 46.60 £ 33.55 € 40,54 ¥ 371.40 Mounting Plate for the 5 mm NanoFlex™ Series
NF5P2 NF5P2/M $ 94.10 £ 67.75 € 81,87 ¥ 749.98 Angle Bracket for the 5 mm NanoFlex™ Series
Motion Control
5 mm NanoFlexTM Piezo Stage with Driver Bundle

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
Features
I I
TPZNF5
Open- and Closed-Loop Piezo USB Control for Remote Motorized Stages
Positioning Kit Operation
I I
Multi-Axis
Manual Operation via Top Panel Software Control Suite Included Platforms
(See Pages 654 – 656 for Details)
Actuators
TPZNF5 Bundle
The TPZ001 T-Cube Piezo Driver is the ideal driver for the NF5DP20 Controllers
stage. This bundle includes everything needed for a complete open-loop
piezo positioning system and saves 10% on the combined product price. SECTIONS M
The power supply is sold separately (See Price Box Item # TPS002)
Linear Translation
TSGNF5 Bundle Rotation

This bundle has been designed for customers who require precise, closed-loop
control. The NF5DP20S stage, together with the T-Cube Piezo Controller Goniometers
(TPZ001, see pages 636 – 637) and Strain Gauge Reader (TSG001, see pages
638 – 639), provides an out-of-the-box high-precision, closed-loop positioning
solution. Furthermore, this bundle saves 10% on the combined product price.
TSGNF5
The power supply is sold separately.
The TPZ001 T-Cube

Piezo Driver is a Features
I Drive Voltage Digital Display
compact, single-channel
controller that provides
I Low-Voltage Driver Input (SMA)
manual and automated
nanometer-level motion I Low-Voltage Monitor Output (SMA)
control of Thorlabs’ I Closed-Loop Operation with T-Cube Strain Gauge Reader Unit
T-Cube Hub
open-loop, piezo- I Voltage Ramp/Waveform Generation Capability
actuated NF5D series
for up to 6
stage. The controller is controllers
TPZ001 Piezo Driver capable of delivering up to 150 V of drive voltage at 7.5 mA, thereby allowing an operating bandwidth
(For Complete Details,
up to 1 kHz when using a piezo element with 1 µF of capacitance.
See Pages 636 – 637)
Page 620
Features
I Nanometer-Level Position Resolution with I Provides Closed-Loop Operation with
Thorlabs’ NF5D Stage TPZ001 Cube Piezo Driver Shown Above
I Strain Gauge AC Bridge Signal Input I Position, Force, or Voltage Readout
The TSG001 T-Cube Strain Gauge Reader is a single-channel reader designed to measure, condition,
and display the feedback signal derived from the AC bridge strain gauge system contained within the
NF5DP20S stage. TSG001
Strain Gauge Reader
(For Complete Details,
TPZNF5 Bundle 5 mm NanoFlex™ Stage, Open-Loop Piezo and Driver Bundle See Pages 638 – 639)
TPZNF5 TPZNF5/M $ 1,580.00 £ 1,137.60 € 1.374,60 ¥ 12,592.60 NF5DP20 5 mm Travel Stage and TPZ001 Piezo Driver
TPS002 TPS002* $ 105.00 £ 75.60 € 91,35 ¥ 836.85 Dual T-Cube ±15 V/5 V Power Supply
TSGNF5 Bundle: 5 mm Travel, NanoFlex™ Stage, Strain Gauge Feedback and Driver Bundle
TSGNF5 TSGNF5/M $ 2,519.00 £ 1,813.68 € 2.191,53 ¥ 20,076.43 NF5DP20S 5 mm Travel Stage, TPZ001 Piezo Driver,
and TSG001 Stain Gauge Reader
TPS002 TPS002* $ 105.00 £ 75.60 € 91,35 ¥ 836.85 Dual T-Cube ±15 V/5 V Power Supply
*Both Imperial and Metric parts are equivalent.
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS 1/4" Travel, Miniature Translation Stages

Manual Stages
The MS1 translation stage features a ball bearing design for precise motion and long
Motorized Stages life. Its compact size makes this stage ideal where space is limited. The modular design
allows the user to reconfigure the stages quickly if an application changes.
Multi-Axis
Platforms This quick-change design is achieved by utilizing precision-aligned dowel
pins to ensure orthogonality between stages.
Actuators MS3
MS1 (MS103 Included)
Controllers
M SECTIONS
Specifications
I
Linear Translation
Maximum Stage Travel: 1/4" (6 mm)
I Angular Deviation: <150 µrad
Rotation
I Horizontal Load (Max): 7 lbs (3.2 kg)
Goniometers Features I Vertical Load (Max): 2.5 lbs (1.1 kg)
I Compact and Lightweight I Orthogonality: <2 mrad with Alignment Pins
I Lockable Design I Bearing Type: Ball Bearing
I Modular Construction I Material: Aluminum Body with Hardened Steel Linear Guides
I Good Performance at an I Adjuster: M3 x 0.25 Fine Adjustment Screw Provides 250 µm/rev
Economical Price I Mounting Holes: 8-32 (M4 x 0.7)
Mounting Options
The photographs below show the MS3 with two different 0.50"
accessory mounts. The upper photo shows the MS3 with a 360° (12.7 mm)
0.45"
rotation mount for Ø1/2" optics, while the lower application (11 mm) Locking Plate
photo shows it holding an objective using the CT01 Ø1" optic 8-32 (M4 x 0.7) Tap
(5 Places)
mount and an adapter.
0.50" 1.17"
4-40 Tap (13 mm) (29.7 mm)
(2 Places)
2.31"
4-40 C-bores (58.7 mm)
for Stacking
CT102
CT101
250 µm/Rev
1.17" Adjustment Screw
(30 mm)
0.60"
(15.2 mm)
8-32 (M4 x 0.7) Mounting Hole
MS101
MS103
CT104
CT103
See Page 285 for These Accessories

MS102
1/4" Miniature Translation Stages
MS1 MS1/M $ 172.40 £ 124.13 € 149,99 ¥ 1,374.03 1/4" Travel Mini Translation Stage
MS3 MS3/M $ 509.00 £ 366.48 € 442,83 ¥ 4,056.73 1/4" Travel XYZ Mini Translation Stage with Base and MS103 Plate
MS101* MS101* $ 19.40 £ 13.97 € 16,88 ¥ 154.62 Base Plate
MS102* MS102* $ 29.60 £ 21.31 € 25,75 ¥ 235.91 Angle Bracket
MS103** MS103/M** $ 26.50 £ 19.08 € 23,06 ¥ 211.21 MS Series Adapter Plate
*Both Imperial and Metric parts are equivalent. **The MS3 (MS3/M) comes standard with an MS103 (MS103/M) Adapter Plate
Motion Control
1/2" Travel, Miniature Dovetail Stages

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
The DT12 dovetail translation stage is a miniature, entry-level positioner, ideal for use in
applications where space is limited. Even though its footprint is only 1.0", the stage offers a travel Motorized Stages
range of 0.5". The design uses a precision-rolled M3 x 0.35 mm pitch leadscrew for smooth linear
positioning along the entire range of travel. The moving platform can be locked using a small Multi-Axis
Platforms
setscrew on the side. The modular design allows them to be assembled into 2 or 3-axis
configurations. The multi-axis versions are offered preconfigured with all the required accessories. Actuators
Slotted base plates are available for mounting on an optical table; alternatively, the stage can be DT12
Controllers
mounted to an 8-32 (M4 x 0.7) threaded post.
SECTIONS M
DT12XYZ 1.8"
8-32 (M4 x 0.7) (45 mm) Linear Translation
Mounting Hole Nominal
Features 1"
Rotation
I
(25.4 mm)
2.6" Modular and Compact Design
(66 mm) I Dovetail Mechanism Goniometers
I Lockable Moving Platform 1"
I Rapid and Smooth Positioning (25.4 mm)
Moving Deck
1/2" (12.7 mm) Travel Specifications
I
All Three Axis
2.4" Travel Range: 0.5" (12.7 mm)
(61 mm) I Maximum Load
• Horizontal: 2.5 lbs (1.2 kg)
8-32 (M4)
Mounting Hole • Vertical: 0.55 lb (0.25 kg)
I Actuator Travel: 0.014"
2.0" (0.35 mm) per Revolution DT12 Mounted Directly
Back View
I
(51 mm) to an RC1 (See Page 217)
Construction: Aluminum with
Rail Carrier
1/2" Miniature Dovetail Stages Precision-Steel Leadscrew
DT12 DT12/M $ 74.00 £ 53.28 € 64,38 ¥ 589.78 0.5" Dovetail Translation Stage, Base Sold Separately
DT12XY DT12XY/M $ 176.00 £ 126.72 € 153,12 ¥ 1,402.72 0.5" XY Dovetail Translation Stage, Base Included
DT12XZ DT12XZ/M $ 214.50 £ 154.44 € 186,62 ¥ 1,709.57 0.5" XZ Dovetail Translation Stage, Base Included
DT12XYZ DT12XYZ/M $ 288.50 £ 207.72 € 251,00 ¥ 2,299.35 0.5" XYZ Dovetail Translation Stage, Base Included
Dovetail Stage Accessories

The DT12A Angle Bracket, which is DT12B
compatible with both imperial and metric
stages, allows two stages to be mounted DT12A
perpendicular to each other. This bracket is
required when assembling stages in a XZ, YZ, I Countersunk 1/4" (M6) Hole for
Securing Bases
or XYZ configuration.
I
Dovetail Stage
Two Capscrews with Retention
Shown on DT12B
Cleats for Securing DT12 Stage
Angle Bracket and Base Plate
ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION
DT12A $ 38.50 £ 27.72 € 33,50 ¥ 306.85 Angle Bracket for DT12 Stages
DT12B $ 28.00 £ 20.16 € 24,36 ¥ 223.16 Base Plate for DT12 Stages
Example of Rotation Adaptor Continuous Rotation Adapter

in use on a 4-Axis Stage.
The DT12RA rotation adapter enables the DT12 stage to

be mounted on a rotational axis to provide 360° of
movement. The rotation adapter is lockable and can be
secured directly to the work surface using the DT12B base
plate or two CL6 clamps.
DT12RA
Rotation Adapter
DT12RA $ 68.00 £ 48.96 € 59,16 ¥ 541.96 DT12 Rotation Adapter
DT12RA/M $ 68.00 £ 48.96 € 59,16 ¥ 541.96 DT12 Rotation Adapter, Metric
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS 1/2" Travel, Miniature Translation Stages,

Manual Stages Single-Piece Construction (Page 1 of 2)
Motorized Stages The T12 Series of Translation Stages features a hardened steel linear rail and recirculating
Multi-Axis ball bearing carriage for precise linear motion and high load capacity. The compact form
Platforms of this design has been achieved without sacrificing the precision of the translator.
Actuators Unlike other linear stages, where multiple axis stages are created using adapter plates, the
T12 Series has a unibody construction. For example, the XY stage is constructed by
Controllers
machining the movable carriage of the first axis and the body of the second axis out of one
M SECTIONS
part. This design leads to long-term stability and the most compact form with the
perpendicularity of the various axes being fixed and accurate. This approach is used for all
the configurations offered: XY, XZ, and XYZ.
Linear Translation Features
I Miniature Design
I
Rotation
Unibody Construction
Goniometers I Low Drift
I Hardened Steel Linear Guide Rail
I
The T12 Series features a miniature M3 x 0.25
High Load Capacity
I
stainless steel adjuster and phosphor bronze
Smooth Motion Over Entire Range
mating nut. This combination provides 250 µm
of displacement per revolution of the adjuster
screw. Incremental movements on
the order of 0.4 µm are readily
achievable with this design.
T12XYZ
Right-Handed Precision
Configuration Linear rail
T12B
provides smooth,
low-friction
motion over the T12X
entire range.
0.35"
(8.9 mm)
2.67" Stability
T12B (67.8 mm)
Compact XY stage
Adapter Base
is built from just
three main
components.
T12XY
2.67"
(67.8 mm) Counterbored Slots
2.00" for 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) Socket Rigidity
(50.8 mm) Head Cap Screw
One-piece
construction of
1.77" 1.10" vertical support
(45 mm) (28 mm)
maximizes rigidity T12XZ
while minimizing
drift.
Counterbore for Holes for 2 mm
8-32 (M4 x 0.7) Screw to Alignment Pins
Mount T12-Series Stage 4 Place
Specifications T12XYZ Perpendicularity

I Travel Range: 1/2" I Straightness: The complete XYZ stage
I Dynamic Load: 5 lbs (22 N) 4 µm Over 1/2" is assembled from just four
I Static Load: 8 lbs (3.6 kg) I Static Moment Ratings: main components; this
I Adjustment: 250 µm • Roll: 3 Nm ensures perpendicularity
per Revolution • Pitch: 4 Nm
• Yaw: 3 Nm between the three axes.
I Parallelism:
3 µm Over 1/2"
Motion Control
1/2" Travel Miniature Translation Stages (Page 2 of 2)

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
2.50" (63.5 mm) 2-56 (M2 x 0.4) Clearance
1.63" (41.4 mm) Provided for Stacking Motorized Stages
of Multiple Stages
0.42"
(10.7 mm) 1.26" (32 mm) T12X Multi-Axis
Platforms
0.42" 0.81" Actuators
(10.7 mm) (20.6 mm)
2-56 (M2 x 0.4) 8-32 (M4 x 0.7) Controllers
SECTIONS M
Mounting Holes 0.50" Mounting Hole
(4 Places) (12.7 mm)
T12X T12X/M $ 265.00 £ 190.80 € 230,55 ¥ 2,112.05 Miniature 1/2" Linear Translator Linear Translation
T12B* T12B* $ 26.50 £ 19.08 € 23,06 ¥ 211.21 T12 Base Plate
* Both Imperial and Metric parts are equivalent. Rotation
2.51" (63.8 mm) 0.88" 2.56 (M2 x 0.4) Clearance Goniometers

1.63" (41.4 mm) (22.2 mm) Provide for Stacking
of Multiple Stages, 2 Places
0.42" 0.42"
(10.7 mm) (10.7 mm) T12XY
2-56 (M2 x 0.4) 2.53"
Mounting Holes (64.3 mm) 8-32 (M4 x 0.4)
(4 Places) Mounting Hole
T12B

T12XY T12XY/M $ 530.00 £ 381.60 € 461,10 ¥ 4,224.10 Miniature 1/2" XY Translator
T12B* T12B* $ 26.50 £ 19.08 € 23,06 ¥ 211.21 T12 Base Plate
* Both Imperial and Metric parts are equivalent.
2.89"
(73.3 mm)
T12XZ
2.01" 0.42"
(51 mm) (10.7 mm)
2-56 (M2 x 0.4)

Mounting Holes
(4 Places)
2.83" 8-32 (M4 x 0.7)
(71.8 mm) Mounting on Bottom Surface
T12XZ T12XZ/M $ 546.00 £ 393.12 € 475,02 ¥ 4,351.62 Miniature 1/2" XZ Translator
T12B* T12B* $ 26.50 £ 19.08 € 23,06 ¥ 211.21 T12 Base Plate
T12XYZ
0.28"
(7.1 mm)
2-56 (M2 x 0.4)
Mounting Holes
2.39" (4 Places)
(60.6 mm) 0.42"
3.26" (10.7 mm)
(82.8 mm)
1.16"
(29.5 mm)
1.95" (49.5 mm) 1.67" (42.4 mm)

2.83" (71.8 mm) 2.53" (64.3 mm)
T12XYZ T12XYZ/M $ 799.00 £ 575.28 € 695,13 ¥ 6,368.03 Miniature 1/2" XYZ Translator
T12B* T12B* $ 26.50 £ 19.08 € 23,06 ¥ 211.21 T12 Base Plate
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS 1/2" (13 mm) Travel Translation Stage, Modular Design (Page 1 of 2)
Manual Stages
MT3
Motorized Stages Specifications Features
I I
Right-Handed
Multi-Axis Configuration Travel Range: 1/2" (13 mm) Hardened Steel, Linear Bearings
Platforms I Vertical Load (Max): I Modular Design for XYZ
20 lbs (9 kg) Configuration
I
Actuators
Horizontal Load (Max):
90 lbs (41 kg)
I
Controllers
Orthogonality: <2 mrad
M SECTIONS
with Alignment Pins
I Angular Deviation: 150 µrad
Linear Translation I Bearing Type: Ball on
Hardened V-Grooves
Rotation
Goniometers
MT1
Micrometer Drive: The MT Series of Translation Stages, which offers a 1/2" (13 mm)
0.025" per rev translation range, features hardened steel linear bearings for precise motion
(0.001" per Graduation) and long life. They are available as single-axis or preconfigured XYZ
stages. Each stage includes 1/4"-20 (M6) and 8-32 (M4) mounting holes.
The two counterbores in the middle of the MT1 stage accept 1/4"-20
(M6) screws and can be used for direct mounting to a breadboard.
otorized Stage
See Our M hese Speci s Chapter for
t alized Pro MT1 (MT1/M) 1/2" (13 mm) Micrometers
Details on ducts
ges Mot
l Sta oriz STAGE TRAVEL GRADUATION SPACING BARREL
nua See Page 510 ed
Ma Sta
ges MT1 0.025"/rev 0.001" Ø3/8"
MT1/M 500 µm/rev 10 µm Ø3/8"
Motorized Stages
Alternative Actuators
I DRV304 (Page 601): Differential Micrometer
I DM10 (Page 602): Differential Micrometer
I ZST13 with ZST13B (Page 609): Stepper Motor
I Z812B (Page 608): DC Motor
The motorized version of the

MT-Series stage can be found in 2.40"
(61.0 mm)
our Motorized Stages chapter.
0.81" 1.00"
(20.6 mm) (25.4 mm)
0.50"
(12.7 mm)
Locking
Screw
2.40" 1.00" 0.50" (12.7 mm)
(61.0 mm) (25.4 mm)
4.42"
(112.3 mm)
1/4"-20 Clearance Hole for
(7 Places) 1/4"-20 Cap Screw
(2 Places)
Alignment Pin
(2 Places)
4-40 Locking Cap Screw
Micrometer with for Micrometer
1/2" Travel
MT1
Motion Control
1/2" (13 mm) Travel Translation Stage, Modular Design (Page 2 of 2)

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
1. MT401- MT Series Base Plate: This base plate provides mounting flanges with 1" (25 mm)
Multi-Axis
centers that can be used to fasten the MT series stages to an optical breadboard. This is ideal Platforms
MT401
for XY or XYZ configurations where the standard mounting couterbores in the middle of the
stages are obstructed. Actuators
Controllers
2. MT402- MT Series Right-Angle Bracket: This bracket allows two stages to be mounted
SECTIONS ▼
perpendicular to each other and is required when constructing a custom XYZ configured stage.
MT402
Alignment pins that ensure that the stages are orthogonal are included.
Linear Translation
Rotation
3. MT405- Side-Mounted Actuator Bracket: The MT405 repositions the actuator from the rear
of the stage to the side, as shown for one of the actuators in the XYZ configuration below. Goniometers
This kit is necessary when space constraints do not allow for the actuator to protrude from the
MT405 rear of the stage. The actuator conveniently mounts to the side of the stage with four cap
screws.
4. MT406(/M)- Flexure Stage Accessories Adapter Plate: The MT406(/M) fastens directly to
the top of the MT series stage with two 1/4"-20 (M6) cap screws. It is compatible with our
current full range of 3 mm wide alignment key MBT and MAX series flexure stage accessories
(see pages 572 - 588). This adapter plate is ideal for creating basic fiber coupling solutions as
MT406 shown in the application image below.
MT3 Stages Shown with the MT406 Adapter

1 MT401 3 MT405 Plates and Fiber Coupling Flexure Accessories
2 MT402 4 MT406 (See Pages 572 - 588)
4 MT3 Shown with Optional Side

Mounting Actuators and Accessory Plate
1/2" Travel Translation Stages

METRIC
ITEM # ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION
MT1 MT1/M $ 278.00 £ 200.16 € 241,86 ¥ 2,215.66 1/2" (13 mm) Single-Axis Translation Stage with Micrometers
MT3 MT3/M $ 879.00 £ 632.88 € 764,73 ¥ 7,005.63 1/2" (13 mm) XYZ Translation Stage with Micrometers
1/2" Travel Translation Stage Accessories

METRIC
ITEM # ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION
MT401* MT401* $ 22.00 £ 15.84 € 19,14 ¥ 175.34 Base Plate
MT402* MT402* $ 48.00 £ 34.56 € 41,76 ¥ 382.56 Right-Angle Bracket
MT405* MT405* $ 54.00 £ 38.88 € 46,98 ¥ 430.38 Side-Mounted Actuator Kit
MT406 MT406/M $ 38.00 £ 27.36 € 33,06 ¥ 302.86 Adapter Plate
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS 1/2" (13 mm) Travel Vertical Translation Stage

Manual Stages
MVS005
Motorized Stages Specifications
Multi-Axis I Maximum Travel: 13 mm (0.5")
Platforms I Working Height Range: 61.0 – 74.0 mm (2.4" – 2.9")
Actuators I Adjustment per Rev: 0.5 mm (0.025")
I Load Capacity: 2 kg (4.4 lb)
Controllers I Load Capacity (Inverted Mounting): 1 kg (2.2 lb)
I
M SECTIONS
Backlash: <1 µm
I Repeatability: 10 µm
I Linearity: 100%
I
Linear Translation
Straightness: ±10 µm
Rotation I Parallelism of Top and Bottom Plates:
< 15 µm Over Entire Plate Area
Goniometers I Spring Preload at 0 mm Travel: 30 N
I Spring Preload at 13 mm Travel: 45 N
I Weight: 0.41 kg (0.9 lb)
I Construction: Solid Aluminum
I Finish: Black Anodized
The MVS005 Vertical-Axis Positioning Stage has been developed to meet 2.36"
(60.0 mm)
the stringent requirements associated with aligning optical components. 1/4"-20
Tapped Hole 1.00"
It provides 13 mm (0.5") of height adjustment and a working height range (13 Places) (25.0 mm)
of 61.0 to 74.0 mm (2.4" to 2.9"). 8-32 Tapped Hole
(12 Places)
The platform surface has an array of thirteen 1/4"-20 (M6) and twelve 1.00"
8-32 (M4) tapped mounting holes. The top platform of the stage can be (25.0 mm)
removed and replaced with an MMP1 Mounting Plate, which has a 3 mm

groove (see below) that makes it compatible with our entire line of flexure
accessory mounts for fiber, optics, and waveguides (see pages 572 – 588). Counterbore for
6-32 (M3) Capscrew
(4 Places)
0.24" 2.36"
(6.0 mm) (60.0 mm)
MVS005
Fitted with the Optional
MMP1 Mounting Plate
(See Page 588) 2.73" ± 0.25"
(69.3 mm ± 6.4 mm)
3.28"
(83.3 mm)
2.40"
(61.0 mm)
0.99"
(25.2 mm)
1.98"
(50.4 mm)
Ø0.85"
(21.5 mm)
Mounting Hole 5 Places,

to Suit 1/4"-20 (M6) Socket
Head Cap Screw 1.98"
(50.4 mm)
Vertical Translation Stage
MVS005 MVS005/M $ 595.00 £ 428.40 € 517,65 ¥ 4,742.15 Vertical Translation Stage
Motion Control
1" Travel Dovetail Stages

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
The DT25 dovetail translation stages are economical, entry-level positioners ideal
for use in general positioning applications. They provide a travel range of 1.0" Motorized Stages
with 0.04" (1 mm) travel per revolution of the adjuster. Multi-Axis
The design uses a precision-rolled, M6 x 1.0 mm pitch leadscrew for smooth, Platforms
linear positioning along the entire range of travel. The moving platform is lockable Actuators
to guard against accidental movement.
Controllers
The modular design allows them to be assembled in 2-axis configurations. Dowel
pins are included to maintain perpendicularity when constructing an XY SECTIONS ▼
configuration.
DT25
Linear Translation
Features
Rotation
■ Modular and Compact Design
Two DT25 Stages
■ Dovetail Mechanism Goniometers
in an XY Configuration ■ Lockable Moving Platform
with DT25A Riser Plate ■ Rapid and Smooth Positioning
Specifications
■ Travel Range: 1.0"
■ Maximum Load: 5.0 lbs (2.4 kg)
■ Actuator Travel: 0.04" (1 mm)
per Revolution
■ Construction: Aluminum with
Precision Steel Leadscrew
DT25A
The DT25A should not be used to mount the DT25 stage vertically. When mounted to an
optical table, this plate increases the deck height by 0.31" (8 mm).
Ideal for general purpose low-precision laboratory use. Two Mounting

Options
Holes for 3 mm
Alignment Pins
(4 Places)
1" 4.81"
(25 mm) (122.2 mm)
CL6
(See Page 96)
1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0)

Mounting Holes
(13 Places)
2.0" 1.0"
(50.8 mm) (25 mm)
0.77"
2.95" (19.5 mm)
(75 mm)
Four 1/4" (M6) C-Bore
Mounting Holes on 2"
(50 mm) Spacings
1.0" (25 mm) Dovetail Stage
DT25 DT25/M $ 148.00 £ 106.56 € 128,76 ¥ 1,179.56 1.0" Dovetail Translation Stage
DT25A DT25A* $ 22.00 £ 15.84 € 19,14 ¥ 175.34 Riser Plate for DT25
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS TravelMax™ 1" Travel, Cross Roller Bearing Stage (Page 1 of 2)

Manual Stages
The LNR25 series of stages offer stability and high load capacity, Features
Motorized Stages making them ideal solutions for all translation applications. Designed I Heavy-Duty Cross Roller Bearings
Multi-Axis with the highest quality linear rails available, the performance is further I Thermally Matched All-Steel Construction
Platforms enhanced by using thermally matched materials that ensure stability, I Right- or Left-Handed XYZ Configurable
Actuators even in less-than-ideal conditions. The rigidity of the all-steel I Micrometer or Differential Drives
construction, along with the heavy-duty cross-roller bearings, provides I 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) Mounting Holes
Controllers uniform performance over the entire range of motion. Stages can be
M SECTIONS
bolted together in XY, XZ, or XYZ configurations for applications
where movement is required in more than one axis.
Stage Specifications
Linear Translation
LNR25M I Travel: 1" (25 mm)
All Steel Construction I Horizontal Load Capacity: 44 lbs (20 kg)
I
Rotation
Vertical Load Capacity: 17.6 lbs (8 kg)
Goniometers I Runout Over Full Range: ±1.5 µm (0.000059")
I Angular Deviation: ±1.5 µm
I Weight with Drive
• LNR25M: 1.34 lbs (0.61 kg)
• LNR25D: 1.26 lbs (0.57 kg)
ADJUSTMENT GRADUATION
Motorized SPECIFICATIONS RANGE SPACING TRAVEL BARREL STAGES
Imperial Micrometer Drive (150-811ST) 1.0" 0.001" 0.025"/rev Ø3/8" LNR25M
Actuators Metric Micrometer Drive (150-801ST) 25 mm 10 µm 500 µm/rev 10 mm LNR25M/M
for the LNR 25mm Coarse – 0.5 mm/rev
Differential Micrometer Drive (DM12) Ø3/8" LNR25D, LNR250/M
Stage 250 µm/rev Fine 1µm Fine 25 µm/rev
See pages For applications that require increased resolution, the

608 - 609 LNR25D is fitted with the DM12 differential actuator.
The coarse adjustment can be locked using a
thumbscrew located on the mounting collar.
LNR25D
0.73"
(18.4 mm)
2.36"
(60.0 mm)
2.6" 1.00"
(66.1 mm) (25.0 mm)
Nominal 1/4"-20 (M6)
Tapped Holes
(3 Places)
2.36"
(60.0 mm)
1.00" 2.48"
(25.0 mm) (63.0 mm)
1/4"-20 (M6)
Tapped Holes
(7 Places)
1/4" (M6) 0.79"
1.18" (20.0 mm)
(30.0 mm) Counterbore Locking 0.50"
Screw (12.7 mm)
3.07" 1.00"
(78.0 mm) (25.0 mm)
Alignment Pins Ensure Alignment as Stages are Assembled into Multiaxis Systems
Motion Control
TravelMax™ 1" Travel, Cross Roller Bearing Stage (Page 2 of 2)

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
LNR25 Top Plate Detail Wide Range of Mounting Options
Motorized Stages
The TravelMax™ was designed with flexibility and functionality in
mind. The top surface of the LNR25 stage is equipped with an Multi-Axis
Platforms
array of seven 1/4"-20 (M6) tapped holes to maximize the
mounting flexibility of components. Actuators
Two clearance holes are present in the top platform to allow Controllers
the stage to be bolted directly to the work surface using the
counterbored 1/4" (M6) holes in the base of the stage. The SECTIONS M
position of the actuator mounting blocks is easily reconfigured to
allow left- or right-handed use. Linear Translation
Rotation
XYZ Configurable
The LNR25P1 Base Plate and LNR25P2 Angle Bracket allow XYZ Assembly of LNR25 Stages using an Goniometers
the stages to be configured in left- or right-handed XY, XZ, or LNR26PZ Angle Bracket and an LNR50P1
XYZ configurations. Base Plate (LNR25D with a Differential Drive
for the Z-Axis and Two LNR25M Stages with
Base Plate Micrometer Drives for the X and Y Axes)
LNR25P1
The LNR25P1 base plate (shown above) provides additional

mounting options and provides extra clearance between the
stage and the work surface. Counterbored clearance holes match
up to the tapped holes in the base of the stage. The plate
measures 100 mm x 195 mm x 10 mm (3.9" x 7.7" x 0.47").
Angle Bracket
The LNR25P2 angle bracket (shown in the photo to the left) allows
the LNR stage to be mounted vertically. When combined with the
LNR25P2/M LNR50P1 described above, it can be used to build an XZ, YZ, or
XYZ configuration.
Micrometer Drive TravelMax™ Stage

LNR25M LNR25M/M $ 620.00 £ 446.40 € 539,40 ¥ 4,941.40 1" (25 mm) TravelMax™ Stage with Micrometer Drive
LNR25D LNR25D/M $ 710.00 £ 511.20 € 617,70 ¥ 5,658.70 1" (25 mm) TravelMax™ Stage with Differential Drive
LNR25P1 LNR25P1/M $ 89.00 £ 64.08 € 77,43 ¥ 709.33 1" (25 mm) TravelMax™ Series Base Plate
LNR25P2 LNR25P2/M $ 112.00 £ 80.64 € 97,44 ¥ 892.64 1" (25 mm) TravelMax™ Series Angle Bracket
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS 1" (25 mm) Travel Translation Stage

Manual Stages Alignment Pins Ensure
The PT Series of translation stages features hardened steel linear bearings for precise
motion and long life over the full 1" (25 mm) travel range. The modular System Orthogonality
Motorized Stages
design allows for quick XZ or XYZ configuration as the application
Multi-Axis
Platforms requirements develop. This quick-change design is achieved using
precision-aligned dowel pins to ensure orthogonality between stages. PT102
Actuators
These stages are also easily reconfigured from right-handed to left-
Controllers handed use. They can be purchased individually (PT1) or as
preconfigured 3-axis XYZ translators (PT3). The Ø3/8" (PT1) or
▼ SECTIONS Ø10 mm (PT1/M) mounting barrel allows for a wide range of
manual and motorized actuators to be interchanged effortlessly
Linear Translation
with a single screw. See page 511 for details on the PT1-Z8 PT1
Rotation
motorized option. Two- and three-axis stages can be made from any
combination of manual and motorized stages. PT1
Goniometers
PT1
Features
■ Easily Configured in XZ and XYZ Orientations
■ Wide Range of Compatible Actuators and Adjusters
■ 1/4"-20 (M6) Mounting Holes PT3A
■ Lockable Coarse Adjustment (PT1A Only)
■ Left- or Right-Hand Configurable
Specifications
■ Travel Range: 1" (25 mm) ■ Orthogonality: <5 mrad PT101
■ Vertical Load (Max): 20 lbs (9 kg) ■ Angular Deviation: <250 µrad
■ Horizontal Load (Max): 90 lbs (41 kg) ■ Bearing Type: Ball on Hardened
V-Grooves
otorized Stage
See Our M hese Speci s Chapter for 1/4"-20 (M6)
t alized Pro
Details on ducts Mounting Hole PT1
ges Mot
l Sta oriz (16 Places)
nua See Page 511 ed
Ma Sta
ges
PT1 PT102
8.51"
Motorized Stages (216.1 mm)
PT1
PT1
The motorized version of the
PT1-Series stage can be found in our 1.96"
(49.8 mm)
Motorized Stages chapter.
6.53" 7.30"
(165.9 mm) (185.4 mm)
PT101
ADJUSTMENT GRADUATION
SPECIFICATIONS RANGE SPACING TRAVEL BARREL STAGES
Imperial Micrometer Drive
1.0" 0.001" 0.025"/rev Ø3/8" PT1, PT3
(150-801ST)
Metric Micrometer Drive
25 mm 10 µm 500 µm/rev 10 mm PT1/M, PT3/M
(150-811ST)
Differential Micrometer 25mm Coarse – 0.5 mm/rev PT1A, PT1A/M
Ø3/8"
Drive (DM12) 250 µm/rev Fine 1µm Fine 25 µm/rev PT3A, PT3A/M
Single-Axis Translator Plus Accessories

PT1 PT1/M* $ 264.00 £ 190.08 € 229,68 ¥ 2,104.08 1" (25 mm) Travel Translation Stage, Micrometer Drive
PT1A PT1A/M $ 359.00 £ 258.48 € 312,33 ¥ 2,861.23 1" (25 mm) Travel Translator Stage, Differential Adjuster
PT101 PT101 $ 22.00 £ 15.84 € 19,14 ¥ 175.34 Base Plate for PT Series
PT102 PT102/M $ 71.00 £ 51.12 € 61,77 ¥ 565.87 Angle Bracket for PT Series
*All prices include micrometers as noted in the description box.
XYZ Stages
PT3 PT3/M* $ 1,085.00 £ 781.20 € 943,95 ¥ 8,647.45 XYZ 1" (25 mm) Travel Stage, Micrometer Drive
PT3A PT3A/M* $ 1,085.00 £ 781.20 € 943,95 ¥ 8,647.45 XYZ 1" (25 mm) Travel Stage, Differential Adjuster
*All prices include micrometers as noted in the description box.
Motion Control
2" Travel Translation Stages with Coarse/Fine Drive

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
Features
I Dual Resolution Coarse/Fine Drive System Motorized Stages
I High Load Capacity Multi-Axis
I Large Mounting Surface (3.75" x 3.75") with 1/4"-20 (M6) Tapped Holes Platforms
I Modular Design Allows Assembly of 2- or 3-Axis Stages Actuators
The LT Series of translation stages feature a large mounting surface with a Controllers
generous array of 24 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) tapped mounting holes and precision
alignment holes for dowel pins that allow the individual stages to be assembled SECTIONS M
LT102 into multi-axis systems. These stages are intended for general purpose laboratory
applications that often benefit from a high degree of adaptability. A dual-action Linear Translation
LT1
coarse/fine actuator design provides both rapid motion via a coarse pitch
Rotation
leadscrew (18 TPI) and high-resolution motion via an ultrafine leadscrew
(100 TPI) that is placed in series with the coarse adjuster. The coarse adjuster Goniometers
position can be fixed using the locking nut.
LT1
Specifications
I Travel: 2.0"
I Vertical Load (Max): 40 lbs (18 kg)
I Horizontal Load (Max): 70 lbs (32 kg)
I Coarse Adjustment: 0.055"
LT3 I Coarse Thread: 18 TPI (1.4 mm/rev)
LT1
I Fine Adjustment: 0.010"
I Fine Thread: 100 TPI (0.25 mm/rev)
I Fine Adjustment Range:
LT101 0.5" (12.7 mm)
I Orthogonality: <2 mrad
I Angular Deviation: <150 µrad
Combined Coarse
and Fine Adjustment LT3 3.75" Length 3.75" Width
1.0" Thickness
LT1
Coarse Adjuster The LT series translator is easily configured into XY, XZ, YZ, or XYZ assemblies.
Fine Adjuster The LT101 Base Plate and LT102 Angle Bracket both use 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0)
mounting screws. All the necessary mounting hardware is included with the
accessories.
XYZ Translator
LT3 LT3/M $ 1,214.00 £ 874.08 € 1.056,18 ¥ 9,675.58 XYZ Travel Translation Stage
Single-Axis Translator
LT1 LT1/M $ 358.00 £ 257.76 € 311,46 ¥ 2,853.26 Single-Axis Translation Stage
LT101 LT101/M $ 48.00 £ 34.56 € 41,76 ¥ 382.56 LT Series Base Plate
LT102 LT102/M $ 92.00 £ 66.24 € 80,04 ¥ 733.24 LT Series Angle Bracket
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS TravelMax™ 2" Travel, Cross Roller Bearing Stage (Page 1 of 2)

Manual Stages
TravelMax™ Cross Roller Bearing Stage
Motorized Stages When stability, long travel, and high load capacity are Features
crucial, the TravelMax™ series of stages provide an ideal I Heavy-Duty Cross Roller Bearings
I
Multi-Axis
Platforms solution. The precision-ground bearing rails provide Thermally Matched All Steel Construction
excellent straight line accuracy, and the alternately I Right- or Left-Handed XYZ Configurable
I
Actuators
crossed rollers can handle force in any direction. The Micrometer or Differential Drives
Controllers performance is further enhanced by utilizing thermally I Optional Piezo Actuators (See Page 605) LNR50M
matched materials that ensure stability, even in less-than- I 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) Mounting Holes All-Stainless Steel
M SECTIONS
2" (50 mm) Travel
ideal conditions. The rigidity of the all-stainless-steel Translation Stage with
construction, along with the heavy-duty cross roller Cross Roller Bearing
Linear Translation bearings, provides uniform performance Guides
over the entire 2" (50 mm) range of
Rotation
motion.
Goniometers Two drive options are available to suit an
array of application requirements. The lockable
standard micrometer supplied with the LNR50M provides
a 2" (50 mm) translation range with a thread pitch of 0.1 mm.
The vernier provides graduations every 10 µm. The LNR50DD is
equipped with a differential drive. The coarse adjustment provides
0.5 mm per revolution while the fine adjustment provides 50 µm
per revolution. Static Pin or Optional Piezo
(See Next Page)
Stage Specifications
I Travel: 2"
I Horizontal Load Capacity:
66 lbs (30 kg) DRV8
I Vertical Load Capacity: 22 lbs (10 kg) Differential
I
Adjuster
Weight with Drive: 4.2 lbs (1.9 kg)
I Angular Deviation: ±10 µm Fine
I
Travel
Repeatability: 0.8 µm
Coarse
Travel
While the LNR series was designed to provide 7.07"

(179.6 mm)
the stability and rigidity required for motorized
operation, many customers have requested that
3.94"
the LNR series be made available with manual (100.0 mm)
adjusters. The motorized counterparts can be
found on pages 514 – 516.
The modular design of the LNR50 family of
stages allows optional elements (such as piezo 1.00"
5.13" (25.4 mm) 0.98"
actuators – see page 605) to be added to the (130.4 mm) (25.0 mm)
platform within minutes, making it possible to
upgrade your manually controlled LNR series
stage at some future point if your needs change.
GRADUATION
The top and bottom surfaces of the LNR series SPECIFICATIONS SPACING TRAVEL BARREL STAGES
stages are equipped with an array of 1/4"-20 LNR50M,
Metric Micrometer Drive 10 µm 500 µm/rev Ø1/2"
(M6 x 1.0) tapped holes to maximize the LNR50M/M
mounting flexibility of components. The – 0.5 mm/rev LNR50DD,
Differential Micrometer Drive Ø1/2"
LNR50P1 base plate and LNR50P2 angle 1 µm 50 µm/rev LNR50DD/M
bracket allow the LNR series to be configured in *Thumbscrew locking mechanism for coarse actuator.
left- or right-handed XY or XYZ systems – see

next page for ordering information on the base
plate and angle bracket.
Motion Control
TravelMax™ 2" Travel, Cross Roller Bearing Stage (Page 2 of 2)

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
Mounting Options and XYZ Configurability Motorized Stages

The TravelMax™ was designed with flexibility and TravelMax™ Stage Multi-Axis
functionality in mind. The top and bottom surfaces of the Outfitted with Platforms
LNR series of stages are equipped with a wide array of 1/4"-20 Differential Adjusters Actuators
(M6 x 1.0) tapped holes to maximize the mounting flexibility and Built into an XYZ
of components. The LNR50P1 Base Plate and LNR50P2 Assembly Using an Controllers
Angle Bracket allow these stages to be configured in left-
SECTIONS M
LNR50P2/M Angle
or right-handed XY or XYZ systems. Bracket and
LNR50P1/M Base
Linear Translation
Plate.
Rotation
Goniometers
LNR50P2/M
LNR50DD
LNR50P1/M
otorized Stage
t alized Pro
Details on ducts
TravelMax™ Angle Bracket ges Mot
l Sta oriz
nua See Page 514 ed
Ma Sta
ges
Motorized Stages
The LNR Series stages are also offered
with high-performance stepper or DC
LNR50P2/M motors. Complete specifications for
our TravelMax™ stages outfitted with
TravelMax™ Base Plate stepper and DC motors can be found
on pages 514 - 516.
LNR50P1/M
Micrometer Drive TravelMax™ Stage

LNR50M LNR50M/M $ 920.00 £ 662.40 € 800,40 ¥ 7,332.40 2" TravelMax™ Stage with Micrometer Drive
LNR50DD LNR50DD/M $ 950.00 £ 684.00 € 826,50 ¥ 7,571.50 2" TravelMax™ Stage with Differential Drive
LNR50P1 LNR50P1/M $ 68.00 £ 48.96 € 59,16 ¥ 541.96 0.8" (20 mm) Thick TravelMax™ Series Adapter Plate
LNR50P2 LNR50P2/M $ 98.00 £ 70.56 € 85,26 ¥ 781.06 TravelMax™ Series Angle Mounting Bracket
Upgradeable to Piezoelectric-Assisted Drives

Referring to the photograph at the top, the LNR50M stage includes a “static
pin” that provides a stop for the manual drive. This pin is easily removable
and can be replaced with a piezoelectric transducer to complement the
manual drive, as shown on the left. Details of compatible piezo actuators can
be found on page 605.
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Large-Area, Long-Travel Translation Stages

Manual Stages
1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0)
Motorized Stages Tapped Holes on 1"
(25 mm) Centers
Multi-Axis
Platforms
Actuators
Controllers
▼ SECTIONS
Linear Translation
Features
Rotation ■ Hand-Operated Translation TBB1212
■ Fine Adjustment Using Hex Key
Goniometers ■ 0.5" (12.7 mm) Deck Height
■ Two Sizes Available Specifications
■ Travel Range
• TBB0606: 2.4"; TBB1515/M: 60 mm
This Large-Area Translation Stage is available in two imperial • TBB1212: 4.8"; TBB3030/M: 120 mm
sizes, 6" x 7.66" (TBB0606) and 12" x 13.66" (TBB1212), ■ Working Height: 0.5" (12.7 mm)
and two metric sizes, 150 mm x 191.7 mm (TBB1515/M) ■ Adjuster Pitch: 1.23" (31.4 mm) per Rev of Hex Screw
and 300 mm x 341.4 mm (TBB3030/M). It has been ■ Max Load Capacity: 44 lbs (20 kg)
designed for use in applications requiring adjustable ■ Rack and Pinion Load Capacity: 22 lbs (10 kg)
positioning of a complete experiment. ■ Run Out Over Full Travel Range: <50 µm
■ Outer Dimensions (W x D)
The TBB0606 provides 2.5" (60 mm) of travel, whereas • TBB0606: 6" x 7.66"; TBB1515/M: 150 mm x 191.7 mm
the TBB1212 provides 5" (120 mm) of travel. Coarse • TBB1212: 12" x 13.66"; TBB3030/M 300 mm x 341.4 mm
1/2" Vertical positioning is achieved simply by pushing the moving ■ Moving Platform Dimensions (W x D)
platform. Fine positioning over the full range of travel is • TBB0606: 6" x 5.95"; TBB1515/M: 150 mm x 147.6 mm
Translation achieved by rack and pinion adjustment using a hex key as • TBB1212: 12" x 11.92"; TBB3030/M: 300 mm x 297.5 mm
Stage shown below. ■ Weight
• TBB0606: 1.7 lbs; TBB1515/M: 0.78 kg
The working height of the breadboard is 0.5" (12.7 mm), • TBB1212: 6.7 lbs; TBB3030/M: 3.06 kg
making it compatible with the mating height of our standard ■ Construction: Solid Aluminum
MB series of breadboards (see page 3). They are tapped ■ Finish: Black Anodized
with 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) threaded holes in the standard
1" (25 mm) offset hole pattern.
Page 490
Translation Fine
Adjustment
TBB0606 shown with

Mounted Optics
(Not Included)
TBB0606

TBB1515/M TBB1515/M $ 468.00 £ 336.96 € 407,16 ¥ 3,729.96 Large-Area Translation Stage, 6" x 7.66" (150 mm x 191.7 mm)
TBB3030/M TBB3030/M $ 689.00 £ 496.08 € 599,43 ¥ 5,491.33 Large-Area Translation Stage, 12" x 13.66" (300 mm x 341.4 mm)
Motion Control
Mini Lab Jack

CHAPTERS ▼
L200 Displacement
2.00 Manual Stages
Height (Inches)
1.75
1.50 Motorized Stages
1.25 Multi-Axis
1.00 Platforms
L200 Mini Lab Jack
0.75 Actuators
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
L200 Turns Controllers
■ Compact Design The L200 Mini Lab Jack offers the same highly rigid, dual-pantograph design
■ Compatible with Mini-Series Breadboards as the L490 Lab Jack below but in a smaller package size. The adjustment SECTIONS ▼
and Components mechanism provides smooth, vertical motion while supporting loads up to
■ 1.03" (26.2 mm) Total Height Adjustment Linear Translation
50 lbs (22 kg). The top and bottom plates are each equipped with an array of
with 1/8" Balldriver (Included) tapped holes and counterbored slots for added mounting flexibility. Rotation
■ 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0), 8-32 (M4 x 0.7),
and 4-40 (M3 x 0.5) Tapped Holes
Goniometers
L200 L200/M $ 397.80 £ 286.42 € 346,09 ¥ 3,170.47 Mini Lab Jack
Lab Jack
The L490 Lab Jack utilizes a dual-pantograph design, which offers ■ Heavy-Duty Design Supports Over 75 lbs (34 kg)
excellent rigidity. The adjustment mechanism uses a leadscrew to ■ 4.00" x 7.00" (101.6 x 177.8 mm) Mounting Surface Motorized
close the angle between the opposing pairs of supporting struts. ■ 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) Mounting Holes, 19 Locations Version!
Stainless steel axles and connecting rods allow loads up to 75 lbs ■ Mounting Slots on Top and Bottom Surfaces
(34 kg) to be smoothly elevated over the full range of the L490.
The top and bottom plates each have an array of nineteen 1/4"-20 L490 Displacement
(M6 x 1.0) tapped mounting holes on 1.00" (25.0 mm) centers. 4.50
Height (Inches)
Additionally, mounting slots have been added to both the top and 4.00
bottom plates. 3.50
3.00 Please see our
2.50 Motorized Stages
L490 Heavy-Duty Lab Jack
L490 2.00 Chapter for the
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Stepper Motor-Driven
Turns
Version of the L490.
Removable Adjustment
Knob Included See page 526
METRIC
4.4" (111.8 mm) ITEM # ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION
Fully Extended 2.2" (55.9 mm) Height
Fully Retracted L490 L490/M $ 558.00 £ 401.76 € 485,46 ¥ 4,447.26 Heavy-Duty Lab Jack
Height
Compact Lab Jack

PM4 Clamping Arm The LJ750 Compact Lab Jack is a mounting platform that provides vertical
(Included with LJ750)
translation. The large actuator knob is graduated in 10 µm increments, allowing
calibrated vertical height changes. A variety of mounting holes [1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0),
Prisms
See Our Expanded 8-32 (M4 x 0.7), and 6-32 (M4 x 0.7)], are provided on the top plate. Additionally,
Optics Section the top platform can be rotated 360° and locked in place once the proper position is
(Pages 863 - 872) reached.
■ 2.00" Fully Collapsed ■ Parallel to Within ±0.005"

■ 3.00" Fully Extended ■ Static Load Capacity of
200 lbs (90 kg)
LJ750

LJ750* LJ750/M* $ 314.00 £ 226.08 € 273,18 ¥ 2,502.58 Compact Lab Jack
PM4 PM4/M $ 22.00 £ 15.84 € 19,14 ¥ 175.34 Large Clamping Arm
*One PM4 (PM4/M) included
02_Rotation_500-503.qxd.P:500-503 7/25/11 12:21 PM Page 500
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS Worm-Driven, Continuous Rotation Stage

Manual Stages
I Driven by Fine Pitch Worm Gear Providing 360° Continuous Motion
Motorized Stages I Graduation Marks in 2° Increments
Multi-Axis I Vernier Scale Provides Resolution of 10 arcmin PM3
Platforms I 15° per Revolution of Adjuster
Actuators I Tested to 25 lbs Vertical Load
Compatible with
PM3/PM4 Prism
Controllers The CR1 Rotation Stage includes a fine pitch worm gear that provides high CR1 Mounting Hardware
M SECTIONS
precision and backlash-free rotation. Rotation is actuated via a stainless adjuster (Not Included)
knob located on the side of the unit. The rotating platform contains an array of
8-32 (M4), 6-32, and 4-40 tapped holes for general mounting requirements.
Linear Translation 8-32
Two radially shaped 1/4" (M6) slots machined in the base provide flexibility (M4 x 0.7)
4 Places
Rotation when fastening to an optical table. 4-40
(4 Places)
The easy-to-read radial scale is marked in 2° increments and labeled every 10°. A
Goniometers Ø1.70" 2.11"
side-located vernier scale improves resolution to 10 arcmin. The added ability to (43.2 mm) (53.6 mm)
stack small translation stages, such as our T12 Series on the rotation platform, 6-32 Tap 1.00"
(25.4 mm)
(8 Places)
and its 25 pound vertical load capacity, make this stage useful in any laboratory.
The CR1A Rotation Stage Adapter is designed to enhance mounting 1/4" (M6) Slot
capabilities. It is equipped with a generous array of taps, allowing it to be used

with a wide range of Thorlabs mounts and stages. 2.00" CR1
(50.8 mm)
Worm-Driven Rotation Stages

General-Purpose Adapter Plate
with Four 6-32 (M4) Taps,
CR1 CR1/M $ 314.00 £ 226.08 € 273,18 ¥ 2,502.58 Continuous Rotation Stage Six 4-40 Taps, Eight 2-56 Taps,
CR1A CR1A/M $ 24.00 £ 17.28 € 20,88 ¥ 191.28 Rotation Stage Adapter Plate Four #6 (M4) Clearance Holes
PM3 PM3/M $ 18.00 £ 12.96 € 15,66 ¥ 143.46 Small Clamping Arm and One Center-Located
PM4 PM4/M $ 22.00 £ 15.84 € 19,14 ¥ 175.34 Large Clamping Arm CR1A 1/4"-20 (M6) Tap. (
Mini-Series Rotation Platform 4-40 Tap

0.75"
(19.1 mm)
I I
4 Places 8-32
20 arcmin Vernier Scale Side-Located Locking Screw Mounting Hole
I 360° Continuous Rotation
Designed in the spirit of the RP01 Rotation Platform featured below, this manually 0.50"
(12.7 mm)
MSRP01 rotated miniature rotation platform provides 360° of backlash-free continuous 1.00"
(25.4 mm)
rotation and is capable of accepting vertical loads up to 50 lbs. Measuring
only 1.78" (45.2 mm) x 1.4" (35.6 mm) x 0.5" (12.7 mm), the platform
can be mounted directly on our Mini-Series breadboard featured on page 74
CBore
using four corner-located #4 (M3) counterbores. Alternatively, it can also be Ø1.40" 0.50" for use
mounted vertically using the side-located 4-40 (M3) tap. (35.6 mm) (12.7 mm) with 4-40
(M3) Cap
1.50" Screw
ITEM # METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION (38.1 mm) 4 Places
MSRP01 MSRP01/M $ 65.00 £ 46.80 € 56,55 ¥ 518.05 Mini-Series Rotation Platform MSRP01
Rotation Platform Rotating Surface
0.61"
The RP01 Rotation Platform provides 110 lbs (50 kg). Once the desired position (15.5 mm)
a solution for applications requiring is achieved, a balldriver-actuated setscrew 1.23" 8-32 (M4 x 0.7)
smooth, backlash-free rotation. This locks the platform into place. (31.2 mm) Mounting Hole
RP01 platform can be fastened to an

I
2.45" (62.2 mm)
optical table or breadboard Continuous 360° Rotation
I
2.00" (50.8 mm) Counterbores
using the four corner- Horizontal Load Capacity: for 1/4" (M6)
located 1/4" (M6) 110 lbs (50 kg) Socket Screws
counterbored holes. I Vertical Load Capacity: 20 lbs (9.1 kg)

It provides continuous I Lockable Design 2.00" Knurled Edge
I
(50.8 mm)
360° rotation, has a radial scale with 2° Increments
I
2.45" 8-32 (M4 x 0.7)
markings every 2°, and is capable Horizontal or Vertical Mounting (62.2 mm) Tapped Holes on
I
0.50" (12.7 mm)
of accepting vertical loads up to Double Thrust Bearing Design Centers (4 Places)
1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0)
ITEM # METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION Mounting Hole
RP01 RP01/M $ 89.00 £ 64.08 € 77,43 ¥ 709.33 Rotation Platform RP01
Motion Control
Precision Rotation Platform

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
The PR01 Precision Rotation Platform combines easy- ■ 360° Coarse Rotation
to-use manual rotation with high-precision, backlash- ■ 1° Graduations on Main Dial Motorized Stages
free micrometer adjustment. While the platform dial ■ Vernier Scale Provides 5 arcmin Resolution Multi-Axis
is in an unlocked state, continuous smooth rotation ■ When Locked, Micrometer-Driven ±7° of Fine Rotation Platforms
can be measured with the 1° graduation marks. When (~2.4 arcmin per Micrometer Division)
locked, the dial is adjusted by the ±7° micrometer Actuators
■ Directly Accepts Ø1" Optics up to 0.67" (17 mm) Thick
drive system, offering 5 arcmin resolution from the ■ Compatible with Our SM1 Series of Lens Tubes and Accessories Controllers
side vernier. For even higher angular resolution, (See Pages 134 - 152)
the vernier can be used to calibrate the micrometer ■ Mounts Horizontally or Vertically SECTIONS ▼
head graduations to as low as 1 arcmin across a ±5° ■ Compatible with PM3/PM4 Prism Mounting Hardware (Not Included)
range with an accuracy of better than 1%. Linear Translation
Rotation
1/4"-20 (M6), 4-40, PM4
and 6-32 (M4) Locking Screw (Sold Separately)
Tapped Holes Goniometers
(Optic Sold
1.00" Separately)
(25.4 mm)
PR01A
Adapter
1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) 0.25" Plate
Mounting Hole 1.75" PM3
(44.5 mm) (6.4 mm)
(2 Places)
3.50"
(88.9 mm)
Please refer to our website for
complete models and drawings.
PM4
METRIC
ITEM #* ITEM #* $ £ € RMB
PM3 PM3/M $ 18.00 £ 12.96 € 15,66 ¥ 143.46
PM4 PM4/M $ 22.00 £ 15.84 € 19,14 ¥ 175.34
PR01 *Description: Prism Mounting Hardware
SM1RR
PR01* PR01/M* $ 318.00 £ 228.96 € 276,66 ¥ 2,534.46 Precision Rotation Platform
PR01A PR01A/M $ 28.00 £ 20.16 € 24,36 ¥ 223.16 PR01 Solid Adapter Plate
SM1RR** SM1RR** $ 4.50 £ 3.24 € 3,92 ¥ 35.87 Additional Ø1" Retaining Ring
*One SM1RR Included with Each Rotation Mount **Imperial and Metric Compatible
30 mm Cage-Compatible Adapter for PR01 Rotation Platform
■ Provides 360° Rotation of 30 mm Cage

System when Mounted to PR01 Rotation
Platform Featured Above
■ One-Handed Clamping Mechanism
As shown to the right, the CRA30 is an adapter

CRA30 plate that integrates a 30 mm cage system onto a
PR01 rotation stage. The one-handed clamping
mechanism allows a cage assembly to be added or
removed quickly from the system using a 9/64"
(3 mm) hex key.
CRA30 Mounted onto a PR01

Holding a 30 mm Cage Assembly
(All Parts Sold Separately)

CRA30 CRA30/M $ 78.00 £ 56.16 € 67,86 ¥ 621.66 30 mm Cage Rotation Adapter for PR01
Motion Control
CHAPTERS XY Translation Plus Z-Axis Rotation Stage

Manual Stages
The XYR1 is a low-profile XY axis translation stage with continuous
Motorized Stages rotation about the Z-axis. The central SM1-threaded (1.035"-40) through
hole allows the stage to be used in an imaging application that requires
Multi-Axis
Platforms illumination from underneath the sample. The stage contains an array of
1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) and 8-32 (M4 x 0.7) tapped holes for mounting
Actuators
samples and components. In addition, the stage has eight 4-40 tapped holes
Controllers around the central through hole so that it can be used with Thorlabs’
30 mm or 60 mm cage system without the use of adapters.
SECTIONS The X- and Y-axis micrometers on the translation stage have a travel range
XYR1
of 1/2" (13 mm). An engraved angular scale along the outer edge of the
Linear Translation
stage’s mounting surface allows the user to set the angular orientation of the
Rotation stage, which can then be fixed using a locking setscrew. Locking the rotation
axis does not prevent translation along the X and Y axes. To prevent
otorized Stage attached components from interfering with the stage’s rotation or
Goniometers See Our M hese Speci s Chapter for
t alized Pro
ges Details on ducts translation, the top surface of the rotation platform is higher than the frame
l Sta Mot
ori
nua n Rot zed St
Ma Rotatio atio ag of the XYR1 Rotation Stage.
See Page 534 n es
Motorized Stages Specifications

Rotation Linear Translation Continuous Rotation Range:
Mechanism: 360°
Bearings in V-Groove Rotation Graduation: 1°
Horizontal Load (Max):
10 lbs (4.5 kg) XY Micrometers
Thorlabs offers an extensive selection of Vertical Load (Max):* Travel: 0.025" (0.5 mm)
motorized rotation stages, as well as the 2 lbs (0.9 kg) per Revolution

manual stages shown in this section. Please
see the Rotation Section of our Motorized Mounting Platform Translation Range: 1/2"
Stages chapter for our complete line of Dimension: (13 mm)
motorized rotary mounts. Thorlabs also
Ø4.18" (Ø106 mm) Graduation: 0.001" (10 µm)
offers an extensive selection of post-
mounted rotation stages, which can be Stage Height: 1.08" (27.4 mm) per Division

viewed in our Mechanics Chapter.
Stage Footprint Including *The vertical actuator should be pushing
Actuators: 6.33" x 6.1" up on the stage for maximum load.
(160.8 mm x 154.9 mm)
4.90" 1/4"-20 Tap 0.34"

4-40 Tap (124.5 mm) (16 Places) (8.6 mm) Typical (All Components
(8 Places) Sold Separately)
1.50"
(38.1 mm)
4.42"
(112.3 mm) 6.10"
Clearance Bore (154.9 mm)
for use with
1/4"-20 (M6) Cap Screw
(4 Places)
SM1 (1.035"-40) Series

8-32 Tap Internal Thread
(8 Places)
2.45"
(62.2 mm)
Rotation
Locking Screw
1.08" Please refer to our
(27.4 mm) website for complete
models and drawings.
6.33" Bottom Surface has Four
(160.8 mm) #4 Tapped Holes
on 60 mm Centers
XY Translation Plus Z-Axis Rotation Stage
XYR1 XYR1/M $ 568.00 £ 408.96 € 494,16 ¥ 4,526.96 XY Linear Translation Stage with Z-Axis Rotation Stage
Motion Control
Large-Area, Rotation Stage

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
Features
Motorized Stages
■ Removable Ø3.84" (Ø97.5 mm) Center 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0)
Allows Rotation Around Components Scale with Multi-Axis
Tapped Holes on 1"
1° Graduations Platforms
■ Hand Operated Rotation (25 mm) Centers
■ Fine Adjustment Using Hex Key Socket Actuators

via Rack and Pinion
Controllers
■ Standard Imperial or Metric Hole Patterns
■ Standard Breadboard Deck Height: 0.5" SECTIONS ▼
(12.7 mm)
■ Position Locking Mechanism Linear Translation
■ Black Anodized Aluminum Construction
Rotation
This Large-Area Rotation Stage is available with

Goniometers
either standard 1/4"-20 tapped holes on 1"
centers (RBB12) or M6 tapped holes on 25 mm
centers (RBB300/M) and has been designed for
Position RBB12 Position
use in applications requiring angular adjustment of optical assemblies.
Locking Locking
A Ø3.84" (Ø97.5 mm) section in the middle of the board is removable Screw Screw
to allow components to be placed centrally, while the board is rotated
around them.
A scale is laser etched around the edge of the rotating surface, with 1°
graduations. Fine positioning over the full range of travel is achieved by Specifications
adjustment of the spur gear using a hex key. Coarse positioning is ■ Travel Range: 360° Continuous
achieved simply by rotating the platform by hand. The working height ■ Working Height: 0.5" (12.7 mm)
of the stage is 0.5" (12.7 mm), which is the same as that provided by ■ Adjuster Pitch: 10.385° per Rev of Hex Screw
our standard MB series breadboards. ■ Load Capacity (Max): 44 lbs (20 kg)
This stage features a three-point kinematic mounting system, which ■ Run Out Over Full Travel Range: <50 µm
uses a dovetail location for ease and accuracy of adjustment; one ■ Moving Platform Dimensions
mount incorporates a spur gear adjuster, while the remaining two • RBB12: Ø12"
incorporate locking screws. The mounts adjacent to the rotation dials • RBB300/M: Ø300 mm
feature slotted holes that allow the stage to be secured to a standard ■ Weight: 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg)
optical table or breadboard; the location of these slots can be adjusted ■ Construction: Solid Aluminum
to clear equipment mounted close by.
Prism Spectroscope built using the RBB12

(All components sold separately).
Large-Area Rotation Stage

RBB12 RBB300/M $ 990.00 £ 712.80 € 861,30 ¥ 7,890.30 Large-Area Rotation Stage with Removable Insert
03_Goniometers_504-505.qxd.P:504-505 7/26/11 1:00 PM Page 504
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Manual, Small-Platform Goniometers

Manual Stages
A goniometer or goniometric stage is a device used to rotate an object Thorlabs offers small 1" x 1" goniometer stages with rotation about a
Motorized Stages precisely, within a small angular range, about a fixed point in space. virtual point that is either 1/2" (GN05) or 1" (GN1) above the top
Goniometers are similar to linear stages, but, rather than providing surface. In addition, these goniometers are designed such that the two
Multi-Axis
Platforms linear movement, the stage partially rotates about a fixed point above models may be stacked in an XY configuration (GN05 above the
the mounting surface of the stage. GN1) with one common rotation point located 1/2" above the top
Actuators
platform of the XY configuration (Item # GN2, which comes with a
Controllers 2-56 Mounting 6-32 (M3 x 0.5) single base plate). All of these goniometers offer unobstructed, pure
Holes Mounting Holes rotational motion about a point of rotation for the entire specified
(4 Places) 8 Places
▼ SECTIONS angle of rotation (see schematic below).
The precision dovetail design, accompanied by a backlash-free lead
Linear Translation
screw and a vernier scale, provides accurate and repeatable positioning.
Rotation A side-mounted setscrew can be used to lock the platform in position.
4-40 (M3 x 0.45) The GN series of goniometers provide a generous array of tapped
Goniometers
Mounting Holes holes including 4-40 (M2.5) and 6-32 (M3) for mounting. This
4 Places series can be either post mounted via an 8-32 (M4) tap or mounted to
a mini series breadboard (see page 74) via the slotted mounting holes.
Mounting Hole Configuration
Point of
Rotation Small (GN Series) Goniometer Specifications
■ Distance to Point of Rotation from Top Surface
Angle of • 0.50" (12.7 mm) for GN05 and GN2
GN05 Rotation
• 1.00" (25.4 mm) for GN1
■ Rotation
• ±15° for GN05
• ±10° for GN1
• ±10°/±15° for GN2
■ Accuracy: 10 arcmin (0.167°)
■ Load Capacity: 0.25 lbs (0.11 kg)
■ Stackable Design: Easily Assemble into a 2-Axis System
GN1
0.50" 0.50"
(12.7 mm) (12.7 mm)
GN05 GN2 Point
of Rotation
GN2
GN05 Point 0.50" 0.50"
of Rotation (12.7 mm) 0.50" 1.00"
1.00" (12.7 mm)
(12.7 mm) (25.4 mm)
(25.4 mm)
0.70"
(17.8 mm) GN1 Point 1.00"
of Rotation 1.00" (25.4 mm)
(25 mm)
Locking Screw 1.00" Removable
Removable (25.4 mm) Base Plate
8-32 (M4)
Mounting Hole Base Plate
LOCK
0.70" 0.20"
(17.8 mm) (5.1 mm)
Please refer to our website for 1.85"

complete models and drawings. Locking Screw (47.0 mm)
8-32 (M4) Removable
GN1 Base Plate GN2
Mounting Hole
ITEM #* METRIC ITEM #* $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

GN05 GN05/M $ 128.00 £ 92.16 € 111,36 ¥ 1,020.16 Goniometer with 1/2" Virtual Point
GN1 GN1/M $ 132.00 £ 95.04 € 114,84 ¥ 1,052.04 Goniometer with 1" Virtual Point
GN2 GN2/M $ 260.00 £ 187.20 € 226,20 ¥ 2,072.20 Goniometer Pair with 1/2" Virtual Point
*Each unit ships complete with mounting base plate
03_Goniometers_504-505.qxd.P:504-505 7/27/11 2:46 PM Page 505
Motion Control
Manual, Large-Platform Goniometers

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
A goniometer or goniometric stage is a device used to rotate an object precisely,
within a small angular range, about a fixed point in space. Goniometers are similar Motorized Stages
to linear stages, but, rather than providing linear movement, the stage partially
Multi-Axis
rotates about a fixed point above the mounting surface of the stage. Platforms
GNL10
Thorlabs offers large 1.5" x 1.5" goniometer stages with rotation about a virtual Actuators
point that is either 1.00" (GNL10) or 1.75" (GNL18) above the top surface. In
addition, these goniometers are designed such that the two models may be stacked Controllers
in an XY configuration (GNL10 above the GNL18) with one common rotation point located 1" above the top platform of the XY
configuration (Item # GNL20, which comes with a single base plate). All of these goniometers offer unobstructed, pure rotational motion SECTIONS ▼
about a point of rotation for the entire specified angle of rotation.
Linear Translation
The precision dovetail design, accompanied by a backlash-free micrometer and a vernier scale, provides accurate and repeatable positioning.
A side-mounted setscrew can be used to lock the platform in position. Rotation
The GNL series of large goniometers provide a generous array of tapped holes including 4-40 (M2.5) and 6-32 (M3) for mounting Goniometers
(see the schematic on the previous page for details). This series can be either post mounted via an 8-32 (M4) tap or mounted to a
mini series breadboard (see page 74) via the slotted mounting holes.
otorized Stage
t alized Pro
Details on ducts
Large (GNL Series) Goniometer Specifications ual
Manometers
M
Gon otoriz
ni iom ed
Go See Page 540 ete
■ Distance to Point of Rotation ■ Rotation rs
from Top Surface • GNL10: ±10°
• GNL10: 1.00" (25.4 mm) • GNL20: ±5°/±10° Motorized
• GNL20: 1.00" (25.4 mm) • GNL18: ±5° Goniometers
• GN18: 1.75" (44.5 mm) ■ Accuracy: 10 arcmin (0.167°)
■ Stackable Design: Easily Assembles into ■ Load Capacity: 1.0 lbs (0.45 kg)
2-Axis System
Thorlabs offers an extensive selection of

GNL18 GNL20 motorized stages, as well as the manual stages
shown in this section. Please see the Goniometer
tab in the Motorized Stages Chapter for our
complete line of motorized goniometers.
GNL10 Point
of Rotation GNL20
GNL20 Point
GNL18 Point of Rotation
3.09" (78 mm) of Rotation
Nominal
0.75"
1.00" (19.1 mm)
(25 mm)
1.50"
(38.1 mm) 1.00"
(25.4 mm)
1.50"
1.75" (38.1 mm)
5 0.75" 3.09" (78 mm) (44 mm)
MITUTOYO
LOCK
3
0
2
1
(19.1 mm) Nominal
24
23
22
21
20
1.50"
(38.1 mm)
1.50"
#6 Locking Screw (38.1 mm)
0.20"
(5.1 mm) LOCK 0.75"
GNL10 (19.1 mm)
Removable
Mounting Plate
#6 Locking Screw
Please refer to our website for 1.85" 0.20"
complete models and drawings. 0.20" (47.0 mm) (5.1 mm)
GNL18 (5.1 mm)
ITEM #* METRIC ITEM #* $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

GNL10 GNL10/M $ 234.00 £ 168.48 € 203,58 ¥ 1,864.98 Large Goniometer with 1" Virtual Point
GNL18 GNL18/M $ 241.00 £ 173.52 € 209,67 ¥ 1,920.77 Large Goniometer with 1.75" Virtual Point
GNL20 GNL20/M $ 475.00 £ 342.00 € 413,25 ¥ 3,785.75 Large Goniometer 2-Axis Stage, 1" Virtual Point
*Each unit ships complete with mounting base plate
01_Linear Translation_Motorized_506-526.qxd.P:506-526 7/25/11 1:43 PM Page 506
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS Motorized Linear Stages – Comparison Table

Manual Stages MINIMUM HOME
BIDIRECTIONAL INCREMENTAL LOCATION
Motorized Stages ITEM # PAGE TRAVEL RANGE MAX VELOCITY REPEATABILITY BACKLASH MOVEMENT ACCURACY
MT1-Z8 510 13 mm 3 mm/s 1.5 µm <6 µm 100 nm <2 µm
Multi-Axis
Platforms PT1-Z8 511 25 mm 3 mm/s 1.5 µm <12 µm 100 nm <2 µm
MTS25X-Z8 512 25 mm 3 mm/s 1.6 µm <6 µm 50 nm <8 µm
Actuators
MTS50X-Z8 512 50 mm 3 mm/s 1.6 µm <6 µm 50 nm <8 µm
Controllers LNR50S 514 50 mm 8 mm/s 0.5 µm <6 µm 50 nm <2 µm
M SECTIONS
LNR50SE 516 50 mm 8 mm/s 0.2 µm <6 µm 50 nm <2 µm
NRT100 518 100 mm 10 mm/s 1 µm <3 µm 100 nm <1.2 µm
Linear Translation NRT150 518 150 mm 10 mm/s 1 µm <3 µm 100 nm <1.2 µm

LTS150 520 150 mm 15 mm/s 2 µm <5 µm 100 nm <6 µm
Microscopy Stages LTS300 520 300 mm 15 mm/s 2 µm <5 µm 100 nm <6 µm
DDS220 523 220 mm 300 mm/s 0.5 µm NA* 100 nm <0.5 µm
Rotation
*This stage does not exhibit backlash since there is no lead screw.
Goniometers MAX ON-AXIS LOAD CAPACITY

ABSOLUTE ON-AXIS MAX PERCENT
ITEM # PAGE VERTICAL HORIZONTAL ACCURACY ACCURACY PITCH YAW
MT1-Z8 510 4.5 kg 9 kg 95 µm 0.70% 0.006° 0.013°
PT1-Z8 511 4.5 kg 9 kg 130 µm 0.52% 0.006° 0.013°
MTS25X-Z8 512 4.5 kg 12 kg 145 µm 0.60% 0.04° 0.05°
MTS50X-Z8 512 4.5 kg 12 kg 290 µm 0.70% 0.05° 0.06°
LNR50S 514 10 kg 30 kg 10 µm 0.02% 0.03° 0.015°
LNR50SE 516 10 kg 30 kg 6 µm 0.02% 0.03° 0.015°
NRT100 518 5 kg 20 kg 16 µm 0.09% 0.008° 0.05°
NRT150 518 5 kg 20 kg 20 µm 0.09% 0.008° 0.05°
LTS150 520 5 kg 15 kg 50 µm 0.18% 0.016° 0.05°
LTS300 520 5 kg 15 kg 50 µm 0.20% 0.022° 0.06°
DDS220 523 NA 3 kg 4.0 µm 0.02% 0.01° 0.01°
Definition of Characteristics
I Maximum Velocity
Specifications for the maximum velocity are stated for the stages without load and in a horizontal configuration.
I Bidirectional Repeatability
Repeatability is a measure of the ability of a stage to return to an exact commanded position. Bidirectional repeatability
is an average of the repeatability when the commanded position is approached from both directions. In the above table,
the bidirectional repeatability is measured with the backlash correction feature in the control software enabled.
I Backlash
Backlash is a mechanical phenomenon caused by the lead screw mechanism. When the direction of travel of a lead screw
is reversed it will take up some slack in the system before actually moving the stage, however the position feedback in the
motor will observe the screw to have rotated, leading to a discrepancy between commanded position and absolute position.
All Thorlabs controllers can compensate for backlash.
I Minimum Incremental Movement
This is the actual minimum incremental motion that a stage can make, otherwise known as the minimum step size. It is not
usually repeatable.
I Home Location Accuracy
Measurement of how accurately the stage returns to home after power cycling the controller.
I Maximum On-Axis Load Capacity
The maximum weight that can be mounted on the center of the stage and be actuated repeatedly without damage to the
stage or it’s actuators.
I Absolute On-Axis Accuracy
This is defined as the maximum discrepancy between the command position and the absolute position over the full travel of the
stage. Absolute on-axis accuracy is measured over the full travel range of the un-calibrated stage using an interferometer. Note that
all NRT and LTS stages are calibrated, and a calibration file sent with the unit. Calibrated accuracy is provided for these stages.
I Maximum Percentage Accuracy
This is the maximum discrepancy between command position and absolute position expressed as a percentage of the
commanded position. The advantage of expressing this as a percentage is that the performance of the stage can be
compared to stages with different maximum travel ranges.
Motion Control
Large-Area, Rotation Stage

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
Features
Motorized Stages
■ Removable Ø3.84" (Ø97.5 mm) Center 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0)
Allows Rotation Around Components Scale with Multi-Axis
Tapped Holes on 1"
1° Graduations Platforms
■ Hand Operated Rotation (25 mm) Centers
■ Fine Adjustment Using Hex Key Socket Actuators

via Rack and Pinion
Controllers
■ Standard Imperial or Metric Hole Patterns
■ Standard Breadboard Deck Height: 0.5" SECTIONS ▼
(12.7 mm)
■ Position Locking Mechanism Linear Translation
■ Black Anodized Aluminum Construction
Rotation
This Large-Area Rotation Stage is available with

Goniometers
either standard 1/4"-20 tapped holes on 1"
centers (RBB12) or M6 tapped holes on 25 mm
centers (RBB300/M) and has been designed for
Position RBB12 Position
use in applications requiring angular adjustment of optical assemblies.
Locking Locking
A Ø3.84" (Ø97.5 mm) section in the middle of the board is removable Screw Screw
to allow components to be placed centrally, while the board is rotated
around them.
A scale is laser etched around the edge of the rotating surface, with 1°
graduations. Fine positioning over the full range of travel is achieved by Specifications
adjustment of the spur gear using a hex key. Coarse positioning is ■ Travel Range: 360° Continuous
achieved simply by rotating the platform by hand. The working height ■ Working Height: 0.5" (12.7 mm)
of the stage is 0.5" (12.7 mm), which is the same as that provided by ■ Adjuster Pitch: 10.385° per Rev of Hex Screw
our standard MB series breadboards. ■ Load Capacity (Max): 44 lbs (20 kg)
This stage features a three-point kinematic mounting system, which ■ Run Out Over Full Travel Range: <50 µm
uses a dovetail location for ease and accuracy of adjustment; one ■ Moving Platform Dimensions
mount incorporates a spur gear adjuster, while the remaining two • RBB12: Ø12"
incorporate locking screws. The mounts adjacent to the rotation dials • RBB300/M: Ø300 mm
feature slotted holes that allow the stage to be secured to a standard ■ Weight: 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg)
optical table or breadboard; the location of these slots can be adjusted ■ Construction: Solid Aluminum
to clear equipment mounted close by.
Prism Spectroscope built using the RBB12

(All components sold separately).
Large-Area Rotation Stage

RBB12 RBB300/M $ 990.00 £ 712.80 € 861,30 ¥ 7,890.30 Large-Area Rotation Stage with Removable Insert
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS 4 mm Travel, NanoMax™ with Stepper Motors and Piezos

Manual Stages
MAX341
Motorized Stages Patented 6,467,762
The MAX341 features internal piezoelectric actuators built directly
into the body of the platform, providing a 20 µm travel range with
Multi-Axis
Platforms
a positional resolution of 20 nm. The MAX341 has three strain
gauge displacement sensors, providing a voltage signal that is
Actuators linearly proportional to the displacement of the piezoelectric
element. This signal is used to compensate for the hysteresis,
Controllers
creep, and thermal drift that is inherent in all piezoelectric
M SECTIONS elements. If used with a BPC203 3-axis piezo controller
featured on pages 642 – 643, the piezoelectric actuator can
Linear Translation be controlled in a closed-loop feedback mode that results in a
resolution of 5 nm.
Microscopy Stages
Rotation 8.38" (213 mm)

4.41"
(112 mm)
Goniometers
2.36"
(60 mm)
Multi-Axis Platforms
See Our on these Specializ Chapter fo
ed Prod
ges
Details ucts r Mot
l Sta oriz 2.36"
a nua See Pages 541 – 588 ed
Sta (60 mm)
M ges
Multi-Axis Platforms 4.41"

(112 mm)
These flexure-based 3-axis precision stages are shown

in more detail in the chapter on Multi-Axis Platforms.
In the Multi-Axis Platforms section, you will find 8.62"
manual and motorized versions of both the 3-axis as (219 mm)
well as the 6-axis stage. Complete pre-configured,
fiber launch systems are also featured.
2.46"
(62.5 mm)
General Specifications
I XYZ Travel:* 0.16" (4 mm) I Bidirectional Repeatability:* 0.5 µm
I Max Velocity:* 2.5 mm/s I Home Location Accuracy:* ±1.5 µm
I Max Acceleration:* 4 mm/s2 I Piezo Travel:** 20 µm
I Backlash:* <7.0 µm I Piezo Resolution:** 20 nm
I Min Achievable Incremental Movement:* 0.06 µm I Thermal Stability: 1 µm/°C
I Absolute On-Axis Accuracy* I On-Axis Load Capacity: 2.2 lbs (1 kg)
• X-Axis: 43 µm I Resonant Frequency (±10%):
• Y-Axis: 66 µm 375 Hz (No Load), 200 Hz (275 g Load), 150 Hz (575 g
• Z-Axis: 278 µm Load)
I Max Percentage Accuracy* I Weight: 2.2 lbs (1 kg)
I
• X-Axis: 4.2%
• Y-Axis: 4.35% Deck Height: 2.46" (62.5 mm) from the Bottom Surface of
• Z-Axis: 10.4% the Moving Platform. The Accessory Beam Height is 2.95"
(75 mm) from the Bottom Surface of the Stage
*Using stepper motor actuators **For MAX341 Stage: All measurements related to the performance of the piezoelectric actuators are
made with the Thorlabs model BPC203 piezo driver, which can be found on pages 642 – 643
MAX343 MAX343/M $ 2,345.00 £ 1,688.40 € 2.040,15 ¥ 18,689.65 NanoMax™ Stage with Stepper Motor Drives
MAX341 MAX341/M $ 3,530.00 £ 2,541.60 € 3.071,10 ¥ 28,134.10 NanoMax™ Stage; Stepper, Piezoelectric Actuator, & Sensor
Motion Control
4 mm Travel, NanoMax™ with Stepper Motor 6-Axis Flexure Stage

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
Patented 6,467,762
Specifications Motorized Stages

I Stepper Motor Multi-Axis
• X,Y,Z Range: 4 mm (0.16") Platforms
• θx, θy, θz Range: 6° Actuators
• X,Y,Z Resolution: 20 nm
• θx, θy, θz Resolution: 0.1 arcsec
I
Controllers
Optional Piezo Actuators:
• X,Y,Z Range: 30 µm (0.16") SECTIONS M
• θx, θy, θz Range: 1.8 arcmin
• X,Y,Z Resolution: (Open Loop) 30 nm MAX604
Linear Translation
• X,Y,Z Resolution: (Close Loop) 10 nm
• θx, θy, θz Resolution: (Open Loop) 0.1 arcsec
• θx, θy, θz Resolution: (Close Loop) 0.03 arcsec Microscopy Stages
I Deck Height: Rotation

• 112.5 mm (4.43") for Mounting
Surfaces of the Moving Platform. Goniometers
• Add an Additional 12.5 mm (0.5")
for the Accessory Beam Height NanoMax™ Outfitted with Stepper Motors
I I
125 mm (4.92")* Step Angle: 1.8° Phase Inductance: 4.6 mH
*Measured from the bottom surface of the stage I Step Accuracy: 5% I Holding Torque: 23.1 N.cm
I Rated Phase Current: 1 A I Detent Torque: 1.7 N.cm
I Phase Resistance: 4.6 Ω
These motorized NanoMax™ six-axis platforms combine the high

thermal and mechanical stability of our other NanoMax™ 600 series
platforms with the automated control offered by outfitting the system Multi-Axis Platforms
See Our on these Specializ Chapter fo
ed Prod
with microstepping stepper motors. When controlled by the apt™ Series ges
Details ucts r Mot
l Sta oriz
Stepper Motor System Controllers (see pages 632 – 633), they provide a nua ed
Sta
M See Page 564 ges
fast, automated positioning.
The NanoMax™ TS series offers inherently low kinematic static friction Multi-Axis Platforms
and virtually zero backlash, except for that associated with the leadscrew These flexure-based 6-axis precision stages are
of the stepper motors. These features combine to produce an automation shown in more detail in the chapter on Multi-
tool that is capable of 24/7 operation with a positional resolution of Axis Platforms. In the Multi-Axis Platforms
20 nm that will not degrade in industrial applications. Compared to section, you will find manual and motorized
versions of both the 3-axis as well as the 6-axis
traditional flexure designs, the mechanical stiffness is an order of stage. Complete pre-configured, fiber launch
magnitude higher. This offers additional resistance against the external systems are also featured.
forces often encountered in the assembly process. Hence, this stage is
ideal for fiber alignment and positioning tasks, particularly those
involving multichannel optical waveguides and complex optical circuits.
For an increased level of automation, we offer a model (MAX606) with
internal piezoelectric actuators and displacement sensors that attach
directly to the piezoelectric stacks. This added feature increases the
resolution by a factor of two (10 nm) and enables closed-loop operation.
The BPC200 series of controllers are an ideal choice to control the
piezoelectric actuators on the MAX606.
NanoMax™ 604: Stepper Motors, No Piezos

MAX604 MAX604/M $ 7,175.00 £ 5,166.00 € 6.242,25 ¥ 57,184.75 NanoMax 6-Axis Positioning Stage with Stepper Motors
NanoMax™ 606: Stepper Motors, Piezoelectric Actuators, & Displacement Sensors

MAX606 MAX606/M $ 13,210.00 £ 9,511.20 € 11.492,70 ¥ 105,283.70 NanoMax 6-Axis Stage, Stepper Motors, Piezos, & Sensors
All models are available in a left-handed configuration, please call for details.
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS 0.5" Travel Motorized Translation Stages

Manual Stages
Features The MT1-Z8 provides 0.5" (12.7 mm) of motorized motion in a single axis, whereas
Motorized Stages I DC Servo Motor with an the MT3-Z8 provides 0.5" (12.7 mm) of travel in the X, Y, and Z axes. The MT1-Z8
Optical Encoder is assembled from three single-axis stages using the MT402 bracket. Each stage comes
I
Multi-Axis
Platforms High-Torque Gear Head with two mounting dowels to ensure orthogonality when stacking multiple stages.
I Built-In Mechanical Limit Switches The 12 VDC servo motor actuators use a 1.0 mm pitch leadscrew, a 67:1 gear head,
I
Actuators
Right- or Left-Handed Configuration and a built-in optical encoder that provides 34,304 counts per revolution of the lead
Controllers screw to ensure sub-micron positioning. See page 608 for more information on our
DC servo motors.
M SECTIONS
Linear Translation
Microscopy Stages Specifications

I Travel Range: 0.5" (13 mm)
I
Rotation
Recommended Controller: TDC001
I Max Velocity: 3 mm/s
Goniometers
I
MT402
Stage/Bearing Construction: Aluminum/Ball Bearing
I Bidirectional Repeatability: 1.5 µm
I Backlash: <6 µm
I Min Achievable Incremental Movement: 0.10µm
I Max On-Axis Load Capacity (Vertical): 10 lbs (4.5 kg)
I Max On-Axis Load Capacity (Horizontal): 20 lbs (9 kg)
I Absolute On-Axis Accuracy: 95 µm
I
MT3-Z8
Max Percentage Accuracy: 0.52%
I Home Location Accuracy: ±1 µm
I Pitch: 0.006°
I Yaw: 0.013°
I Weight: 0.88 lbs (0.4 kg)
I Platform
• 2.40" x 2.40" (60.96 mm x 60.96 mm)
• 1/4" - 20 (M6 x 1.0) Tapped Holes, 7 Places
For more details, • 8-32 (M4 x 0.7) Tapped Holes, 4 Places
see pages 626 - Linear Displacement per Encoder Count: There are 512 encoder counts
627 per revolution of the motor. The output shaft of the motor goes into a
67:1 planetary gear head. This requires the motor to rotate 67 times in MT401
order to rotate the 1.0 mm pitch leadscrew one revolution. The end result
advances the stage by 1.0 mm. To calculate the linear displacement of the
actuator per encoder count:
• 512 x 67 = 34,304 encoder counts per revolution of the leadscrew
• 1.0 mm/34,304 counts = 2.915 x 10-5 mm (29 nm) linear displacement
of the leadscrew per encoder count. MT1-Z8
Save 10% When Purchasing Complete Package Stage Plus Motorized Actuators
MT1-Z8 MT1/M-Z8 $ 686.70 £ 494.42 € 597,43 ¥ 5,473.00 Motorized Translation Stage, 0.5" (12.7 mm of Travel)
MT3-Z8 MT3/M-Z8 $ 2,100.60 £ 1,512.43 € 1.827,52 ¥ 16,741.78 XYZ Motorized Translation Stage, 0.5" (12.7 mm of Travel)
MT401 MT401 $ 22.00 £ 15.84 € 19,14 ¥ 175.34 Base Plate
MT402 MT402 $ 48.00 £ 34.56 € 41,76 ¥ 382.56 Angle Mounting Bracket
Manual Stages Chapter f

See Our or
on the MT3 w/Manual Driv
es Details es Mot
l Stag oriz
ed
nua See Pages 488 - 489 Sta
Ma ges
Manual Stages
Manual versions of the MT-Series stage can be found back in the Manual Stages chapter of this section.
Many applications require a combination of motorized and manually-driven stages,. The MT3 platform
supports the easy mixing-and-matching of various drive options.
Motion Control
1" (25.4 mm) Travel Motorized Translation Stages

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
Features
I Optical Encoder with 34,304 Pulses/Rev. of Leadscrew Motorized Stages
I 67:1 Gear Head for High Torque See Page 494
Multi-Axis
I Built-In Limit Switches Platforms
I Right-Handed Configuration, User Changeable to Left-Handed Manual Stages Actuators
The PT1-Z8 and the PT3-Z8 motorized stages provide a 1" (25.4 mm) total This motorized translation Controllers
travel range for each axis. The PT3-Z8 is assembled from three single axis stages
SECTIONS M
stage is based on our
using the PT102 (/M) bracket. Each stage comes with two mounting dowels to popular PT-Series
manually-driven stages.
ensure orthogonality when stacking multiple stages. The motorized actuators
The manually-driven
allow sub-micron control and provide position feedback via an optical encoder. version of this stage utilizes Linear Translation
A 12 VDC servo motor and gear head rotate the 1.0 mm pitch leadscrew that micrometer drives; this
product is featured in our Microscopy Stages
drives the stage; built-in limit switches provide overdrive protection.
Manual Stages chapter.
Thorlabs’ motorized actuators are some of the smallest that are commercially Rotation
available. Combining these actuators with our compact high-precision
translation stages results in an extremely compact sub-micron translator. Goniometers
Specifications
I Travel Range: 1" (25.4 mm)
PT1-Z8 I Recommended Controller: TDC001
I Stage Bearing Construction: Aluminum/Ball Bearing
I Bidirectional Repeatability: 1.5 µm
I Backlash: <12 µm
I Min Achievable Incremental Movement: 100 nm
I Max On-Axis Load Capacity (vertical): 10 lbs (4.5 kg)
I Max On-Axis Load Capacity (horizontal): 20 lbs (9 kg)
PT102
I Absolute On-Axis Accuracy: 130 µm
I Max Percentage Accuracy: 0.52%
I Home Location Accuracy: <2 µm
I Pitch: 0.006°
I Yaw: 0.013°
I Platform
PT3-Z8 • 3.00" x 4.00" (76.2 mm x 101.6 mm)
• 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) Tapped Holes, 16 Places
Linear Displacement per Encoder Count: There are 512 encoder
counts per revolution of the motor. The output shaft of the motor
goes into a 67:1 planetary gear head. This requires the motor to
rotate 67 times in order to rotate the 1.0 mm pitch leadscrew one
revolution. The end result advances the stage by 1.0 mm. To
calculate the linear displacement of the actuator per encoder count:
PT101 • 512 x 67 = 34,304 encoder counts per revolution of the leadscrew

• 1.0 mm/34,304 counts = 2.915 x 10-5 mm (29 nm) linear
displacement of the leadscrew per encoder count.
Save 10% When Purchasing Complete Package Stage Plus Motorized Actuators
PT1-Z8 PT1/M-Z8 $ 683.10 £ 491.83 € 594,30 ¥ 5,444.31 Single-Axis Motorized Translation Stage, 1" (25.4 mm) Travel
PT3-Z8 PT3/M-Z8 $ 2,094.30 £ 1,507.90 € 1.822,04 ¥ 16,691.57 Three-Axis Motorized Translation Stage, 1" (25.4 mm) Travel
PT101* PT101* $ 22.00 £ 15.84 € 19,14 ¥ 175.34 Base Plate
PT102 PT102/M $ 71.00 £ 51.12 € 61,77 ¥ 565.87 Angle Mounting Bracket
*Imperial and Metric parts are equivalent.
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS 25 and 50 mm Travel Motorized Translation Stages

Manual Stages
Features
Motorized Stages I Compact Modular Design
Multi-Axis I Bundle Offer Includes TDC001 T-Cube Driver and
Platforms Power Supply
I High-Load Linear Guide Rails
Actuators
I Modular Design Allows Multi-Axis Configurations
Controllers I Built-In Limit Switches on the Stage
I
M SECTIONS
Hall-Effect-Encoded DC Servo Motors
Linear Translation
The compact, motorized MTS Series stages feature a dual set of
Specifications
I
Microscopy Stages linear rails with a continuously recirculating ball bearing on a
Travel Range
• MTS25: 25 mm moveable carriage. This mechanism provides smooth, low-friction
Rotation movement. The minimum achievable movement is 50 nm.
• MTS50: 50 mm
I Recommended Controller: TDC001 Limit switches on the stage ensures controlled motion within the
I
Goniometers
Max Velocity: 3 mm/s parameters of the unit and prevents overdriving in both directions.
I Stage/Bearing Construction: Aluminum/Recirculating Ball
Two travel ranges are available: 25 mm and 50 mm. The stages are
Bearing
I
configurable in XY, XZ, and XYZ in both left- and right-handed
Bidirectional Repeatability: 1.6 µm
I
configurations using the Angle Brackets and Spacer Plates. Base
Backlash: <6 µm
I
plates are also available allowing them to be bolted directly to an
Min Achievable Incremental Movement: 50 nm
I
optical table. The MTS25-Z8 and MTS50-Z8 stages can be
Max On-Axis Load Capacity (Vertical): 10 lbs (4.5 kg)
I
attached to a MTS25A-Z8 or MTS50-Z8 base, respectively, using
Max On-Axis Load Capacity (Horizontal): 26.4 lbs
(12 kg) the four included M3 x 1.0 caphead screws and dowel pins. For
I Absolute On-Axis Accuracy added flexibility, multi-axis configuration can be made using a
• MTS25: 145 µm mixture of 25 mm and 50 mm stages.
• MTS50: 290 µm The MTS bundles include a TDC001 Controller, power supply,
I Max Percentage Accuracy and necessary cables for fast out-of-the-box setup and operation.
• MTS25: 0.3%
• MTS50: 0.7% A complete technical description of the TDC001 T-Cube™
I Home Location Accuracy: ±4% servo driver is found on pages 626 – 627, in the Controllers
I Pitch chapter.
• MTS25: 0.04°
• MTS50: 0.05°
I Yaw
• MTS25: 0.05°
• MTS50: 0.06°
I Platform
• 1.50" x 1.69" (38.1 mm x 43.0 mm)
• 4-40 (M3 x 0.5) Tapped Holes, 18 Places
• 8-32 (M4 x 0.7) Tapped Holes, 1 Place
Linear Displacement per Encoder Count: There are 512 encoder
counts per revolution of the motor. The output shaft of the motor
goes into a 67:1 planetary gear head. This requires the motor to rotate
67 times in order to rotate the 1.0 mm pitch leadscrew one
revolution. The end result advances the stage by 1.0 mm. To calculate
the linear displacement of the actuator per encoder count:
• 512 x 67 = 34,304 encoder counts per revolution of the leadscrew
• 1.0 mm/34,304 counts = 2.915 x 10-5 mm (29 nm) linear
displacement of the leadscrew per encoder count.

MTS25-Z8 MTS25/M-Z8 $ 890.00 £ 640.80 € 774,30 ¥ 7,093.30 Compact Motorized 25 mm Travel Translation Stage
MTS25-Z8E MTS25/M-Z8E $ 1,336.50 £ 962.28 € 1.162,76 ¥ 10,651.91 MTS25 Translation Stage Plus TDC001 Controller
MTS50-Z8 MTS50/M-Z8 $ 989.00 £ 712.08 € 860,43 ¥ 7,882.33 Compact Motorized 50 mm Travel Translation Stage
MTS50-Z8E MTS50/M-Z8E $ 1,425.60 £ 1,026.43 € 1.240,27 ¥ 11,362.03 MTS50 Translation Stage Plus TDC001 Controller
PAA632 PAA632* $ 52.80 £ 38.02 € 45,94 ¥ 420.82 Hi Density D-Type Extender Cable, 2.5 m
TPS001 TPS001* $ 25.00 £ 18.00 € 21,75 ¥ 199.25 ±15 V Power Supply for Single T-Cube
TPS008 TPS008* $ 175.00 £ 126.00 € 152,25 ¥ 1,394.75 ±15 V Power Supply for up to 8 T-Cubes
*Both Imperial and Metric parts are equivalent. …Continued on Next Page
Motion Control
MTS Series Adapter Plates

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
MTS25-Z8
Multi-Axis
Platforms
Actuators
Controllers
XYZ Configuration Built with
MTS25A-Z8, MTS25B-Z8, SECTIONS M
MTS25C-Z8
and MTS25C-Z8 Adapters
Linear Translation
Microscopy Stages
MTS25-Z8
Rotation
MTS25B-Z8
Goniometers
MTS25-Z8
Each adapter plate comes with the required dowel pins to ensure MTS25A-Z8
orthogonality as the system is reconfigured. The base plates are designed

to allow the stages to be easily secured to an optical table with 1/4"-20
(M6 x 1.0) tapped holes on 1" (25 mm) centers.
MTS Series Mounting Adapters
ITEM # $ £ € RMB STAGE SERIES DESCRIPTION
MTS25A-Z8* $ 64.00 £ 46.08 € 55,68 ¥ 510.08 MTS25 Base Adapter Plate
MTS25B-Z8* $ 41.00 £ 29.52 € 35,67 ¥ 326.77 MTS25 XY Adapter Plate
MTS25C-Z8* $ 88.00 £ 63.36 € 76,56 ¥ 701.36 MTS25 Right-Angle Bracket
MTS50A-Z8* $ 74.00 £ 53.28 € 64,38 ¥ 589.78 MTS50 Base Adapter Plate
MTS50B-Z8* $ 51.00 £ 36.72 € 44,37 ¥ 406.47 MTS50 XY Adapter Plate
MTS50C-Z8* $ 98.00 £ 70.56 € 85,26 ¥ 781.06 MTS50 Right-Angle Bracket
Adaptive Optics Kits

MEMS-Based Deformable Mirror Achieves High Spatial Resolution
Shack-Hartmann Wavefront Sensor with High-Quality Microlens

Due to High Actuator Count and Low Inter-Actuator Coupling
Includes Light Source, Imaging Optics, and Associated

Array
Mounting Hardware
Thorlabs offers Adaptive Optics Kits that incorporate a
MEMS-based deformable mirror (either gold or aluminum
coated), a Shack-Hartmann wavefront sensor, all necessary AOK1UM01
Adaptive Optics Kit
imaging optics and mounting hardware, fully functional stand-
(Breadboard not Included)
alone control software for immediate control of the system, and a
support library to assist with tailored applications authored by the end
user. In addition, since the kit ships as three pre-aligned optomechanical
sections, our adaptive optics kits provide a near out-of-the-box solution for real-time
wavefront compensation.
For more details, see pages 1790 - 1795
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS 2" TravelMax™ Stage with Stepper Motor

Manual Stages
Removable Base Plate
Features Included with the LNR50S
Motorized Stages
■ Solid Steel Stage Construction and LNR50K1 Packages
Multi-Axis ■ Stepper Motor Drive with Precision Ground
Platforms Trapezoidal Leadscrew
Actuators ■ Heavy-Duty Cross Roller Bearings
■ Thermally-Matched Steel Construction
Controllers LNR50S
■ Offers Excellent Dynamic-Torque Performance
■ High-Precision, Home-Position Sensor Provides
▼ SECTIONS Excellent Repeatability
■ Optional Piezo Actuators Static Pin or
Linear Translation (See Page 605) Optional Piezo
Microscopy Stages
Rotation Stepper Motor
Goniometers
Motorized TravelMax Cross-Roller-Bearing Stage
Combining the TravelMax stage with our DRV014 high-performance stepper motor based actuator provides true nanopositioning
capability. The stepper motor actuator uses a trapezoidal-shaped 1 mm/rev pitch leadscrew that provides a high load carrying capability.
When used with the BSC101 stepper motor driver a step size of 50 nm is achievable.
The exceptional performance of the LNR50S is a result of the rigid all steel construction of the stage combined with the sophisticated
design of the DRV014 actuator. The high-quality, cross-roller-bearing rails can carry loads up to 10 times larger than equivalent-sized ball
slides. The precision-ground shafts provide excellent straight line accuracy and the alternately crossed rollers can handle force in any
direction. The performance is further enhanced by using thermally matched materials that ensure stability and uniform performance over
the entire 2" (50 mm) range of motion.
The modular design of the LNR50 family of stages allows optional elements (such as piezo actuators – see page 605) to be added to the
platform within minutes. The top and bottom surfaces of the LNR series stages are equipped with an array of 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) tapped
holes to maximize the mounting flexibility of components. The LNR50P1 baseplate and LNR50P2 angle bracket allow the LNR series
of stages to be configured in left- or right-handed orientations in XY, XZ, or XYZ systems – see page 493.
1/4"-20 (M6)
Mounting Holes
1/2" (12.5 mm) Centers 3.94"
(13 Places) (100 mm)
LNR50S (LNR50S/M) Specifications
■ Travel Range: 2" (50 mm)
■ Recommended Controller: BSC101
■ Max Velocity: 8 mm/sec
3.94"
■ Stage/Bearing Construction: (100 mm)
Steel/Crossed Roller Bearing 5.42"
■ Bidirectional Repeatability: 0.5 µm (138 mm)
■ Backlash: <6 µm
■ Min Achievable Incremental Movement: 50 nm
■ Max On-Axis Load Capacity (Vertical): 22 lbs
(10 kg)
■ Max On-Axis Load Capacity (Horizontal): 1.12"
(28 mm)
66 lbs (30 kg)
Stepper Motor
■ Absolute On-Axis Accuracy: 10 µm 0.98"
■ Max Percentage Accuracy: 0.02% (25 mm)
■ Home Location Accuracy: <2 µm
■ Pitch: 0.03°
■ Yaw: 0.015°
■ Weight: 6.2 lbs (2.82 kg)
7.68
(195.0 mm)
10.73"
(273 mm)
Nominal
2" (50 mm) TravelMax Stage with Stepper Motor Actuator
LNR50S LNR50S/M $ 1,820.00 £ 1,310.40 € 1.583,40 ¥ 14,505.40 2" (50 mm) TravelMax, Stepper Motor Drive
Motion Control
2" TravelMax Stage Bundle

CHAPTERS ▼
Removable Base Plate
Manual Stages
Included with the LNR50S
and LNR50K1 Packages
Motorized Stages
Multi-Axis
Platforms
Actuators
Controllers
LNR50K1
SECTIONS ▼
Linear Translation
Microscopy Stages
Rotation
apt™ System: Stepper Motor Controller
Goniometers
The BSC series apt stepper-motor controllers (see pages 632 - 633) are designed to drive larger framed
2-phase bipolar stepper motors, with and without encoder feedback. The BSC101 is capable of
delivering powers up to 48 V/50 W peak (25 W average).
The controller combines high-speed digital signal processors (DSP) with low-noise analog electronics
and ActiveX® software technology for effortless one, two, or three-axis motion. Additional axes can be
driven by connecting one or more benchtop units via a standard USB hub. The controller is supplied
with a full suite of software support tools. An intuitive graphical instrument panel allows immediate
control and visualization of the operation of the stepper controllers, and any other apt™ controllers that
are installed. See pages 654 - 656 for a full description of the apt system software.
Features Motor Drive Specifications Upgradeable to

■ Single-Channel ■ Leadscrew Pitch: 1 mm
(Other Multi-Channel ■ Limit Switches: Ceramic Tipped Electro-
Piezoelectric-Assisted Drives
Models Available) Mechanical Switches
■ Supports 2-Phase Bipolar Referring to the photograph at the top of the page, the
■ MicroStepping Resolution: LNR50S stage includes a static pin that provides a stop for
Steppers up to 50 W <50 nm (25,600 Microsteps
■ Differential Encoder the motor drive. This pin is easily removable and can be
Per 1 mm of Translation )
Feedback Support replaced with a piezoelectric transducer to complement the
Closed-Loop Positioning
■ Speed Range:
200 nm/s to 8 mm/s manual drive, as shown on the left. Details of complete
■ Auto-Configure Function piezo actuators can be found starting on page 605.
for all Thorlabs Stages ■ Controller Interface: USB
■ USB Plug-and-Play Plus
Multi-Axis Expansion
■ Motor Control I/O Port Mechanical and Electrical Data
(Jogging, Interlocks) ■ Step Angle:
■ Full Software GUI 1.8º (50 poles and 2 Phases Results in
Control Suite 360º Divided by 200)
■ High-Resolution Micro ■ Step Accuracy: 10% (Nominal)
Stepping Control ■ Rated Phase Current: 1 A
Stable and Predictable Phase Resistance: 4.6 Ω
■
■
Low-Speed Operation
■ ActiveX® Software
■ Phase Inductance: 0.6 mH
Graphical Panels ■ Holding Torque: 23.1 N-cm
■ ActiveX® Programming ■ Operating Temperature:
Interfaces -20 to 40º C (Motor Specification)
■ Seamless Software
Integration With
apt™ Family Save 10% on the
Complete Package: Includes
Stage, Actuator, Controller,
Cables, and Software
2" (50 mm) TravelMax Stage and apt Controller Package
LNR50K1 LNR50K1/M $ 2,794.50 £ 2,012.04 € 2.431,22 ¥ 22,272.17 2" (50 mm) Stage, Stepper Motor Drive, and BSC101 Controller
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS 2" TravelMax™ Stage Encoded Stepper Motor

Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
Multi-Axis
Platforms
Actuators
Controllers Static Pin or Optional Piezo

(See Page 605)
▼ SECTIONS LNR50SE
LNR50SE (LNR50SE/M) Specifications
Linear Translation Overview Motorized TravelMax™ Stage
■ Travel Range: 2" (50 mm)
The LNR50SE is a 2" (50 mm) TravelMax™ Stage with an optical
■ Recommended Controller: BSC101
Microscopy Stages linear encoder and stepper motor. The actuator uses a trapezoidal-
■ Max Velocity: 8 mm/s
shaped leadscrew with 1 mm/rev pitch that provides a high load
Rotation ■ Stage/Bearing Construction:
carrying capability.
Stainless Steal/Crossed Roller Bearing
Goniometers The exceptionally high performance of the LNR50SE is a result ■ Bidirectional Repeatability: 0.2 µm
of the combination of rigid all-steel construction, optical linear ■ Backlash: <6 µm
encoder, and the sophisticated design of the DRV014 actuator. When ■ Max On-Axis Load Capacity (Vertical): 22 lbs (10 kg)
driven with a BSC series stepper motor controller (see pages 632 - ■ Max On-Axis Load Capacity (Horizontal): 66 lbs (30 kg)
633) a true micro-stepping resolution of 50 nm and positional ■ Absolute On-Axis Accuracy: ±3 µm
absolute accuracy of ±3 µm can be achieved. ■ Min. Achievable Incremental Movement: 50 nm
Accuracy and Repeatability ■ Encoder Resolution: 100 nm
Furthermore, the ability to automatically control and set the absolute ■ Grating Pitch: 20 µm
position of the stage with accuracies and repeatabilities in the range of ■ Max Percentage Accuracy: 0.02%
±3 µm and 0.2 µm, respectively, means that the LNR50SE stage can ■ Home Location Accuracy: <0.5 µm
be used in a wide variety of automated analytical scanning ■ Pitch: 0.03°
characterization and test applications. ■ Yaw: 0.015°
The optically encoded stage comes with a control unit that can ■ Weight: 6.2 lbs (2.82 kg)
be connected directly to a BSC series stepper motor controller, which The LNR50SE features a high, sub-micron resolution linear scale
then allows the fast development of sophisticated automated routines that is directly attached to the moving platform of the stage. This
via the comprehensive ActiveX® programming environment. See linear optical encoder provides the necessary feedback to the drive
pages 632 - 633 for more details on the BSC series controllers. electronics to ensure true nanopositioning capabilities. This means
Linear Position Encoder that mechanical positioning errors can be removed as the encoder
Combining the TravelMax™ all-stainless steel stage with an provides a direct readout of the absolute position.
integrated linear optical encoder provides the ideal solution for when The glass scale encoder system has a resolution of 100 nm and
stability, long travel, and high load capacity also need to be coupled to provides absolute position accuracies on the order of ±3 µm over
absolute position accuracy. When combined with the Thorlabs BSC the full 2" (50 mm) of travel. The bidirectional repeatability is on
series stepper motor controller, the high resolution encoder helps the order of 0.2 µm.
ensure a fully operational solution out of the box.
LNR50SE LNR50SE/M $ 3,520.00 £ 2,534.40 € 3.062,40 ¥ 28,054.40 2" (50 mm) Linear Encoded TravelMax™ Stage, Stepper Motor Drive
2" TravelMax™ Stage Encoded Stepper Motor Bundle

LNR50SEK1 – This fully configured
single-axis system incorporates the
LNR50SE TravelMax™ all-steel stage
with the DRV014 trapezoidal stepper
motor actuator and the powerful
LNR50SEK1 BSC101 single-channel benchtop
stepper motor controller.
BSC101 Save 10% with this Complete Package
Controller Details, Includes All Drives, Controller, Cables, and Software
See Pages 632 - 633
2" (50 mm) Travel Linear Position Encoder and Stepper Motor Drives
LNR50SEK1 LNR50SEK1/M $ 4,324.50 £ 3,113.64 € 3.762,32 ¥ 34,466.27 2” (50 mm) Linear Encoded TravelMax™ Stage,
Stepper Motor Drive, and BSC101 Controller
Motion Control
TravelMax™ Series Base Plate

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
Features LNR50P1
I This Mounting Plate is Included with all LNR50 Motorized Stages
Stages that Come Equipped with Stepper Motors
I
Multi-Axis
Mounting Slots Allow Coarse XY Positioning of the System Platforms
I Assortment of Mounting Screws Included
Actuators
Controllers
LNR50 TravelMax™ Mounting Plate
The LNR50P1 provides additional mounting options for the TravelMax™ series stages. The plate is 0.47" (12 mm) thick by SECTIONS M
3.94" (100 mm) wide by 7.68" (195.1 mm) long. Tapped holes match up to the two mounting counterbored clearance holes of the
LNR50 stage. The set of four slots located in the middle of the plate allow the angle bracket shown below to be directly attached to this Linear Translation
plate; these four slots are counterbored for either 1/4" or M6 socket head screws.
Microscopy Stages
LNR50P1 LNR50P1/M $ 68.00 £ 48.96 € 59,16 ¥ 541.96 0.47" (12 mm) Thick TravelMax™ Series Adapter Plate Rotation
Right-Angle Bracket, TravelMax™ Series Goniometers
Features
This right-angle mounting bracket allows the I Designed to Support the
TravelMax™ family of stages to be mounted Construction of XYZ Stage Assemblies
vertically. This right-angle bracket is useful for I Attaches Directly to an Optical Table
building XYZ stage assemblies; it can also be for Applications Requiring One Axis
of Vertical Translation
used to build an XZ configuration.
I Reconfigurable for Right- or
Left-Handed Applications
I Assortment of Mounting Screws Included
LNR50P2

LNR50P2 LNR50P2/M $ 98.00 £ 70.56 € 85,26 ¥ 781.06 TravelMax™ Series Right-Angle Bracket
Spacer Block for Stacking Motor Driven TravelMax™ Stages
The LNR50P3 is specifically designed to allow the TravelMax™ stages outfitted

with motor drives to be stacked into an XY orientation, assuming Z to be the
vertical dimension. The plate is 0.94" (24 mm) thick and comes complete with
all the mounting hardware required to attach two LNR50 stages to its top and
LNR50P3 bottom surfaces.

LNR50P3 LNR50P3/M $ 54.00 £ 38.88 € 46,98 ¥ 430.38 Motor-Driven TravelMax™ Stages
CCD Camera Beam Profilers

Wavelength Range: 190 to 1100 nm
CW, Pulsed Beam, and TTL Triggered Single Pulse Detection
High Dynamic Range CCD Camera with High Resolution and Low Noise
Thorlabs’ CCD-camera-based beam profilers offer true 2D analysis of the beam’s power
density distribution. This level of detail allows complex mode patterns to be identified while
optimizing the laser systems.
See page 1615
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS 100 mm and 150 mm Travel: NRT Series (Page 1 of 2)

Manual Stages
Motorized Stages The NRT series of positioning stages are ideally suited for supported by four recirculating ball carrier bearings mounted to
applications that require long travel, high precision, and high-load precisely aligned linear guide rails. A minimal backlash leadscrew
Multi-Axis
Platforms
capacity, such as measurement and produces smooth translation. It is directly driven with a two-phase
inspection. The main stepper motor capable of 25,600 microsteps per revolution
Actuators platform is (minimum step size of 100 nm). Magnetic limit switches allow
homing and overdriving protection in both forward and reverse
Controllers
directions.
M SECTIONS Mechanical and Electrical Data
Stepper Motor-Based Actuator
I Step Angle: 1.8º (50 Poles and ±2
Linear Translation
NRT100 Phases for 360º Divided by 200)
I Step Accuracy: 5%
Microscopy Stages 100 mm Travel
I Rated Phase Current: 1 A

I Phase Resistance: 4.6 Ω
Rotation
11.02"
Goniometers (280.0 mm) I Phase Inductance: 10.6 mH
I Holding Torque: 23.1 N·cm
3.94" I Detent Torque: 1.7 N·cm

(100.0 mm) I Operating Temperature:
-20 ºC to +40 ºC
(Motor Specification Only)
1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0)
3.31" (8 Places)
(64.0 mm)
Features
I Low Profile
I
1.57" 1.71"
(40.0 mm) (43.5 mm) Lightweight Aluminum Body
I Microstepping Resolution
I XYZ Configurable
2.50"
(63.5 mm)
14.28"
(363.0 mm) 13.0"
(330.0 mm)
3.94"
(100.0 mm)
3.31" 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0)

(64.0 mm) (8 Places)
The stepper motor used in the NRT stage has 50

individual magnetic teeth and is ideally suited for 1.57" 1.71"
(40.0 mm) (43.5 mm)
microstepping applications. Aside from the obvious
increase in resolution provided by increasing the
steps per revolution from 200 to 25,600, 2.50"
microstepping ensures smoother low-speed motion (63.5 mm)
by allowing the discrete 1.8º step size, which
produces vibrational noise, to be reduced to much
smaller steps, resulting in lower vibrational noise.
16.3"
The use of a trapezoidal leadscrew in the NRT series (414.0 mm)
also provides a number of benefits over the more
common Acme-style thread. The benefits include
improved durability, lower friction due to improved
surface quality, and very little backdrive, which
NRT150
eliminates the need for a braking mechanism 150 mm Travel
commonly required with ball screws.
Motion Control
100 mm and 150 mm Travel: NRT Series (Page 2 of 2)

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages

I Travel Range I Max On-Axis Load Capacity (Vertical): Multi-Axis
• NRT100: 100 mm (3.94") 11 lbs (5 kg) Platforms
• NRT150: 150 mm (5.91") I Max On-Axis Load Capacity (Horizontal):
I
Actuators
Recommended Controller: BSC101(See Page 632) 44 lbs (20 kg)
I Max Velocity: 10 mm/s I Absolute On-Axis Accuracy Controllers
I Stage Bearing Construction: • NRT100: 16 µm
SECTIONS M
Aluminum Recirculating Ball Bearing • NRT150: 20 µm
I
I Bidirectional Repeatability: 1 µm Calibrated Accuracy: 2 µm
I
I Backlash: <3 µm Max Percentage Accuracy: 0.09% Linear Translation
I
I Min Achievable Incremental Movement: 100 nm Home Location Accuracy: ±0.6 µm
I Pitch: 0.008° Microscopy Stages
I Yaw: 0.05°
I Weight Rotation
• NRT100: 4.85 lbs (2.2 kg)
• NRT100: 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg) Goniometers
The NRT series of stages are compact, making it

possible to set up experiments in locations where space
NRT100 and NRT150 is minimal. Two stages can be directly stacked into an
Stages Stacked in an XYZ
Configuration
XY configuration or, with the use of the NRT150P1
vertical mounting bracket, three stages can be mounted
into an XYZ configuration as pictured to the left.
Alternatively, the NRT150P1 can be directly attached
to an optical table for applications that require one axis
of vertical translation. These various configurations are
easily achieved using the assortment of mounting screws
that are shipped with the NRT150P1.
NRT150P1

NRT100 NRT100/M $ 1,940.00 £ 1,396.80 € 1.687,80 ¥ 15,461.80 100 mm Travel Motorized Linear Stage
NRT150 NRT150/M $ 2,145.00 £ 1,544.40 € 1.866,15 ¥ 17,095.65 150 mm Travel Motorized Linear Stage
NRT150P1 NRT150P1/M $ 142.00 £ 102.24 € 123,54 ¥ 1,131.74 Vertical Mounting Bracket For NRT Series Stages
apt™ System: Multi-Channel Stepper Motor Controller

The BSC103 benchtop 3-axis stepper motor controller
combines high-speed digital signal processor, low-noise analog
electronics, and ActiveX® software technology to provide
effortless one- or three-axis control. Additional axes can be
controlled by connecting one or more benchtop units via a
standard USB hub.
BSC103
3-Channel Stepper Motor Controller
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS 150 mm and 300 mm Travel: LTS Series (Page 1 of 2)

Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
Multi-Axis
Platforms
Actuators
Controllers
▼ SECTIONS
Linear Translation
The LTS Series of stages are stepper motor driven long travel stages with
Microscopy Stages ranges of 150 mm and 300 mm. They feature an integrated electronic
controller that can be controlled remotely using a PC or manually via the
Rotation buttons and velocity potentiometer on the control key pad. Parameter
settings can be adjusted on the PC and stored in non-volatile memory
Goniometers
within the unit itself. When the unit is next powered up these settings are Features
applied automatically. This is particularly useful when the stage is being ■ Low-Profile, Long Travel Stages
used in the absence of a PC and USB link. ■ X, XY, XYZ Configurable
The stages are lightweight, compact, and robust with excellent ■ Stepper Motor Driven
performance characteristics over the full travel range. The long travel ■ Integrated APT Controller with USB Interface
range makes them ideal for applications such as interferometry and M2 ■ 150 mm and 300 mm Travel Ranges
measurements, while the 33 lbs (15 kg) load capacity make the stage
practical for most applications that fit on the large 3.54" x 3.54"
platform. They are compatible with our range of optomechanical and
translation stages. The aluminum construction and low profile design
make these stages ideal for applications where space is limited. Integrated
magnetic limit switches allow homing and provide overdriving protection 1.58"
(40.1 mm)
in both directions. A precision ball screw delivers smooth virtually noise
free movement. 1/4"-20 UNC (M6)
Tapped Hole
(16 Places)
Specifications
■ Travel Range:
• LTS150: 150 mm (5.91")
3.54"
• LTS300: 300 mm (11.81") (90.0 mm)
■ Maximum Velocity: 15 mm/s
■ Stage/Bearing Construction:
5.9" Length L*
Aluminum/Recirculating Ball Bearing (150.0 mm)
■ Bidirectional Repeatability: 2 µm Total Travel
■ Backlash: 2 µm
■ Min Achievable Incremental Movement: 100 nm
■ Max On-Axis Load Capacity (Vertical): 8.8 lbs (4 kg)
■ Max On-Axis Load Capacity (Horizontal): 33 lbs (15 kg)
■ Absolute On-Axis Accuracy: 50 µm 4.1"
(105.0 mm)
■ Calibrate Accuracy: 5 µm
■ Max Percentage Accuracy LTS150: 0.18 %
■ Max Percentage Accuracy LTS300: 0.20%
■ Home Location Accuracy: <6 µm 3.94"
1.56"
(100.0 mm)
■ Pitch: (39.5 mm)
• LTS150: 0.016° *Overall Length
• LTS300: 0.022° LTS150: 14.2" (360.0 mm)
■ Yaw: LTS300: 19.7" (500 mm)
• LTS150: 0.05°
• LTS300: 0.06°
■ Weight:
• LTS150: 4.2 lbs (1.9 kg)
• LTS300: 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg)
01_Linear Translation_Motorized_506-526.qxd.P:506-526 8/18/11 8:48 AM Page 521
Motion Control
150 mm and 300 mm Travel:

CHAPTERS ▼
LTS Series (Page 2 of 2) Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
Driver Flexibility Multi-Axis
The LTS series of stages feature an integrated apt™ Platforms
compatible controller, that is fully configurable Actuators
(parameterized) with key settings that can be made
by using the included software. Jog step sizes can Controllers
be selected, phase currents can be limited to
suitable peak powers as required, and limit SECTIONS ▼
switch configuration is accommodated
Linear Translation
through flexible logic settings. Moreover,
relative and absolute moves can be initiated
Microscopy Stages
with move profiles set using velocity profile
parameters (including acceleration and Rotation
deceleration). Similarly, homing (zero
position datum) sequences have a full set of Goniometers
associated parameters that can be adjusted for
a particular application. For simplicity of
operation, the apt™ software incorporates pre-configured
settings for the LTS series stages. For convenience and ease of use,
adjustment of all key parameters is possible through direct interaction with
intuitive software graphical panels. For example, a move to the next position can be initiated by
clicking directly on the position display and entering a new value. Note that all such settings and
parameters are also accessible through the ActiveX® programmable interfaces for automated alignment sequences.
Full Software GUI Control Suite and ActiveX® Controls Included
A full and sophisticated software support suite is supplied with the LTS series stages. The suite includes a number of out-of-the-box user
utilities to allow immediate operation of the unit without any detailed pre-configuration. All operating modes can be accessed manually,
and all operating parameters may be changed and saved for future use. For more advanced custom motion control applications, a fully
featured ActiveX® programming environment is also included to facilitate custom application development in a wide range of
programming environments. Note that all such settings and parameters described above are also accessible through these ActiveX®
programmable interfaces.
The ActiveX® apt™ system software shipped with the LTS stages is also compatible with other apt™ family controllers including our
multi-channel rack-based system and smaller optical table mountable T-Cube controllers. This unified software package allows seamless
mixing of the LTS stages with any apt™ benchtop, table top, and rack based controllers so that the user can build a single software
interface for an application utilizing multiple stages of different types.
ActiveX® Controls allow apt™ motion control and alignment

functionality to be incorporated quickly and easily into custom
applications. ActiveX® Controls are pre-compiled software
functional blocks (or components) that typically include both
a graphical user interface (GUI) and programming (software
function) interface. There are many such ActiveX® Controls
available to the Windows software developer providing an
enormous range of pre-compiled functionality for use in their
own custom (or client) applications. The ActiveX® Controls
supplied with the apt™ system provide all of the GUI and
programmability required to operate and control the full range of apt™ controllers (T-Cube, benchtop,
and rack-based variants). For example, the Motor ActiveX® Control provides a complete instrument panel
allowing full manual control of our stepper motor driver units. In addition, the associated programming
interface allows the software developer to automate the operation of the motor in an integration application.
LTS Stages (See Next Page for XZ Angle Brackets and a XY Spacer Plate)

LTS150 LTS150/M $ 2,600.00 £ 1,872.00 € 2.262,00 ¥ 20,722.00 Integrated Long Travel Stage 150 mm Travel
LTS300 LTS300/M $ 2,950.00 £ 2,124.00 € 2.566,50 ¥ 23,511.50 Integrated Long Travel Stage 300 mm Travel
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS LTS Series Accessory Plates

Manual Stages
Three LTS300 Stages
Motorized Stages Features Stacked in an XYZ
■ Spacer Plate Provides XY Configuration Configuration using
Multi-Axis
Platforms ■ Angle Bracket Enables XZ and XYZ Configurations an LTSP3
Actuators
Controllers
These adapter plates are designed to allow the LTS series of stages to
be mounted in multi-axis configurations. Although they ship with
▼ SECTIONS
the dowels situated to ensure orthogonality in a right-handed
Linear Translation configuration, the dowels are easily repositioned to enable left-
handed configurations. Simply follow the installation instructions
Microscopy Stages included.
Rotation
The LTSP1(/M) is a spacer plate, allowing any two stages to be
mounted in an XY configuration as shown below. When assembled
Goniometers as shown below, the working height of the upper stage is 3.15" LTSP3
(80 mm). The LTSP2(/M) and LTSP3(/M) are angle brackets used
with the LTS150 and LTS300, respectively. They allow the stages to
be mounted in a vertical (Z-axis) orientation.
LTSP1
Two LTS300 Stages in an XY

Configuration using an LTSP1

LTSP1 LTSP1/M $ 69.00 £ 49.68 € 60,03 ¥ 549.93 Spacer Plate for LTS Stages
LTSP2 LTSP2/M $ 140.00 £ 100.80 € 121,80 ¥ 1,115.80 Angle Bracket for LTS150 Stages
LTSP3 LTSP3/M $ 148.00 £ 106.56 € 128,76 ¥ 1,179.56 Angle Bracket for LTS300 Stages
Pigtailed Laser Diodes

SM Pigtails from 405 nm to 2 µm
PM Pigtails from 635 nm to 1550 nm
MM Pigtails with 635 nm or 660 nm CWL
Custom Pigtails Available Upon Request
TO-Packaged Pigtail See pages 1252 - 1253 Pigtailed Laser Diode Alignment
Motion Control
220 mm Travel Stage with Brushless DC Servo Motor

CHAPTERS M
Thorlabs’ DDS220 low-profile, direct-drive translation stage Manual Stages
provides 220 mm of travel with 50 nm resolution and
Motorized Stages
a maximum speed of 300 mm/s. This stage is
DDS220 Multi-Axis
ideal for applications that require high speeds
Platforms
and high positioning accuracy, including
automated alignment, surface inspection, Actuators
mapping, and probing.
Controllers
An innovative, low-profile design with integrated, brushless linear motors
eliminates the external housings that create mechanical clash points and impede access to SECTIONS M
the moving platform. The direct-drive technology doesn't utilize a lead screw, therby
eliminating backlash while significantly improving the linearity of the motion. Internal Linear Translation
flexible ducting ensures cables cannot become trapped as the mechanism moves. Twin,
precision-grooved linear bearings provide superior rigidity and linearity with excellent on- Microscopy Stages
axis accuracy. This backlash-free operation coupled with high-resolution, closed-loop Features Rotation
optical feedback ensures a minimal bidirectional repeatability of ±0.25 µm. Characterized I Low Profile, Long Travel Design
I
by high-speed translation and high-positional accuracy, the DDS220 stage is well-suited Integrated, Brushless DC Linear Goniometers
for surface mapping and characterization applications where there is a need to move a Servo Motor Actuators
camera or probe at constant velocity while simultaneously capturing data. I Linear Optical Encoders
Dual-Axis Configuration I High-Quality, Precision-
For dual-axis applications, two stages can be directly bolted together in an XY Engineered Linear Bearings
I High Velocity (300 mm/s) Stage
configuration without the need for an adapter or spacer plate, thereby keeping the vertical
profile to a minimum. Furthermore, end users can choose to bolt the upper stage on
centrally or off center as shown to the right.
Please note that these stages are not suitable for operation in a vertical (Z-axis) orientation.
Controller Options
The recommended controller for the DDS220 direct-drive, linear translation stage is the
BBD101 single-axis or BBD102 dual-axis Brushless DC Motor Controller. These
controllers provide a user-configurable, S-curve acceleration/deceleration profile that
enables fast, smooth positioning without vibration or shock. See pages 628 – 629 for the
full presentation for these Brushless DC Motor Controllers.
Joystick Option
An optional 2-axis joystick console (MJC001) is also available for remote positioning
XY Configuration
applications. See pages 628 – 629 for more details.
Specifications
I Travel Range: 220 mm (8.6")
I Recommended Controller: BBD101 or BBD102
I Bidirectional Repeatability: ±0.25 µm
I Backlash: None*
I Minimum Achievable Incremental Movement: 0.1 µm
I Max On-Axis Load Capacity: 6.6 lbs (3.0 kg)
I Absolute On-Axis Accuracy: ±2.0 µm
I Straightness/Flatness: ±5 µm
I Pitch/Yaw: ±0.01º
I Home Location Accuracy: ±0.25 µm
I Continuous Motor Force: 7.0 N
I Peak Motor Force (2 sec): 15 N BBD102
I Dimensions: 370 mm x 90 mm x 45 mm Specifications for the BBD101
(14.6" x 3.5" x 1.77") and BBD102 single- and dual-channel
*This stage does not exhibit backlash since there is no lead screw. controllers can be found on pages 628 – 629.

DDS220 DDS220/M $ 3,660.00 £ 2,635.20 € 3.184,20 ¥ 29,170.20 Direct Drive Stage, 220 mm Travel
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS Optical Delay Line (Page 1 of 2)

Manual Stages
Features
Motorized Stages I Optical Delay Range: 1466 ps
Multi-Axis I Delay Sensitivity: 0.67 fs
I
Platforms
Computer Control via APT Software
Actuators I Incorporates the DDS220 Long Travel Stage (See Page 523)
Controllers I Input Beam Height (Adjustable using Periscope): 2.4" – 6" (60 mm – 152 mm)
I Output Beam Height: 2.4"
M SECTIONS I Software Interface Included
ODL220-FS
Linear Translation Breadboard Sold Separately
Microscopy Stages
Rotation
Goniometers
Thorlabs’ ODL220-FS Free-Space Optical Delay Line Kit offers customers

a tested set of Thorlabs components to build an optical delay line. The kit is
based on our DDS220 long travel, low-profile direct drive stage, capable of
tuning the optical delay up to 1466 ps. Repeatable delay shifts down to
0.67 femtoseconds are achievable. The high accuracy and long-term stability
of the stage make this system a suitable choice for pump-probe spectroscopy,
THz spectroscopy, interferometry, and related applications.
The direct-drive technology used in this delay line kit eliminates the need for
a lead screw, which enables backlash-free operation. The absolute position of
the stage is determined using a high-resolution, closed-loop optical feedback
signal that provides bidirectional repeatability of 0.25 µm. The stage also
features twin, precision-grooved linear bearings that provide superior linearity
and on-axis accuracy, which makes the stage an ideal choice for a delay line
setup.
ODL220-FS
The Optical Delay Line Kit includes a periscope assembly that can Optical Path
accommodate input beam heights from 2.4"- 6" (60 mm – 152 mm).
By purchasing additional Ø1" RS Series Pillar Posts (see pages 102 – 103),
the input beam height that can be accommodated is easily increased. The first
POLARIS-K1 Mirror Mount is used to align the beam to be parallel to the
translation axis of the DDS220 direct drive stage. The stage's V-block,
containing two kinematic mirror mounts, facilitates alignment on the stage.
Finally, a second POLARIS-K1 mount is then used to steer the output beam.
Six Ø1" protected silver mirrors, which provide an average reflectivity in
excess of 96% over the entire 450 nm – 2 µm range, are included. If your
application would benefit from gold, aluminum, broadband dielectric,
dielectric laser line, or ultrafast mirrors, please contact technical support at
techsupport@thorlabs.com to discuss the various options.
Motion Control
Optical Delay Line DDS220

CHAPTERS M
(Page 2 of 2) Direct Drive Stage Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
Kit Components Multi-Axis
I
Platforms
Direct Drive, Linear Translation Stage (DDS220, See Page 523)
I Benchtop 3 Phase Brushless DC Servo Controller Actuators
(BBD101, See Pages 628 – 629)
Controllers
I Two Ultra Stable Kinetic Mirror Mounts
SECTIONS M
DDS220 STAGE*
(POLARIS-K1, See Pages 244 – 246) Travel Range 220 mm (8.6")
I Periscope Assembly (RS99, See Page 262) Speed (Max) 300 mm/s
I
Linear Translation
Six 1" Protected Silver Mirrors (PF10-03-P01, See Page 772) Acceleration (Max) 5000 mm/s2
I Custom V-Block Bidirectional Repeatability ±0.25 µm Microscopy Stages
I Thorlabs Software Included Backlash** N/A
Rotation
Incremental Movement (Min) 0.1 µm
Absolute On-Axis Accuracy ±2.0 µm Goniometers
Home Location Accuracy (Unidirectional) ±0.25 µm
Bearing Type Precision Linear Bearing
Motor Type Brushless DC Linear Motor
370 mm x 90 mm x 45 mm
Dimensions
(14.6" x 3.5" x 1.77")
*See page 523 for more information.
**The stage does not exhibit backlash since it does not utilize a leadscrew.
BBD101 CONTROLLER*
16-Bit Digital PID Servo Loop with

Control Algorithm
Velocity and Acceleration Feedforward
BBD101
Controller Included Velocity Profile Trapezoidal/S-Curve
Position Feedback Incremental Encoder
Encoder Bandwidth 2.5 MHz (10 M Counts/sec)
250 VA
The optical delay line includes the apt™ software package Volt: 85 to 264 VAC
Input Power Requirements
Freq: 47 to 63 Hz
for computer control of the stage. This apt™ software also Fuse: 3.15 A
allows for advanced custom control applications and 174 mm x 245 mm x 126 mm
sequences in various programing langages through Active Dimensions
(6.85" x 9.65" x 4.96")
X. Also included is software with a GUI (shown at right) *See pages 628 – 629 for more information.
to control timing changes to the stage. With this software,
it is possible to precisely choose the optical delay you wish
to add or subtract from your beam path. For
interferometry experiments, the option to scan the stage
continuously or in discrete steps with each step's position
being held for a specific time period, is available.
Applications
I Pulsed Pump/Probe Experiments
I Auto-Correlation, Cross-Correlation, and Optical
Sampling
I Pulse Synchronization
I Interferometric Sensors and Instruments (See Our
FT-OSA Spectrometer on Pages 1600 – 1603)
I Coherent Communication Systems
I Reconfigurable Switching, Buffering, and Processing

ODL220-FS $ 7,500.00 £ 5,400.00 € 6.525,00 ¥ 59,775.00 Free-Space Optical Delay Line
ODL220-FS/M $ 7,500.00 £ 5,400.00 € 6.525,00 ¥ 59,775.00 Free-Space Optical Delay Line Metric
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS Motorized Lab Jack, 2" (50 mm) Vertical Travel

Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
Multi-Axis
Platforms
Actuators
Features
I Integral apt™ Controller with
Controllers
USB Interface
I
M SECTIONS Rugged, Dual Pantograph
I Large Array of Mounting Holes
Linear Translation I Power Supply Included
7.00"
(177.8 mm)
Microscopy Stages Specifications
1.00" Typ. I Maximum Velocity:
Rotation (25.4 mm)
• 1 mm/s at Loads <5.5 lbs (2.5 kg)
• 0.5 mm/s at Loads <33 lbs (15 kg)
I
Goniometers
Max Load Capacity: 33 lbs (15 kg)
I
4.83" 4.00"
(122.6 mm) (101.6 mm) Repeatability: 10 µm
1.00" Typ. I Travel Range: 2.04" (52 mm)
(25.4 mm) I Deck Parallelism: <250 µm Over Full
Range of Travel
I
1.40"
(35.6 mm) 1/4"-20 (M6) Deck Pitch: 0.04°
Mounting Holes
1/4" (M6) Clearance Slots (19 Places) Controller Specifications
I Voltage: 24 VDC
I Power: 30 W (Peak)
4.35"
(110.5 mm) Maximum Extended Position
2.30"
(58.5 mm) Maximum Retracted Position
10.66"
(270.7 mm)
The L490MZ is a stepper motor driven lab jack. It features an integrated electronic controller that can be controlled remotely using a PC
with apt software suite (included) or manually via the buttons and velocity potentiometer on the control key pad. Parameter settings can
be adjusted on the PC and stored in non-volatile memory within the unit itself. The next time the unit is powered up these settings are
applied automatically. This is particularly useful when the unit is being used manually in the absence of a PC and USB link.
These motorized lab jacks provide a rugged, height adjustable platform ideal for mounting optomechanical sub-assemblies requiring
height adjustment. Based upon the dual pantograph design of the manual L490, the L490MZ Motorized Lab Jack offers excellent rigidity
and platform parallelism. The large 7" x 4" (180 mm x 100 mm) mounting platform supports up to 33 lbs (15 kg) with a smooth vertical
adjustment range of 2" (50 mm). Both the top and bottom plates offer an array of 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) tapped holes and clearance slots
for general mounting requirements.
ActiveX® Controls allow the apt™

software suite to be incorporated
Integrated Controller
quickly and easily into custom
for Remote and applications. ActiveX® Controls are
Local Control pre-compiled software functional blocks
(or components) that typically include
The L490MZ features an both a graphical user interface (GUI) and
integrated controller based on the programming (software function) interface. There
TST001 (pages 630 – 631), which are many such ActiveX® Controls available to the
allows for remote operation via Windows software developer providing a large range
USB and stand alone local control of pre-compiled functionality for use in their own custom (or
using easily accessible push button client) applications. The ActiveX® Controls supplied with the
controls. All units are shipped apt™ software suite provide all of the GUI and programmability
with apt™ control software. required to operate and control the full range of apt™ controllers
including the L490MZ.

L490MZ L490MZ/M $ 1,980.00 £ 1,425.60 € 1.722,60 ¥ 15,780.60 Motorized Labjack 2" (50 mm) Travel
02_ MicroscopyStages_527-533.qxd.P:527-533 7/23/11 1:40 PM Page 527
Motion Control
Selection Guide
Microscopy Stage
Selection Guide
XY Microscopy Stage and Controller
Pages 528 - 529
XY Microscopy Stage Accessories

Pages 530 - 531
Z-Axis Piezo Scanning Stage and Controller

Pages 532 - 533
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
XY Microscopy Stages
Manual Stages Thorlabs’ MLS203 series of stages have been designed for use with select microscopes from Olympus, Nikon, and Zeiss. Various slide and
multiwell plate adapters are available separately, as is a joystick for remote operation. We recommend driving this stage with our BBD102
Motorized Stages
Dual-Channel Brushless DC Servo Controller presented on the next page.
Multi-Axis
Platforms SPECIFICATIONS
Actuators Travel 110 mm x 75 mm (4.3" x 2.95")

Speed 250 mm/s (Max)
Controllers Acceleration 2000 mm/s2 (Max)
Bidirectional Repeatability 0.25 µm
▼ SECTIONS
Unidirectional Repeatability 0.25 µm
Linear Translation Horizontal Load Capacity (Max) 1.0 kg (2.2 lbs)
MLS203 Stage with MLS203P2
Achievable Incremental Movement (Min) 0.1 µm Slide/Petri Dish Holder and Slide
Microscopy Stages
Home Location Accuracy 0.25 µm
Absolute On-Axis Accuracy <3 µm
Rotation
X-Axis: 0.0027%
Max Percentage Accuracy
Goniometers Y-Axis: 0.004% Features
Settling Time within 1 µm ■ Compatible with Select Inverted Microscopes from
0.1 s
(600 g Load) Olympus, Nikon, and Zeiss
Settling Time within 0.1 µm ■ Low-Profile, Compact Footprint
0.6 s
(600 g Load)
■ High-Speed Travel Up to 250 mm/s
Weight (Including Cables) 3.2 kg (7.0 lbs)
■ Linear Optical Encoders
Bearing Type Precision Linear Bearing ■ High Repeatability (0.25 µm) and Positional Accuracy
Motor Type Brushless DC Linear Motor (<3 µm)
250 mm x 229.3 mm x 31 mm ■ Range of Sample Holders Available (See Page 531)
Dimensions (Mid Travel)
(9.84" x 9.03" x 1.22") ■ Joystick Console for Remote Operation Also Available
Recommended Controller BBD102
Thorlabs’ High-Speed Motorized Stage systems have been

designed as drop-in replacements for the manual stages on a
variety of upright and inverted microscopes from Olympus,
Nikon, and Zeiss to provide motorized XY positioning of
microscopy samples. The internally integrated brushless DC servo
motors with optical linear encoders enable scanning speeds up to
250 mm/s. This stage features an innovative low-profile design that
eliminates the use of external motor housings, which are known to
MLS203-1 Stage Shown on an
create mechanical clash points that impede access to the sample. Inverted Olympus Microscope
The closed-loop, active feedback ensures correct positioning with on a ScienceDesk™. BBD102
a resolution of 0.1 µm and a bidirectional repeatability of 0.25 µm, Controller and MJC001
while a configurable S-curve acceleration/deceleration profile Joystick are also shown.
allows fast, smooth positioning without vibration or shock to

delicate biological samples under investigation.
The MLS203-1 stage is compatible with Olympus and Nikon
microscopes when purchased with the appropriate adapter on
page 530. The MLS203-2 stage is directly compatible with
Zeiss Axiovert 40 and Axio Observer microscopes. Please contact
technical support concerning possible compatibility with other
microscopes.
Characterized by high-speed scanning capabilities and high
positional accuracy, this stage is ideal for manually or automatically
positioning a wide range of samples. Precise, manual, fine
positioning and control at the cellular level is easily achieved
through the combination of the stable closed-loop control system
and associated joystick option.
XY Microscopy Stages
MLS203-1 $ 6,799.00 £ 4,895.28 € 5.915,13 ¥ 54,188.03 Fast XY Scanning Stage*
MLS203-2 $ 6,799.00 £ 4,895.28 € 5.915,13 ¥ 54,188.03 Fast XY Scanning Stage for Zeiss Microscopes
*Currently compatible with Olympus and Nikon microscopes when purchased with the appropriate bracket/adapter on page 530.
Motion Control
Controller for MLS203 Stages

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
The BBD102 2-Channel Benchtop DC Servo Controller provides a user-configurable, S-curve acceleration/deceleration profile that
enables fast, smooth positioning without vibration or shock. It is ideal for motion control applications demanding operation at high Motorized Stages
speeds (hundreds of mm/s) and with high encoder resolution (<100 nm). With the latest digital and analog techniques and high- Multi-Axis
bandwidth, high-power servo control circuitry, the BBD102 controller is designed to drive brushless DC servo motor products with Platforms
continuous output currents of up to 5 A. Actuators
This controller is equipped with Thorlabs' standard apt™ control and programming interface, enabling easy integration into
automated motion control applications. It is capable of being reprogrammed in-field and can be upgraded with future firmware Controllers
SECTIONS M
releases. For greater flexibility, communication with a PC is supported using either a USB or RS232 serial interface. The controller
comes with a software development kit (SDK) in order to support automated PC control of the stage. This is useful to system
integrators and other automation specialists who need to combine operation of the stage with other microscopy automation
Linear Translation
accessories. The fully documented SDK supports all major development languages running on Windows and comes in the form
of ActiveX libraries or a conventional dynamic link library (DLL). Microscopy Stages
USB connectivity provides easy plug-and-play PC operation. Multiple units can be connected to a single PC via standard USB hub
Rotation
technology for multi-axis motion control applications. Combining this feature with the user-friendly apt™ software allows the user to
program and carry out complex move sequences in a short period of time. See below for specifications and pages 628 – 629 for more details. Goniometers
Controller for MLS203

Specifications Series Stages
I Drive Connector: I Position Count:
8-Pin DIN, Round, Female 32-Bit
I Feedback Connector: I Position Feedback:
15-Pin D-Type Incremental Encoder
I AUX Connector: I Encoder Bandwidth:
15-Pin D-Type 2.5 MHz, 10 M Counts/s
I Continuous Drive Output: I Encoder Power Supply:
5A 5V
I PWM Frequency: 40 kHz I Input Power Requirements:
I Operating Modes: • Voltage: 85 – 264 VAC
Position and Velocity • Power: 250 VA
I Control Algorithm: • Fuse: 3.15 A
16-Bit Digital PID Servo Loop with I Housing Dimensions (W x D x H):
Velocity and Acceleration Feed Forward 240 mm x 337.9 mm x 124.8 mm BBD102
I Velocity Profile: (9.5" x 13.3" x 4.9") Dual-Channel
Trapezoidal or S-Curve I Weight: 6.1 kg (13.42 lbs) Controller
XY Stage Controller
BBD102 $ 2,949.28 £ 2,123.48 € 2.565,87 ¥ 23,505.76 2-Channel Benchtop 3-Phase Brushless DC Servo Controller
Joystick Console for MLS203 Stages
Thorlabs’ MJC001 joystick console is designed for microscope

users and enables intuitive, tactile, manual positioning of a
stage. This highly reliable, Hall effect joystick features XY
control, a speed adjustment for fast or high precision
movement, and a high-quality, anodized aluminum casing.
MJC001 Joystick
Joystick Console
MJC001 $ 995.00 £ 716.40 € 865,65 ¥ 7,930.15 2-Axis Microscopy Joystick Console
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
Mounting Brackets/Adapters for XY Microscopy Stages
Manual Stages These mounting brackets and adapters
allow the MLS203-1 XY Microscopy
Motorized Stages
Stage to be mounted to various upright
Multi-Axis and inverted microscopes from Nikon
Platforms
and Olympus. Please refer to the table
MLSA02
Actuators below for specific information on
compatibility. The MLS203-2 XY
Controllers microscopy stage is directly compatible
with Zeiss Axio Observer and Axiovert 40
▼ SECTIONS microscopes and does not MLSA05
Linear Translation
require the purchase of
additional mounting brackets.
Microscopy Stages
Rotation
Goniometers MLSA03
M5 x 12 Bolt
(8 Places) MLSA06
UPRIGHT/ MOUNTING
MICROSCOPE TYPE
INVERTED BRACKET
Olympus IX71 and IX81 Inverted MLSA02
Olympus BX51 and BX61 Upright MLSA05
The mounting brackets attach to the Nikon TE2000 and Eclipse Ti Inverted MLSA03
MLS203 stage using M5 x 12 bolts.
Mounting of the MLSA02 is shown above. Nikon 80i and 90i Upright MLSA06
Mounting Brackets for the MLS203-1 Series Stage

MLSA02 $ 105.00 £ 75.60 € 91,35 ¥ 836.85 Olympus IX71/IX81 Mounting Bracket for MLS203-1 Stage
MLSA03 $ 129.00 £ 92.88 € 112,23 ¥ 1,028.13 Nikon TE2000/Eclipse Ti Mounting Bracket for MLS203-1 Stage
MLSA05 $ 350.00 £ 252.00 € 304,50 ¥ 2,789.50 Olympus BX51/61 Adapter for MLS203-1 Stage
MLSA06 $ 350.00 £ 252.00 € 304,50 ¥ 2,789.50 Nikon 50/80/90i Adapter for MLS203-1 Stage
Breadboard Mounting Brackets

The MLSA01 Brackets enable the MLS203-1 XY
MLS203 Stage shown with
MLSA01 Work Surface Adapters Microscopy Stage to be bolted to an optical table or
breadboard, thereby facilitating the use of this stage in
custom-built microscope setups or general photonics
applications. The brackets, which are sold as a set of two,
fit both imperial and metric mounting surfaces. Please
note that these brackets are not compatible with the
MLS203-2 Microscopy Stage.

MLSA01

MLSA01 $ 155.00 £ 111.60 € 134,85 ¥ 1,235.35 Breadboard/Optical Table Mounting Brackets
Motion Control
Accessory Plates for XY Microscopy Stages

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
A range of accessory plates is available for use with our MLS203-1 or MLS203-2 XY Microscopy Stages featured on page 528. They allow
the positioning of standard microscope slides, multiwell plates, petri dishes, and mounted metallurgical specimens. Motorized Stages
Multi-Axis
Platforms
Multiwell Plate Adapter Slide/Petri Dish Holder Actuators
Close Up Controllers
of Clip
SECTIONS ▼
Linear Translation
Microscopy Stages
MLS203P2 Rotation
Goniometers
MLS203P1
■ Compatible with Standard Microscope Slides
and Ø30 mm to Ø60 mm Petri Dishes
■ Compatible with Standard Well Plates ■ Can be used with Imperial or Metric Accessories
■ Clip Holder to Secure Well Plates in Place
Blank Adapter Plate Breadboard Plates
MLS203P3
MLS203P4
■ 35 Imperial or Metric Taps

■ Ideal for Custom or Non-Standard Applications
■ MLS203P4: M6 x 1.0 Taps on 25 mm Centers
■ Easily Drilled and Tapped
■ MLS203P5: 1/4"-20 Taps on 1" Centers
MLS203 Stage Shown with

MLS203P1 Multiwell Plate Adapter MLS203 Stage Shown with
MLS203P2 Slide/Petri Dish Holder
Optional Accessories
MLS203P1 $ 400.00 £ 288.00 € 348,00 ¥ 3,188.00 Multiwell Plate Adapter
MLS203P2 $ 450.00 £ 324.00 € 391,50 ¥ 3,586.50 Slide/Petri Dish Holder
MLS203P3 $ 150.00 £ 108.00 € 130,50 ¥ 1,195.50 Blank Adapter Plate
MLS203P4 $ 200.00 £ 144.00 € 174,00 ¥ 1,594.00 Breadboard Plate, M6 x 1.0 Taps
MLS203P5 $ 200.00 £ 144.00 € 174,00 ¥ 1,594.00 Breadboard Plate, 1/4"-20 Taps
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
Z-Axis Piezo Scanning Stage with Controller
Manual Stages
Thorlabs’ MZS500-E Low-Profile, Piezo-Driven Stage provides 500 µm of travel in
Motorized Stages the Z direction for visualizing samples in applications such as confocal microscopy
and 3D imaging. The MZS500-E stage includes the BPC301 single-channel,
Multi-Axis
Platforms closed-loop, piezo controller and everything needed for computer-controlled, Z-axis
positioning and active location feedback.
Actuators
The MZS500-E stage is fully compatible with the MLS203 series of XY stage
Controllers systems (see page 528). By combining an XY Stage with this Z-Axis Stage, one
obtains a versatile 3D solution for translating samples over a long travel range or
▼ SECTIONS scanning across a sample with high precision.
Linear Translation The closed-loop, active feedback ensures correct positioning with submicron
repeatability and 25 nm resolution, making this stage ideal for applications that
Microscopy Stages require highly accurate focus control.
Rotation
MLS203/MZS500 XYZ Stage System shown with an MZS500 Specifications
Goniometers Olympus Inverted Microscope ■ Travel: 500 µm
■ Resolution (Closed Loop): 25 nm
MZS500 Features
■ Capacitive Closed-Loop Feedback ■ Load Capacity: 0.25 kg (0.5 lb)
■ Provides XYZ Control when Paired
with an MLS203 XY Travel Stage ■ Accurate Sample Positioning ■ Settling Time: 30 ms (for 25 µm Step)
■ Directly Compatible with ■ Can be Operated On or Off ■ Resonant Frequency: 100 Hz (±10%)
Multiwell Plates (Other Adapters Microscope ■ Dimensions: 140 mm x 226 mm x 25 mm
on Facing Page) ■ Includes Controller (5.5" x 8.9" x 0.98")
■ Controller: BPC301 (Included)
Controller Features
■ High Current Output
LabVIEW™
■ Closed-Loop PID Position or Compatible
Capacitive Feedback Circuit
■ Quiet High-Resolution Position Control MZS500-E
■ Voltage Ramp/Waveform Generation Capability Z-Axis Piezo Scanning Stage Kit
including BPC301 Controller
■ Open-Loop High Bandwidth Piezo Positioning
■ Full Software Control Suite Supplied
■ Extensive ActiveX® Programming Interfaces
■ 3 m (9.75') Cable Included
The BPC301 Piezo Controller, supplied with the MZS500-E Piezo

Stage, is a one-channel, high-power benchtop piezo controller for
open- and closed-loop nanometer position control. It features Controller Specifications*
■ Piezoelectric Output: SMC Male
switchable voltage outputs, and supports capacitive as well as strain
gauge feedback. Flexible software settings make this unit highly ■ Voltage (Software Control):
configurable, and therefore suitable for driving a wide range of piezo 0-75 V, 0-100 V or 0-150 V
elements in third-party products. A waveform generation capability, ■ Voltage (External Input): 0 to 10 VDC
combined with triggering outputs, makes this unit particularly well- ■ Current: 500 mA (Max) Continuous
suited for piezo scanning applications. ■ Stability: 100 ppm Over 24 Hours
Controls on the front face of the unit allow manual adjustment of the (After 30 Min. Warm-up Time)
piezo position. The display can be set to show either applied voltage or ■ Noise: <3 mV RMS
position in microns. Open- or closed-loop control and zeroing of the ■ Typical Piezo Capacitance: 1-10 µF
piezo can also be selected from the front panel. ■ Bandwidth: 10 kHz (1 µF Load, 1 Vp-p)
By coupling these features with user-friendly apt™ software, the user ■ Housing Dimensions (W x D x H):
is able to get up and running in a short period of time. Advanced 152 mm x 244 mm x 104 mm (6.0" x 9.6" x 4.1")
* This product was still under development at the time of print, thus
custom motion control applications and sequences are also possible all specifications are subject to change; please refer to our website
using the extensive ActiveX® programming environment. for up-to-date specifications.
Z-Axis Piezo Stage

MZS500-E CALL CALL CALL CALL Z-Axis Piezo Stage with Controller
Motion Control
Accessory Plates for Z-Axis Piezo Scanning Stage

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
Thorlabs offers a range of accessory adapters that can be used with our MZS500-E 2-Axis Piezo Stage and Controller. They allow
positioning of standard microscope slides, petri dishes, and mounted metallurgical specimens. Motorized Stages
Multi-Axis
Slide/Petri Dish Holder Blank Adapter Plate Platforms
Actuators
Controllers
SECTIONS ▼
Linear Translation
MZS500P2 MZS500P3
Microscopy Stages
Rotation
■ Compatible with Standard Microscope Slides ■ Ideal for Custom or Non-Standard Applications
and Ø30 mm to Ø60 mm Petri Dishes ■ Easily Drilled and Tapped Goniometers
■ Can be used with Imperial or Metric Accessories
Breadboard Plates
■ 15 Imperial or Metric Taps

A multiwell plate can be fitted directly into the stage,
■ MLS203P4: M6 x 1.0 Taps on 25 mm Centers without the need for an adapter plate as shown above.
■ MLS203P5: 1/4"-20 Taps on 1" Centers
Joystick Console
Thorlabs’ MZF001 joystick console is designed for
microscope users to provide intuitive, tactile, manual
positioning of an MZS500 stage. It is used in conjunction
with the BPC301 single-channel controller included with
the stage. Up to three joysticks can be connected to each
other, interfacing neatly into a multi-channel control
application. Furthermore, if the parameter settings are
saved (persisted) to the controller, it is necessary to have
the controller connected to a host PC, thereby allowing
MZF001 Joystick
(Available Separately) remote operation.
2-Axis Piezo Stage Accessories

MZS500P2 CALL CALL CALL CALL Slide/Petri Dish Holder
MZS500P3 CALL CALL CALL CALL Blank Adapter Plate
MZS500P4 CALL CALL CALL CALL Breadboard Plate, M6 x 1.0 Taps
MZS500P5 CALL CALL CALL CALL Breadboard Plate, 1/4"-20 Taps
MZF001 CALL CALL CALL CALL Joystick Console for MZS500 Stage
03_RotationA_534-539.qxd.P:534-539 7/23/11 1:53 PM Page 534
Motion Control
Selection Guide
Rotation Stage
Selection Guide
Continuous Rotation Stages: DC Motor Driven
Pages 535 - 537
Continuous Rotation Stage: Stepper Motor Driven

Pages 538 - 539
Goniometers: DC Motor Driven

Page 540
Motion Control
Motorized Rotation Stage

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
Receive a 10% Discount on the TDC001 When Ordering
Motorized Stages
Both the CR1-Z7 and TDC001 Together (ITEM # CR1-7E)
Multi-Axis
Platforms
I Continuous 360° Rotation with Low-Backlash Design
I
Actuators
High-Torque, DC Servo Motor with Gear Head and Optical Encoder
I High-Count Optical Encoder (12,288 pulses/rev) Controllers
I
SECTIONS M
Angular Readout in 2° Increments Plus a Vernier Scale Provides
5 arcmin Precision
I Application Tested to 25 lbs (11.3 kg) Vertical Load Linear Translation
I
TDC001
Recommended Controller: TDC001 DC Motor Controller
See Pages 626 – 627 Microscopy Stages
Rotation
Goniometers
CR1-Z7
Motorized rotation stage only. See price box. Also
available with a manual drive. See page 500.
The CR1-Z7 motorized rotation stage offers high-precision, continuous motion in a sturdy, compact package. The backlash-free
worm-gear design, coupled with a high-resolution optical encoder, provides the rotational precision required in optical laboratories.
The high-torque 12 VDC Servo Motor supplies ample power for rotating vertical loads up to 25 lbs (11.3 kg). The CR1A(/M)
attaches to the CR1-Z7 using the included 6-32 (M3) cap screws. The array of tapped holes in the CR1A(/M) adapter plate allow
for the mounting of a large variety of optics and components.
The CR1A Rotation Stage Adapter is designed to enhance mounting capabilities.

It is equipped with a generous array of taps, allowing it to be used with a wide
range of Thorlabs mounts and stages. The adapter is equipped with four 6-32
taps, one 1/4"-20 tap, six 4-40 taps, eight 2-56 taps, and four #6 (M4) clearance
holes. A variety of components, including the PM3 and PM4 clamping arms,
PH Series of Post Holders (see page 90), T12 Series of 1/2" Mini Translators
(see pages 486 – 487), and GN Series of Goniometers (see pages 504 – 505) are
CR1A then compatible with the stage.
1 5
8-32 Tap 0.45" 1.00" 6 10
0.18" (5.0 mm) (11.0 mm) (25.4 mm) 11 15
Deep (4 Places)
6-32 Tap
0.25" (6.0 mm) Pin Description Pin Description
Deep (8 Places) 0.53" 1.00" 1.27" 2.00" Ø1.70" 2.76" 1 Ground 9 39K Identification Resistor
(13.0 mm) (25.0 mm) (32.0 mm) (51.0 mm) (Ø43.2 mm) (70.1 mm) 2 Not Connected 10 5 V Encoder Supply
4.26" 3 Not Connected 11 Encoder Channel A
(108.2 mm) 4 Not Connected 12 Not Connected
4-40 Tap
0.18" (5.0 mm) 5 Motor - 13 Encoder Channel B
Deep (4 Places) 6 Not Connected 14 Not Connected
Mounting Slot for Use with
1/4"-20 (M6) Cap Screws 7 Motor + 15 Not Connected
(2 Places) 8 Not Connected Core Ground
CR1-Z7
Motor Connector Pin Out
CR1-Z7 CR1/M-Z7 $ 813.60 £ 585.79 € 707,83 ¥ 6,484.39 Motorized Rotation Stage
CR1-Z7E* CR1/M-Z7E* $ 1,349.10 £ 971.35 € 1.173,72 ¥ 10,752.33 Rotation Stage with DC Servo Motor Controller
CR1A CR1A/M $ 24.00 £ 17.28 € 20,88 ¥ 191.28 Rotation Stage Adapter
*Price includes a 10% discount on the TDC001 drive module. Package Contents: CR1-Z7 Stage, TDC001 DC Motor Controller, and TPS001 Power Supply for the TDC001.
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
Motorized High-Precision Rotation Mount for Ø1" Optics
Manual Stages
With a depth of only 23 mm (0.91"), the PRM1Z8 is a small, compact,
Motorized Stages motorized rotation stage and mount that accepts Ø1" optics and is based on
our popular PRM1 Rotation Mount (see page 292). Rotation is driven via
Multi-Axis
Platforms a DC servo motor that is equipped with a 67:1 gearbox and a rotary
encoder for accurate closed-loop position control. The user can measure PRM1Z8
Actuators
the angular displacement by using the Vernier dial in conjunction with
Controllers the graduation marks that are marked on the rotating plate in 1°
increments. The precision DC motor actuator provides 1 arcsecond of
▼ SECTIONS resolution over the entire 360° of rotation.
This rotation stage/mount is also equipped with a precision home limit switch
Linear Translation
to facilitate automated rotation to the zero datum position, thus ensuring
Microscopy Stages absolute angular positioning thereafter. The limit switch is designed to allow
continuous rotation of the stage over multiple 360° cycles.
Post Assembly
Rotation
For complete flexibility, the stage can be mounted either vertically on a post or Sold Separately
Goniometers
horizontally using the PRM1SP2 adapter plate featured on the next page.
Specifications
■ Range: 360° Continuous Rotation
8-32 (M4 x 0.7)
■ Bidirectional Repeatability: ±0.1° Tap for Post Mounting
■ Backlash: ±0.3° 4-40 Tap
(4 Places)
■ Rotational Velocity (Max): 25 Degrees/s
■ On-Axis Load Capacity (Horizontal): 1.5 kg
■ On-Axis Load Capacity (Vertical): 0.5 kg* Ø3.26" 8-32
(Ø83.0 mm) (M4 x 0.7)
■ Achievable Incremental Motion (Min): 25 arcsec 4 Places
■ Absolute On-Axis Accuracy: 0.1%
■ Percent Accuracy (Max): 0.08% SM1 (1.035"-40)
1/4" (M6)
Internal Thread
■ Home Location Accuracy: ±0.2° Through Clearance
2 Places
* Measured centrally on axis, 50 mm off the platform
Features
8-32 (M4 x 0.7) 8-32 (M4 x 0.7)
■ 1° Graduations on Main Dial Mounting Hole Angled Mounting
■ 25 Degrees/s Rotational Velocity Hole
■ Compact Design is Only 23 mm Thick 0.91"
■ Home Limit Switch (23.0 mm)
■ Can be Used as a Stage or Rotation Mount 5.18"
■ SM1 (1.035"-40) and 30 mm Cage Compatible (131 mm)
■ Accepts Ø1" Optics up to 0.50" (12.5 mm) Thick Cable Length
19.6" (0.5 m)
The TDC001 DC Servo Controller is the ideal companion for

achieving smooth, continuous motion that can be automated via the
software interface. Please note that the TDC001 does not come with a
power supply. Three options are available: the TPS001 single T-Cube
power supply, the TPS008 power supply for up to eight T-cubes, and
TCH002 T-Cube hub, which can power up to six T-cubes. Please see
pages 620 - 621 for more information.
PRM1Z8E
The stage/mount and controller are sold together with the item number
Compact Motorized Rotation Stage with DC
Servo Motor Controller and Power Supply PRM1Z8E and PRM1/MZ8E.

PRM1Z8* PRM1/MZ8* $ 840.00 £ 604.80 € 730,80 ¥ 6,694.80 Compact Motorized Rotation Stage
PRM1Z8E* PRM1/MZ8E* $ 1,291.50 £ 929.88 € 1.123,61 ¥ 10,293.26 Compact Motorized Rotation Stage w/ DC Servo Motor Controller
SM1RR SM1RR $ 4.50 £ 3.24 € 3,92 ¥ 35.87 Additional Ø1" Retaining Ring
TPS001 TPS001 $ 25.00 £ 18.00 € 21,75 ¥ 199.25 15 V Power Supply Unit for a Single T-Cube
TPS008 TPS008 $ 175.00 £ 126.00 € 152,25 ¥ 1,394.75 15 V Power Supply Unit for up to 8 T-Cubes
TCH002 TCH002 $ 726.90 £ 523.37 € 632,40 ¥ 5,793.39 T-Cube Controller Hub and Power Supply Unit
*One SM1RR retaining ring included with each unit.
Motion Control
Grooved Adapter Plate

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
The PRM1SP1 Adapter Plate is fixed to the rotating top Motorized Stages
plate of the PRM1Z8 stage using the two included 6-32
(M3 x 0.5) bolts, allowing any of Thorlabs' standard Multi-Axis
Platforms
3 mm tongue & groove accessories (i.e., any of our
flexure stage accessories presented on pages 572 - 588) Actuators
Shown with
PRM1Z8 to be used. The total deck height with this adapter plate
Controllers
attached is 1.08" (28 mm). PRM1SP1
SECTIONS ▼
PRM1SP1 PRM1SP1/M $ 42.00 £ 30.24 € 36,54 ¥ 334.74 Grooved Adapter Plate Linear Translation
Microscopy Stages
Horizontal Mounting Plate
Rotation
Goniometers
The PRM1SP2 Horizontal Mounting Plate

is used to provide a stable installation
solution and provides a deck height of
1.16" (29 mm). If used together with the
PRM1SP1 adapter plate described above, PRM1SP2
Shown with the deck height is 1.33" (34 mm).
PRM1Z8

PRM1SP2* PRM1SP2* $ 48.00 £ 34.56 € 41,76 ¥ 382.56 Horizontal Mounting Plate
* Imperial and Metric Compatible
Optical Spectrum Analyzers

Resolve Spectral Characteristics in the
Resolution: 10 pm @ 633 nm;

350 - 1100 nm or 1000 - 2500 nm Range
Wavelength Accuracy: <1 pm

60 pm @ 1550 nm
OSA201, OSA203
The Spectrum of a 1550 nm laser diode.
Thorlabs’ new line of Optical Spectrum Analyzers (OSAs), which are

based on a Fourier Transform Spectrometer design, provide a fiber-
based solution to quickly and easily resolve wavelength and spectral
characteristics in the visible or near-infrared spectral regions.
Advantages of this design include high optical throughput, wide
wavelength range, and high spectral resolution.
The peak and total optical power of the 1550 nm laser diode.
See pages 1600 - 1603
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS NanoRotator™ 360° Stage

Manual Stages
The NanoRotator™ rotation stage provides arcsecond resolution when driven by
Motorized Stages a microstepping stepper motor controller. The low-profile design, just 1.65"
(42.0 mm) high, is made possible by the use of two compact precision
Multi-Axis
Platforms bearings. The rotating carriage of the stage provides continuous rotation
of on-axis loads up to 110 lbs (50 kg) and has an SM2 (2.035"-40)
Actuators
threaded clear aperture to allow a light source to pass directly
Controllers through the stage.
M SECTIONS
The main body of the stage is made from an aluminum alloy and
can attach to the work surface using the NR360SP1 mounting
plate (available separately). Alternatively, it can be post mounted at any
Linear Translation
orientation via the nine mounting holes provided along four surfaces of the device. A worm gear assembly is used to transfer the rotary
Microscopy Stages motion of the stepper motor into rotary motion of the carriage. There is a mechanical reduction in this gear assembly that causes one
revolution of the carriage for every 66 turns of the stepper motor.
Rotation
The hybrid stepper motor used in the NR360S actuator is ideally suited for microstepping applications that require high resolution. The
rotor, with 50 individual magnetic teeth, ensures smoother low-speed motion by allowing the discrete 1.8° step size associated with
Goniometers
vibrational noise to be reduced to much smaller steps with inherently lower resultant vibrational noise.
When used with the apt™ Series BSC101 Stepper Motor Controller (see pages 632 – 633), the stepper motor provides 25,600 microsteps
per revolution, resulting in a platform rotation of (0.213 x 10-3)° [3.7 µrad] per microstep.
7.34"
Please refer to our website for (186.4 mm)
Features complete models and drawings.
I
3.94"
High Load Capacity (100.0 mm)
I Manual Control of the Rotating Carriage
I Preloaded Worm Gear Drive Mechanism
with Minimal Backlash
I Origin Indicating Switch Every 360°
Specifications
I Travel: 360º of Continuous Rotation 3.98"
I On-Axis Load Capacity: 110 lbs (50 kg) (101.0 mm)
I Bidirectional Repeatability: 10 arcsec
I Min Achievable Incremental Motion: <1 arcsec
I Max Accuracy (over 10º Range): 5 arcmin* Ø1.97" (Ø50.0 mm)
I
Clear Aperture.
Eccentricity (Run-Out) of Top Plate: <50 µm SM2 (Ø2.035-40)
I Max Speed: 20 Degrees/s* Counterbore for 1/4"-20 (M6) Internal Thread
I
Cap Screw (4 Places)
Max Torque: 0.9 Nm 8-32 Tapped Hole
I
Equispaced (4 Places)
Construction: Black Anodized Aluminum 3.86"
Body and Platform (98.0 mm)
I Recommended Controller: BSC101 1.34" 1.65"
(34.2 mm) (42.0 mm)
*If used with the BSC101
M6 x 1.0 Tapped Hole
2 Places per Side Face
Rotation Stage with Stepper Motor Drive 4 in Total

NR360S NR360S/M $ 2,480.00 £ 1,785.60 € 2.157,60 ¥ 19,765.60 Rotation Stage with Stepper Motor, Ø50 mm Center Hole
Table Spacer Plate for NR Series Rotation Stage

This adapter plate is used to mount the NR360S
rotation stage to a large flat surface. The 10 mm
thickness ensures that the stage sits flat to the
mounting surface, providing clearance for the
stepper motor that extends below the bottom
NR360SP1 Shown NR360SP1
with NR360S
surface of the stage.
NR360SP1 NR360SP1/M $ 74.00 £ 53.28 € 64,38 ¥ 589.78 Adapter Plate for the NR360S
Motion Control
NR Series SM1-Compatible Adapter Plate

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
This adapter plate bolts to the top of the NR360S NanoRotator™
Stage. An SM1-threaded through hole allows Ø1" optics and Thorlabs’ Motorized Stages
SM1 family of products to be mounted to the stage. Thorlabs’ standard Multi-Axis
30 mm cage assemblies can be attached via 4-40 taps. Platforms
I SM1-Threaded Through Hole Actuators
I Four Each of 4-40 , 8-32 and, 1/4"-20 Taps
NR360SP8 I #8 (M4) Counterbores for Securing the Plate to the Stage NR360SP8 Controllers
SECTIONS M
NR360SP8 $ 48.00 £ 34.56 € 41,76 ¥ 382.56 SM1-Compatible Adapter Plate for the NR360S Stage Linear Translation
NR Series Threaded Adapter Plate Microscopy Stages
Rotation
NR360SP9 This adapter plate is used to provide a
number of different mounting options when Goniometers
attaching devices to our NR360S rotation
stage. The carriage has 17 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0)
through holes. The four counterbores for #8
(M4) cap screws allow the plate to be attached
to the NR360S (NR360S/M) Stage. NR360SP9

NR360SP9 NR360SP9/M $ 88.00 £ 63.36 € 76,56 ¥ 701.36 Threaded Adapter Plate for the NR360S Stage
NR Series Grooved Adapter Plate

This adapter plate provides an easy
means to integrate all of the
miscellaneous accessories from our fiber
launch product line, including optical
mounts, tip-tilt mounts, and fiber
holders. Please refer to page 572 for the NR360SP4
Adapter Plate Shown with
Waveguide and Fiber Accessories complete selection of products.
(See Pages 578 – 582)
NR360SP4 NR360SP4/M $ 112.00 £ 80.64 € 97,44 ¥ 892.64 Grooved Adapter Plate for the NR360S Stage
Vertical Mounting Bracket NR Series Adapter Plates

The NR360SP2 Vertical Mounting Bracket allows the NR360S The NR360SP5 allows the NR360SP5
NanoRotator™ Stage to be mounted in a vertical orientation. The NR360S NanoRotator™ to Bottom Mounting
bracket can be attached to an optical table be mounted directly to any Adapter
or breadboard using the seven 1/4"-20 LNR or NRT stage. The

(M6 x 1.0) mounting holes. LNR stage is found on
pages 514 – 516, while the
The photograph to the
NRT stage is found on
right shows the NR360SP2
pages 518 – 519.
with a NanoRotator
NR360S.
NR360SP2
METRIC
ITEM # ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION METRIC
Vertical ITEM # ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION
NR360SP2 NR360SP2/M $226.00 £162.72 € 196,62 ¥ 1,801.22 Mounting Bracket NR360SP5 NR360SP5/M $ 89.00 £ 64.08 € 77,43 ¥ 709.33 Mounting Adapter Plate
04_Goniometers_540.qxd.P:540 7/25/11 2:30 PM Page 540
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS Motorized, Large-Platform Goniometers

Manual Stages GNL10-Z8
Goniometers are similar to linear stages, but, rather than providing linear movement, the
Motorized Stages stage partially rotates about a fixed point above the mounting surface of the stage. The
distance from the point of rotation to the mounting surface was designed so that two
Multi-Axis
Platforms different goniometer models may be stacked in an XY configuration and both stages will
rotate about the same point.
Actuators
Our motorized goniometers feature the same specifications as the manual GNL series
Controllers featured on page 505, but the micrometers have been replaced with the Z812 DC Servo GNL18-Z8
Motor Actuators, giving the user an automated solution. Our Z8 Series Motorized
M SECTIONS Actuators offer high resolution in a lightweight, compact package, which makes them
ideally suited for demanding optical laboratory automation applications. For more
Linear Translation information about our Z8 Series of Actuators, please see page 608.
Microscopy Stages
Goniometer Specifications
I Distance to Point of Rotation from Top Surface
Rotation
• 1.00" (25.4 mm) for GNL10-Z8 and GNL20-Z8
• 1.75" (44 mm) for GNL18-Z8
I
Goniometers
Rotation:
GNL20-Z8
• GNL10-Z8: ±8°
• GNL18-Z8: ±5°
• GNL20-Z8: ±8° & ±5° for Top & Bottom Stages Respectively
I Accuracy: 10 arcmin (0.167°)
I Load Capacity: 0.5 lbs (0.227 kg)
Z8 Actuator Specifications
I Travel Range of Z812: 0.5" (12 mm)
I Maximum Velocity: 3 mm/s
I Bidirectional Repeatability: <1.5 µm
I Backlash (with Preload) of Z812: <8 µm
I Min Achievable Movement: 0.05 µm
I Home Location Accuracy: <2 µm
I Leadscrew Pitch: 1 mm
I Encoder Lines: 512 GNL18 Point of Rotation
I Planetary Gear Head Ratio: 67:1 GNL10 Point of Rotation
I
1.75"
Recommended Controller: TDC001, See Pages 626 – 627 1.00" (44.5 mm)
(25.4 mm)
Manual Stages Chap

See Our these Specialized Pter for
tai ls on roduct
De s M
l
nua s Gonotoriz
Maometer See Pages 504 – 505
iom ed
ete 4.46" #6 Locking Screw
oni rs
G (113.7 mm)
GNL10-Z8 & GNL18-Z8
Manual Goniometers
These motorized goniometers are also available

with manual drives, please see our complete GNL20 Point of Rotation
selection of manual goniometers in the
goniometers section of the manual stages 4.46"
chapter. (113.7 mm)
2.70"
(68.5 mm)
1.70"
(43.2 mm)
2.50"
(63.5 mm)
GNL20-Z8
Please refer to our website for complete models and drawings.

GNL10-Z8 GNL10/M-Z8 $ 647.10 £ 465.91 € 562,98 ¥ 5,157.39 Large, Motorized Goniometer - 1" Virtual Point
GNL18-Z8 GNL18/M-Z8 $ 653.40 £ 470.45 € 568,46 ¥ 5,207.60 Large, Motorized Goniometer - 1.75" Virtual Point
GNL20-Z8 GNL20/M-Z8 $ 1,300.50 £ 936.36 € 1.131,44 ¥ 10,364.99 Large, Dual-Axis Motorized Goniometer Pair
01_3AxisRollerBlockPlatforms_541-543.qxd.P:541-543 7/23/11 2:01 PM Page 541
Motion Control
Selection Guide
Multi-Axis Platforms
Selection Guide
Three-Axis Roller Bearing Platforms
Pages 542 - 543
Three-Axis Flexure Platforms

Pages 544 - 559
Four-Axis Flexure Platforms

Pages 560 - 562
Five-Axis Flexure Platforms

Page 563
Six-Axis Flexure Platform

Pages 564 - 571
Flexure Accessories
Pages 572 - 588
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS 1/2" (13 mm) Travel Three-Axis

Manual Stages RollerBlock™ Platforms (Page 1 of 2)
Motorized Stages The combination steel and aluminum construction of Top Plate, 62.5 mm Deck Height,
the RollerBlock™ translator is ideally suited for a ±6.5 mm of Travel in XYZ
Multi-Axis
Platforms broad range of photonics applications. The cross-
roller-bearing design provides a vertical load capacity
Actuators of 9.7 lbs (4.4 kg) while maintaining the submicron
resolution provided by the high-precision actuators. High Performance
Controllers
The integrated XYZ design, compared with other Differential Micrometers
M SECTIONS modular approaches, provides a more compact stage,

which enables this three-axis translator to meet the
3-Axis Roller
performance demands of many positioning
Bearing Platforms
applications over the entire 0.5" (13 mm) translation
3-Axis Flexure
Platforms range. Compared to translation stages constructed
4-Axis Flexure from stacking single axis stages, the unibody approach
Platforms with steel construction provides improved product
5-Axis Flexure lifetime as well as enhanced thermal stability.
Platforms
6-Axis Flexure The moveable deck has a full 0.5" (13 mm) of travel
Platforms in three orthogonal directions and includes mounting
features that allow our full line of optical mounting RBL13D
Flexure Accessories RollerBlock™ with Differential Mircometers
accessories (see pages 575 – 576) to be directly (Left-Handed Version Also Available)
attached to its surface. The deck height of this
compact stage matches the 2.46" (62.5 mm) deck Features
height of our flexure-based translation stages featured I Cross-Roller-Bearing Design
on pages 544 – 559. Utilizing this standard deck I High Load Capacity
height allows this longer travel stage to be I Hardened Steel Construction on all Wear Surfaces for
incorporated into complex optical systems built Excellent Long Term Stability
around our popular flexure based stages that comprise I Extensive Line of Accessories Available
our MicroBlock™ and NanoMax™ series. One I Compact, Modular Design
simple example of this cross-series compatibility is I Available in Left- or Right-Handed Versions
shown in the photograph on the bottom of the next I Bearing Surfaces Protected to Reduce Wear
page.
6.5"
Differential Drive RollerBlock™ (165.1 mm)
I Manual Travel: 0.5" (13 mm) in XYZ

Directions
I Coarse Adjustment Range:
0.5" (13 mm)
I Coarse Adjustment Pitch:
0.5 mm (0.02")
The RollerBlock™ XYZ translation I Fine Adjustment Range: 300 µm 5.7"
stage features cross-roller-bearing I Fine Adjustment Pitch: 0.05 µm (145.1 mm)
assemblies that ensure low stiction for I Deck Height: 2.46" (62.5 mm)
true submicron resolution. An adjustable I Load Capacity: 9.7 lbs (4.4 kg)
preload virtually eliminates all unwanted
side play.
Accessory
Beam
Height
Moving Deck
RBL13D Moving Deck
13 mm Travel
0.5" All Three Axes
(12.5 mm) 3.82"
(97 mm)
2.46"
(62.5 mm)
Motion Control
1/2" (13 mm) Travel Three-Axis

CHAPTERS ▼
RollerBlock™ Platforms (Page 2 of 2) Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
Multi-Axis
RB13M Platforms
RollerBlock™ with Simple
Micrometer Drives Actuators
Controllers
SECTIONS ▼
RollerBlock™
with Piezo Assisted
3-Axis Roller
Micrometers Bearing Platforms
Micrometer Drive Add 30 µm of Piezo Actuated Travel 3-Axis Flexure

Platforms
RollerBlock™ with DRV517 Actuators 4-Axis Flexure
■ Manual Travel: 0.5" (13 mm) For applications that require high ■ Manual Micrometer Drive: Platforms
in XYZ Directions stability and high load capacity but 0.5" (13 mm) Travel, 5 µm/graduation 5-Axis Flexure
Platforms
■ Resolution: 10 µm/graduation do not require the high resolution ■ Piezoelectric Range:
30 µm @ 75 V 6-Axis Flexure
■ Deck Height: 2.46" (62.5 mm) of our performance actuators, the Platforms
■ Load Capacity: 9.7 lbs (4.4 kg) model RB13M is an ideal choice. ■ Piezoelectric Resolution: 10 nm with
Thorlabs’ Controller in Closed-Loop Flexure Accessories
Operation (See Pages 642 - 643)
RollerBlock™ Adapter Plate,
For applications requiring very precise
1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) and 8-32
positional control, the manual drives can be
(M4 x 0.7) Tapped Holes replaced with piezo-adjusted differential
■ Convert the RollerBlock into a General RB13P1 micrometers (DRV517, see page 604). With
Purpose Optical Table Translator
these drives, the stage provides submicron
■ Replaces Top Plate via Four Mounting Screws.
manual resolution that is supplemented with
This optional mounting plate has an array of 12 8-32 (M4 x 0.7) and 12 10 nm piezoelectric resolution. Please contact
1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) tapped holes to adapt the RollerBlock to general techsupport@thorlabs.com to get a custom
purpose optical table applications. configuration.
See our Full Range of Flexure Accessories on Pages 572 - 588.
13 mm Travel RollerBlock™ Stages Available with Micrometers or Differential Adjusters

RBL13D RBL13D/M $ 2,610.00 £ 1,879.20 € 2.270,70 ¥ 20,801.70 3-Axis RollerBlock™ with Differential Micrometers
RB13M RB13M/M $ 1,325.00 £ 954.00 € 1.152,75 ¥ 10,560.25 3-Axis RollerBlock™ with Micrometers
RB13P1 RB13P1/M $ 48.40 £ 34.85 € 42,11 ¥ 385.75 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) and 8-32 (M4 x 0.7) Adapter Plate
Q uestion Can I build a complete fiber launch

system using the RollerBlock™ translator?
A nswer Yes! As shown in the picture to the left, you can build
a complete fiber launch system using the RollerBock™
translator. You will need the parts from the list below.
Parts List
Item # Description/Function Page #
RBL13D 13 mm Translation Stage 543
HFV001 Optical Fiber Clamp 580
HCS013 Microscope Objective Holder 575
AMA025 Fixed Height Platform 574
RMS10X Microscope Objective 960
02_3AxisFlexrPlatforms_544-559.qxd.P:544-559 7/25/11 3:50 PM Page 544
Motion Control
Selection Guide
3-Axis Flexure Platforms

Selection Guide
4 mm Travel, Three-Axis MicroBlock™
Flexure Platform
Page 545
4 mm Travel NanoMax™ with Micrometers

Page 546
4 mm Travel NanoMax™ with Piezos

Page 547
4 mm Travel NanoMax™ with Stepper Motors

Pages 548 - 549
MicroBlock™ SM Fiber Launch

Pages 551 - 552
MicroBlock™ PM Fiber Launch

Page 553
NanoMax™ Fiber Launch

Pages 553 - 557
Customer-Configured NanoMax™ Stages

Pages 558 - 559
Motion Control
CHAPTERS ▼
4 mm Travel, Three-Axis MicroBlock™ Flexure Platform
Manual Stages
The smooth, continuous motion provided by the MicroBlock™
3-axis platform makes this device ideally suited for almost any Motorized Stages
micropositioning application. An innovative flexure design MBT616D Multi-Axis
provides three orthogonal directions of linear travel without the Patent 6,186,016 Platforms
severe limitations of kinetic or static friction that are found in Actuators
traditional bearing based stages.
The use of nested flexure plates allows the platform to operate Controllers
indefinitely without needing any lubricant, which is one of the
SECTIONS ▼
primary sources of drift within positioning devices. In addition,
the flexure spring design allows considerable tolerance to shock 3-Axis Roller
Bearing Platforms
and vibration, even when fully loaded.
3-Axis Flexure
The central keyway that extends across the surface of the moving Platforms
top plate allows rapid system reconfiguration while maintaining 75 mm x 75 mm x 62.5 mm 4-Axis Flexure
alignment. An extensive selection of accessories for the Platforms
MicroBlock™ system can be found on pages 572 - 588. Features 5-Axis Flexure
■ Flexure Design Ensures Smooth, Continuous Motion Platforms
The platform is offered preconfigured with a choice of two 6-Axis Flexure
■ Compact Design: 62.5 mm from the Table to the Moving
actuator options. The differential Platform, and 75 mm from the Table to the Optical Axis of Platforms
adjusters (MBT616D) provide the Accessories Flexure Accessories
50 nm resolution over the ■ No Sliding Parts to Minimize Friction
300 µm fine adjustment ■ Flexure Design Enhances Long-Term Stability
range. The thumbscrew
drives (MBT602) provide
0.5 mm of travel per
revolution of the screw, RB13P1 Adapter
giving a calculated Plate: This replacement
MBT602
positional resolution of top plate has an array of
around 0.5 µm. both 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0)
and 8-32 (M4 x 0.7)
mounting holes to adapt the stage for
general purpose optical table applications.
Specifications
■ XYZ Travel: 4 mm ■ High Resolution Actuators See Page 588 for Details
■ Deck Height: 62.5 mm (MBT616D): 50 nm Over the 300
■ Optical Axis Height:* 75 mm µm Fine Adjustment Range
■ Thumbscrew Drives (MBT602): MBT616D Shown
■ Crosstalk: <20 µm/mm with RB13P1
0.5 mm/rev
■ Thermal Stability: 1 µm/°C Adapter Plate
■ Mechanical Stability: Flexure
■ Differential Adjusters: Design Utilizes Nested Flexure Plates
• Coarse Adjust 0.5 mm/rev to Minimize Mechanical Drift
• Fine Adjust 50 µm/rev ■ Load Capacity: 2.2 lbs (1 kg)
*When using Flexure Stage Accessories (See Pages 572 - 588)

MBT602 MBT602/M $ 745.00 £ 536.40 € 648,15 ¥ 5,937.65 MicroBlock™ 3-Axis Positioner with Fine Thread Thumbscrew
MBT616D MBT616D/M $ 1,025.00 £ 738.00 € 891,75 ¥ 8,169.25 MicroBlock™ 3-Axis Stage with High Resolution Drives
Preconfigured Fiber Launch System

We offer numerous free-space to fiber launch systems which use bare fiber clamps, FC
connector adapters, GRIN lens holders, and microscope objective holders.
See pages 550 - 557
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS 4 mm Travel NanoMax™ with Micrometers

Manual Stages
Moving Top Plate Provides 4 mm of Travel The MAX313D is the manual version of our
in XYZ directions.
Motorized Stages All 3 actuators are NanoMax™ series three-axis platform. It provides
directly attached to the an unmatched combination of high stability and
Multi-Axis
base (fixed portion of the high resolution. Major improvements in
Platforms
stage body).
performance, functionality, and robustness have
Actuators
been achieved by the patented parallel flexure
Controllers design. This design has the unique feature that all
three actuators are connected directly to the base,
M SECTIONS thus providing a degree of rigidity unachievable in
multi-axis systems built from a series of stacked
3-Axis Roller
Bearing Platforms single axis stages.
3-Axis Flexure The advantages of the MAX300 Series parallel
Platforms
MAX313D flexure design are readily apparent when
4-Axis Flexure
Platforms
Patents 6,186,016 and 6,467,762
RB13P1 implemented in alignment applications requiring
submicron resolution. With a multi-axis stacked
5-Axis Flexure Adapter Plate: This stage, touching one of the two drives that are not
Platforms 6-32 4.41" (112 mm)
(M3 x 0.5) Tap replacement top plate has referenced to the base will result in unwanted
6-Axis Flexure (16 Places)
Platforms an array of both 1/4"-20 motion within the assembly. With each of the
4-40 UNC (M2) Tap (M6 x 1.0) and 8-32
Flexure Accessories
8-32 (4 Places) drives coupled directly to the base of the
(M4 x 0.7) Tap (M4 x 0.7) mounting NanoMax™ series platforms, these adverse effects
(9 Places)
holes to adapt the are eliminated.
platform to general
purpose optical table See Pages
4.41" 572 – 588
(112 mm) applications.
See Page 588 for Details Over 50
Mounting Accessories
Mounting Hole The NanoMax™ series 3-axis platforms can be
easily configured to meet the ever changing
requirements of both research and
manufacturing. We offer a series of different
2.36"
(60 mm) actuator options such as manual drives, stepper
0.12" 2.36" motors, and piezo-electric actuators with internal
(3 mm) (60 mm)
strain gauge displacement sensors. Additionally,
0.07" we offer over 50 different component devices
2.46"
(1.5 mm) (62.5 mm) that are designed to interface with the 3 mm
wide keyway that is machined into the top deck
of the stage (see pages 572 – 588).
Specifications
I XYZ Travel: 4 mm I Load Capacity: 2.2 lbs (1.0 kg)
I Thermal Stability: 1 µm/°C I Weight: 1.65 lbs (0.75 kg)
I Differential Adjusters: I Deck Height: 62.5 mm From the
• Coarse Adjust: 0.5 mm/rev Bottom Surface of the Stage to the
• Fine Adjust: 50 µm/rev Moving Platform.
I High Resolution Manual Drives: The Accessory Beam Height
Drive Design Provides 50 nm is 75 mm from the Bottom
of Fine Control Resolution Over a Total of the Stage
Range of 300 µm
I Crosstalk (Max): 20 µm/mm Preconfigured Fiber Launch Systems
of Travel
The 3 Axis NanoMax™ stages are ideal for fiber
I Repeatability: 500 nm RMS
coupling applications, to save time, we have
Bidirectional
assembled complete launch systems that are
configured to meet many of the most common
laboratory applications (see pages 550 – 557).
MAX313D MAX313D/M $ 1,542.03 £ 1,110.26 € 1.341,57 ¥ 12,289.98 NanoMax™ Stage Differential Drives, No Piezo
Motion Control
4 mm Travel NanoMax™ with Piezos

CHAPTERS M
The MAX311D and MAX312D Manual Stages
Displacement Sensor All 3 actuators are directly
platforms have all the same features as attached to the base (fixed Motorized Stages
the MAX313D with the added benefit portion of the stage
of internal piezoelectric actuators. body). Multi-Axis
Platforms
Additionally, the MAX311D has a
strain gauge based displacement sensor Actuators
incorporated into the piezoelectric
The strain gauge Controllers
actuator.
displacement sensor, directly
The internal actuators are built directly attached to the body of the SECTIONS M
into the base and provide a 20 µm piezoelectric element, 3-Axis Roller
travel range in three directions. The provides an analog signal Bearing Platforms
MAX312D has a positional resolution that is proportional to its 3-Axis Flexure
of 20 nm, while the resolution of SMC Piezo Connector MAX311D
displacement. When Platforms
Cables Included Patents 6,186,016 and
MAX311D is 5 nm due to the combined with low-noise 6,467,762 4-Axis Flexure
feedback from the strain gauge sensors. Platforms
electronics, the resolution
These resolutions were calculated based 5-Axis Flexure
obtained is better than 5 nm. Platforms
on using our BPC203 Piezo Controller
6-Axis Flexure
(see pages 642 – 643). The resolution is Specifications Platforms
limited by the noise characteristics of I Manual Travel: 0.16" (4 mm) in I Max Piezoelectric Drive Voltage: 75 VDC Flexure Accessories
the controller, therefore use of a third XYZ Direction I Crosstalk: Maximum 20 µm/mm of Travel
party controller may result in a I Thermal Stability: 1 µm/°C I Repeatability: 500 nm RMS Bidirectional
degradation in the positional I Differential Adjusters: I Load Capacity: 2.2 lbs (1kg)
I
resolution. • Coarse Adjust: 0.5 mm/rev Resonant Frequency (±10%): 375 Hz
• Fine Adjust: 50 µm/rev (No Load), 200 Hz (275 g Load), 150 Hz
I
The strain gauge sensors improve the
Piezoelectric Travel: (575 g Load)
resolution by providing a voltage signal
I
20 µm in XYZ Directions Weight: 2.2 lbs (1 kg)
that is linearly proportional to the I
I
Manual Drive Resolution (Calculated): Deck Height: 2.46" (62.5 mm) from the
displacement of the piezoelectric 50 nm Resolution over a 300 µm Bottom Surface of the Moving Platform.
element. When used with a closed-loop Travel Range The Accessory Beam Height is 2.95"
controller, like the BPC203, it is I Piezo Resolution (Calculated): 5 nm (75 mm) from the Bottom Surface of
possible to compensate for hysteresis, (with Internal Piezo Displacement Sensors), the Stage
20 nm (without Sensors)
creep, and thermal drift, which results I Recommended Controller: BPC203
in improved resolution. Note: All measurements related to the performance of the piezoelectric actuators are made with the Thorlabs model
BPC203 Piezo Driver, which can be found on pages 642 – 643.

MAX312D MAX312D/M $ 2,029.72 £ 1,461.40 € 1.765,86 ¥ 16,176.87 NanoMax™ Stage, Differential Drives, Piezos
MAX311D MAX311D/M $ 2,797.84 £ 2,014.44 € 2.434,12 ¥ 22,298.78 NanoMax™ Stage, Differential Drives, Closed Loop Piezos

Shack-Hartmann Wavefront Sensor

Includes Light Source, Imaging Optics, and Associated Mounting

Hardware
Thorlabs offers Adaptive Optics Kits that incorporate a MEMS-based
deformable mirror (either gold or aluminum coated), a Shack-Hartmann AOK1UM01
wavefront sensor, all necessary imaging optics and mounting hardware, fully Adaptive Optics Kit
(Breadboard Not Included)
functional stand-alone control software for immediate control of the system, and
a support library to assist with tailored applications authored by the end user.
In addition, since the kit ships as three pre-aligned optomechanical sections, our
adaptive optics kits provide a near out-of-the-box solution for real-time wavefront
compensation.
Motion Control
CHAPTERS 4 mm Travel NanoMax™ with Stepper Motors (Page 1 of 2)

Manual Stages
Moving Top Plate Provides 4 mm
MAX343 of Travel in XYZ Directions
Motorized Stages Patent Features

Multi-Axis 6,467,762
Submicron Resolution Stepper
Platforms
Motor Drives
Actuators Optional Piezo Drives
Flexure Design Ensures Smooth,
Controllers Continuous Motion

SECTIONS
Compact Design – 62.5 mm (2.46")
from the Table to the Moving Deck,
and 75 mm (2.95") from the Table to
3-Axis Roller
the Optical Axis of the Accessories

Bearing Platforms
No Kinetic or Static Friction

3-Axis Flexure
Platforms Enhanced Long-Term Stability
4-Axis Flexure Unparalleled Stability
Platforms
5-Axis Flexure
Platforms
6-Axis Flexure Specifications For applications requiring fast precision positioning, the NanoMax™ platforms

Platforms
XYZ Travel: 0.16" (4 mm) described on the previous pages are offered here with stepper motor drives. These

platforms offer all of the advantages of the patented parallel flexure design, coupled with
Flexure Accessories Max Velocity: 2.5 mm/s

improved positioning resolution and repeatability, as well as increased speed. A piezo
Max Acceleration: 4 mm/s2

drive optionis also available, either with or without strain gauge feedback.
Backlash: <7.0 µm
Minimum Achievable Incremental The DRV001 Stepper Motors used in the MAX343 stage have a rotor that consists of
Movement: 0.06 µm 50 individual magnetic teeth that are ideally suited for micro-stepping applications. Aside
Absolute On-Axis Accuracy: from the increase in resolution provided by increasing the steps per revolution from the
• X-Axis: 43 µm standard 200 to 25,600 with BSC series controllers, microstepping also ensures smoother
• Y-Axis: 66 µm low-speed motion by producing 128 steps per standard 1.8° step, which significantly
• Z-Axis: 278 µm reduces the vibrational noise inherent when using the 1.8° steps. Together this gives the
Max Percentage Accuracy: stage a minimum step size of 0.06 µm.
• X-Axis: 4.2%
• Y-Axis: 4.35% The use of a trapezoidal leadscrew in the stepper motor drive assembly provides a number
• Z-Axis: 10.4% of benefits over the more common Acme style thread. The benefits include improved
Bidirectional Repeatability: 0.5 µm durability, lower friction due to improved surface quality, and nearly no backdrive, thus
Home Location Accuracy: ±1.5 µm eliminating the need for a braking mechanism.
Thermal Stability: 1 µm/°C
On-Axis Load Capacity: 2.2 lbs (1 kg)
Resonant Frequency (±10%):
375 Hz (No Load), 200 Hz (275 g 8.38" (213 mm)
Load), 150 Hz (575 g Load) 4.41"
(112 mm)
Weight: 2.2 lbs (1 kg) 2.36"
Deck Height: 2.46" (62.5 mm) from the (60 mm)
Bottom Surface of the Moving Platform.
The Accessory Beam Height is 2.95" 2.36"
(75 mm) from the Bottom Surface of the (60 mm)
Stage 4.41"

(112 mm)
Recommended Controller: BPC203
Stepper Motor Specification

8.62"
Step Angle: 1.8° (219 mm)
(50 poles and ±2 phases for 360° Divided
by 200, or 1.8°)
Step Accuracy: 5%
Rated Phase Current: 1 A
Phase Resistance: 4.6 Ω
Phase Inductance: 10.6 mH
Holding Torque: 23.1 N.cm

2.46"
Detent Torque: 1.7 N.cm (62.5 mm)
Operating Temperature: -20 to 40 °C
(Motor Specification Only)
Motion Control
4 mm Travel NanoMax™ with Stepper Motors (Page 2 of 2)

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
The MAX341 features internal piezoelectric actuators built
directly into the body of the platform, providing a MAX341 Motorized Stages
Patent 6,467,762
20 µm travel range with a positional resolution Multi-Axis
of 20 nm. The MAX341 has three strain Platforms
gauge displacement sensors, providing a
Actuators
voltage signal that is linearly
proportional to the displacement of the Controllers
piezoelectric element. This signal is used
to compensate for the hysteresis, creep, SECTIONS M
and thermal drift that is inherent in
3-Axis Roller
all piezoelectric elements. If used with a Bearing Platforms
BPC203, the piezoelectric actuator can be 3-Axis Flexure
controlled in a closed-loop feedback mode Platforms
Displacement Sensor
that results in a resolution of 5 nm. 4-Axis Flexure
Platforms
5-Axis Flexure
Piezo Specifications on MAX341 Platforms
I Piezoelectric XYZ Travel: 20 µm 6-Axis Flexure
I Piezoelectric Actuator Resolution: 5 nm Platforms
The strain gauge
I Bidirectional Repeatability: 0.05 µm Flexure Accessories
Mix-and-Match Drives displacement sensor, directly
I Absolute On-Axis Accuracy: 1.0 µm attached to the body of the
I Max Piezoelectric Drive Voltage: 75 VDC Does your application require two piezoelectric element,
stepper motors and one manual provides an analog signal that
drive or some other combination is proportional to its
Note: All measurement related to the performance of displacement. When
the piezoelectric actuators are made with the of options? Please see pages 558 –
combined with low-noise
Thorlabs BPC203 Piezo Driver, which can be found 559 to configure a stage to your
electronics, the resolution
on pages 642 – 643. specific needs.
obtained is better than 5 nm.

MAX343 MAX343/M $ 2,345.00 £ 1,688.40 € 2.040,15 ¥ 18,689.65 NanoMax™ Stage with Stepper Motor Drives
MAX341 MAX341/M $ 3,530.00 £ 2,541.60 € 3.071,10 ¥ 28,134.10 NanoMax™ Stage; Stepper, Piezoeletric Actuator, & Sensor
ScienceDesk™ Series
of WorkStations
Ergonomic Workplace Systems for Manufacturing and Scientific Research
Modular Design and Accessory Line Allows for Customization of Your Work Space
Welded Steel Frame for Excellent Strength and Durability
Passive- and Active-Air Isolation Available (Rigid Frames Also Available)
Faraday Enclosure (FAR01) Also Available to Shield from
ScienceDesks and
accessories can be
configured to satisfy
Electromagnetic/Electrostatic Interference (See Page 44) almost any workspace
requirement.
Thorlabs’ ScienceDesk™ Series of Workstations offer high-quality, ergonomic, modular solutions to reduce
vibrations common to the lab environment. They are ideally suited for vibration-sensitive microscopy applications,
such as those typically found in the fields of high-resolution microscopy, confocal microscopy, scanning probe
microscopy, and electrophysiology. Thorlabs now also offers a Faraday enclosure system as an optional accessory in
order to shield from electromagnetic interference.
Panels are held in by magnets, allowing
them to be quickly removed for access
inside the cage.
Motion Control Fiber Launch Systems

▼ CHAPTERS
Manual Stages
SM Fiber Launch with Quick
Motorized Stages Release Clamp, See Page 551
Multi-Axis
Platforms
Actuators
Controllers SM Fiber Launch with Variable V-Groove

Clamp, See Page 551
▼ SECTIONS
3-Axis Roller
Bearing Platforms
3-Axis Flexure
Platforms
SM Fiber Launch with FC Connector,
4-Axis Flexure
Platforms See Page 552
5-Axis Flexure
Platforms
6-Axis Flexure
Platforms
Flexure Accessories PM Fiber Launch with Fiber Rotator,

See Page 553
NanoMax™ Free-Space to SM Fiber

Launch for Bare Fiber, See Page 553
NanoMax™ Free-Space to FC Launch

System with GRIN Lens Holder,
See Page 554
NanoMax™ Free-Space to PM
Launch System with Variable
Force Rotator, See Page 554
NanoMax™ Free-Space to SM Fiber

Launch System with Piezo Actuators
and Sensors, See Page 555
NanoMax™ Free-Space to SM
Fiber Launch Systems with Auto-
Alignment Controller, See Page 556
Motion Control
MicroBlock™ SM Fiber Launch with Quick-Release Clamp

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
Microscope Objective Sold Separately The MBT Series Fiber Launches are recommended for less-demanding
(See Page 960)
situations where the cost of the system is a concern. When long-term stability Motorized Stages
and ease-of-use are of paramount importance, we recommend the
Multi-Axis
NanoMax™ Series shown on pages 546 – 549. Platforms
Actuators
System Includes
I MBT616D High-Resolution Flexure Stage Controllers
with 4 mm of Travel, See Page 545
SECTIONS M
MBT612D
I Three High Performance Adjusters Provide
300 µm of Fine Travel with 50 nm Resolution 3-Axis Roller
I HFF003 Fiber Clamp, See Page 580 Bearing Platforms
I AMA009 Large Fixed Platform, See Page 573 3-Axis Flexure
I
Platforms
High Performance HCS013 Microscope Objective Mount,
4-Axis Flexure
Drives: 50 nm See Page 575 Platforms
Resolution I HFS001 Cable Strain Relief, See Page 580 5-Axis Flexure
Platforms
6-Axis Flexure
Specifications
I
Platforms
This MicroBlock™ launch system features our high-resolution differential Travel: 4 mm
adjusters that are ideal for optimizing the coupling of a free-space laser into a I Crosstalk: <20 µm/mm Flexure Accessories
single mode fiber, even at visible wavelengths where the mode field diameter of I Load Capacity: 2.2 lbs (1 kg)
the fibers are as small as 3 µm. The addition of a cable strain relief helps to I Thermal Stability: 1 µm/°C
prevent inadvertent disruption of the system, which can be a great time saver. I Differential Adjusters
This preconfigured fiber launch is an ideal starter system that can be quickly • Coarse Adjustment: 0.5 mm/rev
adapted to many uses. Additional accessories are available that enhance the • Fine Adjustment: 50 µm/rev
flexibility of this platform. Please see pages 572 – 588 for details.
MBT612D MBT612D/M $ 1,182.87 £ 851.67 € 1.029,10 ¥ 9,427.47 MicroBlock™ Fiber Launch System w/ Quick-Release Clamp
MicroBlock™ SM Fiber Launch with Variable V-Groove Clamp

The MBT610 launch system features our high resolution drives which are ideal for Microscope Objective
optimizing the coupling of a free-space laser into a single mode fiber, even in the visible Sold Separately
spectrum where the mode field diameter of the fibers are as small as 3 µm. The quick (See Page 960)
release fiber holder provides six mounting surfaces, each one designed to accept a
different size fiber. The addition of a cable strain relief helps to prevent
inadvertent disruption of the system, which can be a great time saver.
This preconfigured system is an ideal starter system and can be quickly adapted to
other applications using our extensive line of accessories. MBT610D
Please see pages 572 – 588 for details.
System Includes: Specifications

I MBT616D High Resolution Flexure Stage I Travel: 4 mm
with 4 mm of Travel, See Page 545 I Crosstalk: <20 µm/mm
I Three High Performance Drives Provide I Load Capacity: 2.2 lbs
300 µm of Fine Travel with 50 nm Resolution (1 kg)
I HFF001 V-Groove Fiber Holder with I Thermal Stability: 1 µm/°C
I
Adjustable Force (25 to 200 g), Differential Adjusters
See Page 580
I
• Coarse Adjustment:
AMA009 Large Fixed Platform, 0.5 mm/rev
See Page 573
I
• Fine Adjustment:
HCS013 Microscope Objective Mount with 50 µm/rev
RMS Threads, See Page 575 Fiber V-Groove Adapts to
I HFS001 Cable Strain Relief, See Page 580 Various Fiber Diameters
from 125 µm to 2 mm

MBT610D MBT610D/M $ 1,493.37 £ 1,075.23 € 1.299,23 ¥ 11,902.16 MicroBlock™ Fiber Launch System with Variable Clamp
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS MicroBlock™ SM Fiber Launch with FC Connectorized Fiber Holder

Manual Stages
System Includes
Motorized Stages I MBT616D High Resolution Flexure Stage with
Multi-Axis 4 mm Travel (See Page 545)
Platforms I Three High-Performance Drives Provide
Actuators 300 µm of Fine Travel
I HFB004 FC Fiber Holder (See Page 579)
Controllers I AMA009 Large Fixed Platform (See Page 573)
I
MBT613D
M SECTIONS
HCS013, Microscope Objective Mount with
RMS Threads (See Page 575)
3-Axis Roller
Bearing Platforms
Specifications
3-Axis Flexure
Platforms I Travel: 0.16" (4 mm)
4-Axis Flexure I Crosstalk: <20 µm/mm
I
Platforms
Microscope Objective Load Capacity: 2.2 lbs
5-Axis Flexure Sold Separately (See Page 960)
Platforms
(1 kg)
6-Axis Flexure
I Thermal Stability: 1 µm/°C
Platforms The MBT Series of Fiber Launches are recommended for less-demanding situations I Differential Adjusters:
where the cost of the system is a concern. This entry into the MBT Fiber Launch • Coarse Adjustment
Flexure Accessories
Series features the MBT flexure stage with an HCS013 Microscope Objective Mount 0.5 mm/rev
and HFB004 FC Fiber Holder. This combination of accessories, along with a • Fine Adjustment
microscope objective (not included, see page 960), launches light directly into an 50 µm/rev
FC/PC connector.
MBT613D MBT613D/M $ 1,083.87 £ 780.39 € 942,97 ¥ 8,638.44 MicroBlock™ Free-Space to FC Fiber Launch System
Multichannel Fiber-Coupled Laser Source

Ideal for Multichannel Fluorescence Imaging
4 Laser Output Channels
Independent Temperature Control Gives High
USB Interface
Temperature Stability
Choose Any Combination of Wavelengths
Thorlabs’ 4-Channel, Fiber-Coupled Laser Source provides easy access to multiple wavelengths of single
mode (SM) fiber-coupled light. The laser source is configured to accept any combination of four SM fiber-pigtailed laser diodes;
choose from the following wavelengths: 405, 406, 473, 488, 635, 638, 642, 658, 670, 675, 785, 808, 850, 852, 904, 980, 1064,
1310, and 1550 nm.
Each fiber-pigtailed laser diode is operated from an independent, high-precision, low-noise, constant-current source and
temperature control unit. An intuitive front-panel interface allows the user to view and set operating parameters for each laser. The
display indicates the selected channel number, output wavelength, operating power, and operating temperature of the laser diode.
This device includes a microcontroller to monitor the system for fault conditions and to fully control the laser’s optical power and
temperature. The laser source includes a USB connection that allows remote adjustment of power, temperature, and enabling. On
the rear panel, analog inputs are available to modulate
the lasers with an external signal.
See pages 1262 - 1263
Motion Control
MicroBlock™ PM Fiber Launch with Fiber Rotator

CHAPTERS M
Microscope Objective Sold Manual Stages
System Includes: Separately (See Page 960)
I MBT616D High-Resolution Flexure Stage with 4 mm Motorized Stages
of Travel (See Page 545) Multi-Axis
I Three High-Performance Drives Provide 4 mm of Platforms
Coarse Travel and 300 µm of Fine Travel Actuators
I HFR007 Fiber Rotator with Adjustable Force Magnetic
MBT621D Controllers
Clamping Mechanism (See Page 582)
I AMA009 Large Fixed Platform (See Page 573) SECTIONS M
I HCS013 Microscope Objective Mount (See Page 575)
3-Axis Roller
High Performance Drives: Bearing Platforms
50 nm Resolution
3-Axis Flexure
The MBT621D launch system features our high resolution Platforms
drives that are ideal for coupling a free-space laser into a 4-Axis Flexure
single mode fiber, even at visible wavelengths where the Platforms
mode field diameter of the fibers are as small as 3 µm. The 5-Axis Flexure
Specifications
I
Platforms
rotary fiber holder provides smooth rotation with negligible Travel: 0.16" (4 mm) I Differential Adjusters 6-Axis Flexure
run-out. When using polarization maintaining fibers, this I Crosstalk: <20 µm/mm • Coarse Adjustment: Platforms
I
system provides an easy means of optimizing the extinction Load Capacity: 0.5 mm/rev
Flexure Accessories
ratio of the signal being coupled through the PM fiber. 2.2 lbs (1 kg) • Fine Adjustment:
I
Thorlabs offers a number of five- and six-axis systems for 50 µm/rev
Thermal Stability:
applications that require more advanced capabilities. Please 1 µm/°C
see pages 563 – 571.

MBT621D MBT621D/M $ 1,225.17 £ 882.12 € 1.065,90 ¥ 9,764.60 MicroBlock™ Free-Space to PM Fiber Launch System
NanoMax™ SM Fiber Launch for Bare Fiber

Microscope Objective Sold
Separately (See Page 960)
Specifications
I Travel: 4 mm
I Thermal Stability: 1 µm/°C
I Differential Adjusters MAX350D
• Coarse Adjustment: 0.5 mm/rev
• Fine Adjustment: 50 µm/rev When Performance Matters
I High-Resolution Manual Drives:
When long-term stability
Provides 50 nm of Fine Control Resolution
Over a Total Range of 300 µm and ease-of-use are of
I
paramount importance, we
Parallel 3-Axis Flexure Mechanism:
Allows all Three Drives to be Rigidly recommend this series of
Patents 6,186,016
Attached to the Main Body of the Stage NanoMax launch systems. and 6,467,762
I Crosstalk (Max): 20 µm/mm of Travel NanoMax™ Model MAX350D
I Repeatability (Bidirectional):
The MAX350 series represents the latest generation of single mode fiber launch
500 nm RMS
systems. Utilizing our patented highly stable flexure design with our patented dual-stage
I Load Capacity: 2.2 lbs (1 kg) high resolution micrometers, we create a fiber launch system that ensures the very best
I Accessories: Mounted on the Top Deck performance of all our platforms. When coupling a free-space beam into a single mode
of the Stage fiber, the critical performance factors are the resolution and stability of the system. The
• Large Fixed Bracket (AMA009)
intrinsic stiffness and resultant stability of our flexure system, as compared to a linear
• Microscope Objective Mount (HCS013)
• Adjustable Force Fiber Clamp (HFF001) bearing design, provides superior performance during the initial alignment of the
• Cable Strain Relief (HFS001) system as well as its long term operation. The resolution is ensured through the unique
combination of our high performance dual stage micrometers and the parallel flexure
mechanism that provides a true nanopositioning capability.

MAX350D MAX350D/M $ 1,958.70 £ 1,410.26 € 1.704,07 ¥ 15,610.84 NanoMax™ Fiber Launch System for Bare Fiber
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS NanoMax™ SM Launch for GRIN Lenses and FC Connectors

Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
Specifications
Multi-Axis I Travel: 4 mm
Platforms I Thermal Stability: 1 µm/°C
Actuators I Differential Adjusters
• Coarse Adjustment: 0.5 mm/rev
Controllers
• Fine Adjustment: 50 µm/rev
I
M SECTIONS
High Resolution Manual Drives:
When Performance Matters Provides 50 nm of Fine Control
3-Axis Roller When long-term stability and Resolution Over a Total Range of
Bearing Platforms 300 µm
Patents 6,186,016 ease-of-use are of paramount
3-Axis Flexure and 6,467,762 importance, we recommend this I Repeatability: 500 nm RMS
Platforms
series of NanoMax launch systems. Bidirectional
I
4-Axis Flexure
Platforms NanoMax™ Model MAX355D Load Capacity: 2.2 lbs (1 kg)
5-Axis Flexure One of the most challenging alignment tasks in a photonics laboratory is the launching of I Accessories: Mounted on the Top Deck
Platforms light from a free-space laser into a single mode optical device or fiber, especially when the of the Stage
6-Axis Flexure laser is operating in the visible range and the mode field diameter of the device is less than • Large Fixed Bracket (AMA009)
Platforms
4 µm. This MAX350 series of fiber launch systems have been redesigned to perform this task • Grin Lens Mount (HGI003)
Flexure Accessories with ease. From the patented high-resolution, dual-stage adjusters (coarse range of 4 mm • FC Optical Fiber Cable Holder
with <1 µm resolution, and fine range of 300 µm with <50 nm resolution) to the patented (HFB004)
flexure design that forms the foundation of the system, this three-axis translator provides • Cable Strain Relief (HFS001)
both the stability and the resolution required to hit submicron targets.
MAX355D MAX355D/M $ 1,633.80 £ 1,176.34 € 1.421,41 ¥ 13,021.39 NanoMax™ Fiber Launch System for FC Cables
NanoMax™ PM Fiber Launch: Easy Load

When Performance Matters
When long-term stability and ease-of-use are of
paramount importance, we recommend this series of
NanoMax™ launch systems.
NanoMax™ Model MAX361D
The MAX361D fiber launch system is configured from
our highest-performing flexure stage and three of our
high-resolution, dual stage micrometers. This
combination provides both the resolution and the
stability required to achieve true submicron positional
control. The system features the HFR007 fiber rotator
Patents 6,186,016 which provides the added degree of rotational freedom
and 6,467,762
that is required to optimize the extinction ratio of a PM
Specifications fiber. The MAX361D PM Fiber Launch System
I Travel: 4 mm I Load Capacity: 2.2 lbs (1 kg) provides a substantial improvement over linear bearing
I Thermal Stability: 1 µm/°C I Top Deck Accessories: based designs or other less advanced three-axis flexure
I Differential Adjusters • Large Fixed Bracket (AMA009) stages. The base translator utilizes our patented, highly
• Coarse: 0.5 mm/rev • Microscope Objective Mount stable, flexure design, which has the unique feature that
(HCS013) all three adjusters are rigidly connected to the fixed
• Fine: 50 µm/rev
• Fiber Clamp with Rotation portion of the main structure of the stage. Competing
I Rotation: Continuous (HFR007) products either utilize three stacked individual stages, or
I High Resolution Manual at best are designed as one integrated system with two
I Drives: 50 nm Fine Control Over of the three actuators moving along with the moving
Range of 300 µm portion of the stage. This causes unwanted motion in
I Parallel 3-Axis Flexure: Allows All the form of cross-talk when the actuators are touched
Three Drives to be Rigidly Attached by the operators hand, thus impeding true
to Ground nanopositioning.
MAX361D MAX361D/M $ 1,690.50 £ 1,217.16 € 1.470,74 ¥ 13,473.29 NanoMax PM Fiber Launch System with Fast Loading Rotator
Motion Control
NanoMax™ SM Fiber Launch with 20 µm Piezos and Sensors

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
Microscope Objective Sold
Displacement Sensor Motorized Stages
Specifications Separately (See Page 960)
I Manual Travel: 4 mm Multi-Axis
I
Platforms
Thermal Stability: 1 µm/°C
I Differential Adjusters Actuators
• Coarse Adjustment: 0.5 mm/rev The strain gauge displacement Controllers
• Fine Adjustment: 50 µm/rev sensor, directly attached to the
SECTIONS M
I Piezoelectric Travel: 20 µm body of the piezoelectric
I Manual Drive Resolution:
element, provides an analog
signal that is proportional to
Provides 50 nm Resolution Over 3-Axis Roller
its displacement. When
Bearing Platforms
a 300 µm Travel Range combined with low noise
I Piezoelectric Actuator Resolution: electronics, the resolution 3-Axis Flexure
obtained is better than 5 nm. Platforms
5 nm When Operating with Internal 4-Axis Flexure
Piezo Displacement Sensors. Platforms
I Max Piezoelectric Drive Voltage: Patents 5-Axis Flexure
75 VDC When Performance Matters 6,186,016 Platforms
I Crosstalk: 20 µm/mm of Travel (Max) When long-term stability and ease-of- and 6,467,762 6-Axis Flexure
Platforms
I Resonant Frequency (±10%):
use are of paramount importance, we
recommend this series of NanoMax Flexure Accessories
375 Hz (No Load) 200 Hz launch systems.
(275 g Load) 150 Hz (575 g Load)
I Load Capacity: 2.2 lbs (1 kg)
I Deck Height: 62.5 mm from the Base NanoMax™ Stage with High Resolution Manual Adjusters and
of the Stage to the Mounting Surfaces of Piezoelectric Actuators
the Moving Platform, the Accessory Beam The MAX373D Fiber Launch System is built from our MAX311D three-axis
Height is 75 mm from the Bottom Surface translation stage; for details on this stage, please see page 547. This stage and
of the Stage accessory package are ideally suited for use with our NanoTrak™ auto-alignment
I Accessories: Mounted on the Top Deck system (see pages 646 – 651 for details). The 20 µm of piezoelectric travel
of the Stage provides sufficient electrical control of the position of the optical fiber to ensure
• Large Fixed Bracket (AMA009) rapid ‘first-light’ detection as well as automatic optimization of the coupling
• Microscope Objective Mount (HCS013) efficiency.
• Adjustable Force Fiber Clamp (HFF001)
• Cable Strain Relief (HFS001) The MAX373D utilizes three strain gauge displacement sensors to provide a
I Recommended Controller: BPC203 voltage signal that is linearly proportional to the displacement of the piezoelectric
(See Pages 642 – 643) element. Using this signal, it is possible to compensate for hysteresis, creep, or
thermal drift that is inherent to all piezoelectric elements. Additionally, the use of
Note: All measurements related to the performance of the the displacement sensor in combination with our NanoTrak™ auto-alignment
piezoelectric actuators are made with Thorlabs’ model BPC203
piezo driver, which can be found on pages 642 – 643. system allows one to precisely optimize the coupling efficiency of an optical
system; then, once aligned, the displacement sensors can be used to stabilize the
position of the system while subsequent operations are performed.

MAX373D MAX373D/M $ 3,088.93 £ 2,224.03 € 2.687,37 ¥ 24,618.77 NanoMax™ SM Fiber Launch System with Piezos and Sensors
Heat-Treated Stainless Steel Minimizes

Temperature-Dependent Hysteresis to Less than
Actuators Matched to Body/Bushing to Reduce

2 µrad Deviation after Temperature Cycling
POLARIS-K05
Sapphire Seats Ensure Long-Term Durability

POLARIS-K1
Drift and Backlash
Mechanical and Temperature Test Data

For more details, at www.thorlabs.com
see pages 244 - 246 POLARIS-K1-H
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS SM Fiber Launch System with Auto-Alignment Controller

Manual Stages (Page 1 of 2)
Motorized Stages Features
Multi-Axis I 3-Axis Flexure Stage
Drive Voltage for
Platforms • Manual Differential Adjusters 1-Axis Piezo Piezo Actuator
• Internal Piezo Actuators with Strain Gauge Sensors Control and
Actuators
I
Amplifier Strain Gauge Feedback
NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment Controller Auto for Piezo Actuator
Controllers • Integrated InGaAs Detector Alignment
Circuit
• Replacement Si Detector Available (NTA009)
M SECTIONS
Drive Voltage for
1-Axis Piezo Piezo Actuator
• Two Inputs for Strain Gauge Feedback Control and
• Two Outputs to Drive Piezo Actuators Amplifier Strain Gauge Feedback
3-Axis Roller • Advanced Alignment Optimization Algorithms for Piezo Actuator
Bearing Platforms
3-Axis Flexure
• USB Interface Optical
Platforms Detector
4-Axis Flexure Fiber Launch System Includes NanoTrak™
Platforms Controller, 3-Axis Flexure Stage, and Electrical Input Optical Input
5-Axis Flexure Accessories (Microscope
Platforms Objective Not Included)
6-Axis Flexure
Platforms
10 Minute Alignment Procedure
Flexure Accessories By using Thorlabs’ MAX311D (see page 547) flexure stage as the base for
this fiber launch system, first light detection, even with single mode fiber,
is straightforward. Before starting this procedure use two steering mirrors
to steer the beam so that it is roughly propagating 12.5 mm above the
10% channel on the empty stage, which is locked down on an optical table.
Discount Introduction
Also have the NanoTrak™ controller connected to the stage and to a
for The MAX373DK1 is an automated fiber launch system that computer with the software loaded and operational.
Complete reduces the time it takes to optimize the coupling of light into a
• Mount your coupling optic on the provided RMS threaded mount
bare single mode fiber. This package includes a nanopositioning
Package (HCS013) and place the mount in the channel on the fixed large angle
3-axis flexure stage with a NanoTrak™ controller that optimizes
bracket (AMA009) attached to the stage.
the position of the fiber perpendicular to the optical axis using
the internal piezo actuators in the stage. Also included are three • Adjust the stage using the manual differential adjusters so that the
HCS013 can be slid easily from the AMA009 to the stage platform (keep
stage accessories: an RMS-threaded optical mount (HCS013), a
the HCS013 tight against one side of the channel).
bare fiber clamp (HFF001), and a cable strain relief clamp
(HFS001). Other accessories can be purchased separately (see • Steer your free-space beam so that the beam position does not wander as
the coupling optic is slid from the large angle bracket to the stage
pages 572 – 588) in order to expand the system’s capabilities
platform.
for use with other optical elements like waveguides or
connectorized fibers. • While keeping the mount pressed against one side of the channel, lock
down the HCS013 on the AMA009 such that the light is focused at a
NanoTrak™ Controller point near the edge but still over the adjustable platform on the stage.
When activated, the
• Lock down the fiber clamp and the strain relief cable on the stage
NanoTrak™ controller platform so that the tip of the fiber will be further away from the
(see schematic above) coupling optic than the point at which the light is focused. (Make sure
generates drive voltages for the stage platform can be translated forward far enough to move the fiber
two piezo actuators based tip through the focal point.)
on the optical (electrical) • Load the fiber, and if the other end of the fiber has an FC connector
feedback signal. In the attach it to the NanoTrak™ detector. Otherwise, use a suitable detector
MAX373D kit, the piezo to measure the light coupled into the fiber and use the electrical input on
actuators will control the position of the fiber along the the NanoTrak™ controller to provide the feedback it requires.
two axes perpendicular to the optical axis, and the feedback • Use the manual actuator to move the fiber tip toward or away from the
signal will be proportional to how much light is coupled into the lens until first light is detected.
optical fiber. By letting the NanoTrak™ controller position the
• Coarsely maximize the signal using all three manual adjusters.
fiber tip on the optical axis, optimizing the coupling simply
requires the user to manually align the fiber along the optical • Activate the NanoTrak™. It will immediately maximize the position of
the fiber tip perpendicular to the beam propagation direction.
axis. After the coupling of light into the fiber has been
optimized, the tracking mode can be turned off without affecting • Use the manual actuator to move the fiber tip toward or away from the
the coupling, or the tracking mode can be left on in order to lens while watching the power monitor. If the piezo actuators near the
ensure that the coupling remains optimized even if external limit of their range use one of the other manual actuators to put them
back toward the middle.
effects, like changes in temperature, cause small changes in the
beam position. See page 648 for information on how the Auto • Stop once the coupled power has been maximized.
Alignment Circuit in the NanoTrak™ controller functions.
Motion Control
SM Fiber Launch System with Auto-Alignment Controller

CHAPTERS M
(Page 2 of 2) Manual Stages
The apt™ NanoTrak™ controller is Motorized Stages

supplied with a full suite of software Multi-Axis
support tools. Once the software and Platforms
associated USB drivers are installed, the
Actuators
aptUser utility provides a full featured
intuitive graphical instrument panel, Controllers
allowing full control and visualization of
the NanoTrak™ operation. Additionally, SECTIONS M
ActiveX® components are included to
3-Axis Roller
speed user developed routines in the Bearing Platforms
user’s programming environment of 3-Axis Flexure
choice (e.g., LabVIEW™, Visual Basic, Platforms
or C++). 4-Axis Flexure
Platforms
NanoTrak™ Controller Specifications 5-Axis Flexure
I I
Platforms
Optical Power Measurement Other Input/Output
6-Axis Flexure
• PIN Photodiode: FC/PC Fiber Input • Optical Power Monitor (BNC): 0-10 VDC Platforms
• InGaAs Detector: 1 nA to 10 mA Photocurrent • User Control (37-Pin D-Type Female)
• Optional Replacement Si Detector Available (NTA009) Flexure Accessories
– Isolated Digital I/O
(Intended for use in the visible region of the spectrum)
• Optical Power Monitor (BNC): Multiple Ranges • Trigger In/Out (BNC): 0-10 VDC
• Signal Phase Compensation: -180° to 180° • USB Port
I Principle NanoTrak Parameters I Power Requirements
• Circle Scanning Frequency: 1-300 Hz • Voltage: 85 – 264 VAC
• Circle Dia Adjustment Modes: Automatic and Manual
• Frequency: 47 – 63 Hz
I Piezoelectric Input/Output
• Power: 200 W
• Two Output Connectors (SMC Male):
– Voltage Output: 0 – 75 VDC/Channel • Fuse: 3 A
– Voltage Stability: 100 ppm Over 24 Hours I General NTA009
– Noise: <3 mVrms • Dimensions (W x D x H):
– Output Current: 500 mA/Channel 245 mm x 330 mm x 130 mm (9.65" x 13" x 5.12")
• Output Monitors (BNC): 0 – 10 VDC • Weight: 6 kg (13 lbs)
• Analog Inputs (BNC): 0 – 10 VDC See pages 648 - 649 for a complete presentation of the NanoTrak controller
(Used in Piezo Amp Mode) used in the MAX373DK1 kit.
• Strain Gauge Position Feedback:
(Two 9-Pin D-Type Female)
Flexure Stage Specifications

I Manual Travel: 0.16" (4 mm) I Resonant Frequency (±10%):
I Thermal Stability: 1 µm/°C 375 Hz (No Load), 200 Hz
I Differential Adjusters (275 g Load), 150 Hz (575 g Load)
• Coarse Adjustment: 0.5 mm/rev I Load Capacity: 2.2 lbs (1 kg)
• Fine Adjustment: 50 µm/rev I Deck Height: 62.5 mm from the Base of the Stage to the
I Piezoelectric Travel: 20 µm Mounting Surfaces of the Moving Platform, the Accessory
I Manual Drive Resolution: Beam Height is 75 mm from the Bottom Surface of the
Provides 50 nm Resolution Over Stage
a 300 µm Travel Range I Accessories: Mounted on the Top Deck of the Stage
I Piezoelectric Actuator Resolution: • Large Fixed Bracket (AMA009)
5 nm When Operating with Internal • Microscope Objective Mount (HCS013)
Piezo Displacement Sensors. • Adjustable Force Fiber Clamp (HFF001)
• Cable Strain Relief (HFS001)
I Max Piezoelectric Drive Voltage:
75 VDC See page 547 for a complete presentation of the MAX311D flexure stage
I
used in the MAX373DK1 kit.
Crosstalk: 20 µm/mm of Travel (Max)

MAX373DK1 MAX373DK1/M $ 9,172.90 £ 6,604.49 € 7.980,42 ¥ 73,108.01 apt™ NanoTrak™ Fiber Launch System with InGaAs Detector
NTA009* NTA009* $ 295.00 £ 212.40 € 256,65 ¥ 2,351.15 apt™ NanoTrak™ Visible Light Detector Head
*Compatible with Metric and Imperial
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS Customer-Configured NanoMax™ Stages (Page 1 of 2)

Manual Stages
In the event that you need a configuration other than our
Patents 6,186,016 and 6,467,762
Motorized Stages standard preconfigured options, Thorlabs offers custom
configured NanoMax™ platforms. These units typically
Multi-Axis
Platforms ship within 24 hours.
Actuators To achieve this degree of configurability, Thorlabs
has designed a complete set of actuators that are
Controllers modular and can be fitted within seconds without
M SECTIONS
needing any tools.
Simply choose the base platform
3-Axis Roller from the models below and add
Bearing Platforms
the required actuators from the
3-Axis Flexure
Platforms facing page.
4-Axis Flexure
Platforms
5-Axis Flexure
Platforms
6-Axis Flexure
Platforms NanoMax™ Platform, Piezoelectric Actuators, and Sensors
Flexure Accessories
Adding strain gauge displacement sensors to the internal
piezoelectric elements of the NanoMax™ platform enhances the Displacement Sensor
resolution performance of the system by a factor of four.
Additionally, it improves the linearity and drift performance of the
stage while allowing the system to be operated in a closed- loop
system. For complete details on the performance of the
NanoMax™ platform with internal piezos and strain gauge
LEMO Connector
displacement sensors please, refer to the MAX311D on page 547.
MAX301
LEMO Connector ITEM # METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB

MAX301 MAX301/M $ 2,075.00 £ 1,494.00 € 1.805,25 ¥ 16,537.75
NanoMax™ Platform, Piezoelectric Actuators
Adding internal piezoelectric elements to the basic NanoMax™ platform provides 20 µm of

high- resolution electrical control (0 to 75 V). The typical piezo resolution is 20 nm. For
complete details on the performance of the NanoMax™ platform with internal piezoelectric
actuators, please refer to the MAX312D on page 547.
MAX302 ITEM # METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB

MAX302 MAX302/M $ 1,210.00 £ 871.20 € 1.052,70 ¥ 9,643.70
SMC Piezo Connector
NanoMax™ Platform, No Actuators
Use this base unit if your application does not require piezoelectric actuators. Please note that
while the external drives can be easily changed in the field, internal piezoelectric actuators are
incorporated directly into the platform and cannot be added later. If your needs change and
you subsequently require piezoelectric actuators, the piezo extenders shown on the next page
can be used along with our other drive options.
MAX303 ITEM # METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB

MAX303 MAX303/M $ 875.00 £ 630.00 € 761,25 ¥ 6,973.75
Motion Control
Customer-Configured NanoMax™ Stages (Page 2 of 2)

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
High-Resolution Differential Micrometer
Specifications* Motorized Stages
I
This high-resolution differential micrometer
Travel: Multi-Axis
drive with 50 nm positional resolution is • Coarse: 0.16" (4 mm) Platforms
matched in performance to the capabilities • Fine: 300 µm
I
Actuators
of the NanoMax™ series platforms. Resolution:
• Coarse: 1 µm
Full details on this drive can be found on • Fine: 50 nm Controllers
page 603.
SECTIONS M
DRV3 *When incorporated into a NanoMax Stage, please note
that the travel of the DRV3 is limited by the stage.
3-Axis Roller
ITEM # $ £ € RMB
Bearing Platforms
DRV3 $ 308.70 £ 222.26 € 268,57 ¥ 2,460.34 3-Axis Flexure
Platforms
4-Axis Flexure
Stepper Motor Platforms
5-Axis Flexure
The complete presentation for this stepper motor drive Platforms
is on page 610. When used with an apt™ series 6-Axis Flexure
stepper motor driver, it provides 25,600 microsteps per Specifications in Stage
I
Platforms
revolution. Travel: 0.16" (4 mm)
I
Flexure Accessories
Resolution: 39 nm
I Holding Torque: 23.1 N·cm
DRV001
ITEM # $ £ € RMB
DRV001 $ 585.00 £ 421.20 € 508,95 ¥ 4,662.45
Thumbscrew
Specifications*
This thumbscrew drive is often used in applications or I Travel: 0.16" (4 mm)
I
positioning tasks that require a high degree of stability,
Resolution: 1 µm
yet have lower resolution requirements. (500 µm Thread Pitch)
*When incorporated into a NanoMax Stage, please note
DRV004 ITEM # $ £ € RMB

DRV004 $ 96.50 £ 69.48 € 83,96 ¥ 769.11
Piezoelectric Extenders
These piezoelectric extenders provide 20 µm or 80 µm of high-resolution travel to any of the modular drives shown above. The
modular design allows these extenders to be attached in series with any of Thorlabs’ modular drives. These extenders are ideal for
applications that require high-resolution movements over a small range. Coarse adjustments are made using any one of our modular
drives shown above.
Specifications DRV120 Specifications

I Travel: 20 µm I Travel: 80 µm
I Closed-Loop Resolution: 5 nm I Resolution: 20 nm DRV181
I Displacement Sensor I Ideal Controller:
I Ideal Controller: TPZ001 with BPC203 (See Pages 642 – 643)
TSG001 (See Pages 636 – 639)
ITEM # $ £ € RMB
DRV120 $ 995.00 £ 716.40 € 865,65 ¥ 7,930.15
DRV181 $ 995.00 £ 716.40 € 865,65 ¥ 7,930.15
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Low-Profile, Four-Axis MicroBlock™ Positioner

Manual Stages
Deck Height
Motorized Stages
2.46" (62.5 mm) Vertical Specifications
6 mm Range Yaw
±5° Range
■ Coarse Travel
Multi-Axis
Platforms • Horizontal Axis (Y): 0.5" (13 mm)
• Vertical Axis (Z): 0.24" (6 mm)
Actuators MBT402 • Pitch Axis (θx): 10°
Controllers
• Yaw Axis (θz): 10°
■ Fine Travel
▼ SECTIONS • Horizontal Axis: 300 µm
Pitch
±5° Range • Vertical Axis: 300 µm
3-Axis Roller
Bearing Platforms • Pitch Axis: 12 arcmin
3-Axis Flexure • Yaw Axis: 30 arcmin
Platforms
Horizontal
■ Coarse Travel Resolution
4-Axis Flexure Patent 13 mm Range • Horizontal Axis: 1 µm
Platforms 6,186,016 • Vertical Axis: 1 µm
5-Axis Flexure
Platforms
• Pitch Axis: 10 arcsec
This low-profile MicroBlock™ Device Platform is a compact, cost-effective, four- • Yaw Axis: 10 arcsec
6-Axis Flexure
Platforms axis positioner designed for precise orientation of photonics components and other ■ Fine Travel Resolution
planar devices. This device is intended to allow a complex optical element that either • Horizontal Axis: 50 nm
Flexure Accessories
has multiple single mode ports or has angled output surfaces to be properly • Vertical Axis: 50 nm
positioned with respect to one of our high-performance stages. The four • Pitch Axis: 1 arcsec
independent degrees of freedom provide 0.5" (13 mm) of horizontal translation, • Yaw Axis: 1 arcsec
0.24" (6 mm) of vertical translation, 10° of pitch, and 10° of yaw. ■ Deck Height: 2.46" (62.5 mm) to the
This stage, when combined with any of our three-axis stages (MicroBlock™, Mounting Surface of the Moving
Platform, Accessory Beam Height
NanoMax™, or RollerBlock™ on pages 541 - 559), is ideal for building high- is 75 mm Measured from the Bottom
performance fiber launch or single-mode-waveguide couplers (see photograph Surface of the Stage
below). The 0.5" (13 mm) of horizontal travel allows the individual channels of a ■ Load Capacity: 1.1 lbs (500 g)
multichannel waveguide to be readily accessed. ■ Weight: 1.7 lbs (750 g)
An example showing fiber to fiber alignment with a 3-axis flexure platform and MBT402.
3.58"
(91 mm)
2.36"
(60 mm)
6-32 (M3 x 0.5)

5 mm Deep in Top Plate
14 Places
Vertical
0.49" (12.5 mm) Accessory The use of nested flexure elements ensures
Optical Axis Height smooth, continuous motion for both
rotational axes, making this device ideally
Horizontal
suited for high resolution optical applications.
3.74" Yaw Aside from its low profile, the key feature that
(90 mm)
this particular stage offers is the easy
2.46"
(62.5 mm) accessibility of the moving platform. As can be
seen from the photograph above, the moving
Pitch platform is accessible from three of the four
sides; this feature maximizes the free space
6.34" (161 mm) 5.47" (139 mm)
available for additional equipment that your
Please refer to our website for complete models and drawings. setup may require.

MBT402 MBT402/M $ 1,940.00 £ 1,396.80 € 1.687,80 ¥ 15,461.80 MicroBlock™ 4-Axis, Low-Profile Positioner
Motion Control
Four-Axis MicroBlock™ Positioner

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages

■ Coarse Travel Pitch
±5° Range Multi-Axis
• Horizontal Axis (Y): 0.5" (13 mm) Platforms
• Vertical Axis (Z): 0.24" (6 mm)
Actuators
• Pitch Axis (θx): 10°
• Yaw Axis (θz): 10° Controllers
■ Fine Travel Deck Height
Vertical
• Horizontal Axis: 300 µm 2.46" (62.5 mm)
6 mm Range SECTIONS ▼
• Vertical Axis: 300 µm
3-Axis Roller
• Pitch Axis: 30 arcmin Bearing Platforms
• Yaw Axis: 30 arcmin 3-Axis Flexure
■ Coarse Travel Resolution Platforms
• Horizontal Axis: 1 µm 4-Axis Flexure
Platforms
• Vertical Axis: 1 µm
5-Axis Flexure
• Pitch Axis: 10 arcsec Platforms
• Yaw Axis: 10 arcsec Horizontal
6-Axis Flexure
13 mm Range
■ Fine Travel Resolution Platforms
• Horizontal Axis: 50 nm
Flexure Accessories
• Vertical Axis: 50 nm
• Pitch Axis: 1 arcsec
• Yaw Axis: 1 arcsec MBT401
■ Deck Height: 2.46" (62.5 mm) to the Patent 6,186,016 Yaw
Mounting Surface of the Moving ±5° Range
is 75 mm Measured from the Bottom
Surface of the Stage This MicroBlock™ Device Platform provides four degrees of freedom (i.e., two
■ Load Capacity: 1.1 lbs (500 g) translation and two rotation). The 2.46" (62.5) mm deck height is compatible with
■ Weight: 2.2 lbs (1 kg) our 3-Axis MicroBlock™, NanoMax™, and RollerBlock™ families of stages. The
photograph below shows the MBT401 4-axis system integrated into a larger setup
that contains both a long-travel RollerBlock stage, as well as a 4 mm travel 3-Axis
flexure platform.
6.88" Nom
1.18" (175 mm)
(30 mm)
3.54"
(90 mm)
2.2"
(56 mm)
2.24"
Moving Platform We recommend this narrow platform
(57 mm)
Pitch
positioning system for applications that
require a device to be positioned between
Center of Rotation two coupling stages. The extensive selection
Pitch and Yaw Vertical
5.6" Nom 5.6" Nom of accessories presented at the end
(142 mm) (142 mm)
of this section (see pages 572 - 588) are all
Horizontal compatible with our 4-axis platform stages.
Given the large array of possible solutions to
2.95"
(75 mm) any particular alignment challenge, Thorlabs
2.46" Yaw
(62.5 mm) recommends that you contact one of our
regional offices for expert technical assistance
3.58" (91 mm) in configuring a system that is ideally suited
to your specific needs.

MBT401 MBT401/M $ 1,775.00 £ 1,278.00 € 1.544,25 ¥ 14,146.75 MicroBlock™ 4-Axis, Narrow Platform Positioner
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Four-Axis, NanoBlock™ Positioner

Manual Stages This NanoBlock™ device platform is offered as a cost-effective, four-axis positioner Vertical 6 mm Range
designed for the precise orientation of integrated optical or optoelectronic devices as Deck Height
Motorized Stages 4.43"
well as general photonic components. With a 4.43" (112.5 mm) deck height, this
(112.5 mm)
Multi-Axis system is intended to allow advanced optical alignment stations to be built from our
Platforms
high-performance NanoMax™ six-axis waveguide alignment system that is
Actuators presented on pages 565 - 571. For optical elements that have either multiple
single mode ports or have angled input and output facets, this device platform Pitch
Controllers ±4° Range
provides a convenient means for properly positioning them with respect to
our high-performance NanoMax™ six-axis platforms. Please note that we
▼ SECTIONS only recommend this device for the static positioning of the optical element
3-Axis Roller or device; for the best results, any optimization of the coupling efficiency Yaw
Bearing Platforms ±4° Range
should be accomplished using the mated 6-axis positioning system. The four
3-Axis Flexure independent degrees of freedom provide 0.5" (13 mm) of horizontal
Platforms
translation, 0.24"(6 mm) of vertical translation, 8° of pitch, and 8° NBM413
4-Axis Flexure Patent 6,186,016
Platforms of yaw. The 0.5" (13 mm) of horizontal travel allows the individual
5-Axis Flexure channels of a multichannel waveguide to be readily accessed. Horizontal 13 mm Range
Platforms
6-Axis Flexure
Platforms Specifications
Flexure Accessories ■ Coarse Travel ■ Coarse Travel Resolution ■ Deck Height:
• Horizontal Axis (Y): 0.5" (13 mm) • Horizontal Axis: 1 µm 4.43" (112.5 mm) to the
• Vertical Axis (Z): 0.24" (6 mm) • Vertical Axis: 1 µm Mounting Surfaces of the Moving
• Pitch Axis (θx): 8° • Pitch Axis: 10 arcsec is 4.93" (125 mm) from the
• Yaw Axis (θz): 8° • Yaw Axis: 10 arcsec Bottom Surface of the Stage
■ Fine Travel ■ Fine Travel Resolution ■ Load Capacity: 1.1 lbs (500 g)
• Horizontal Axis: 300 µm • Horizontal Axis: 50 nm
• Vertical Axis: 300 µm • Vertical Axis: 50 nm
• Pitch Axis: 30 arcmin • Pitch Axis: 1 arcsec
• Yaw Axis: 10 arcmin • Yaw Axis: 1 arcsec
6-32 UNC (M3) x 4 mm

Deep in Top Plate This multi-axis positioning device incorporates flexure hinges, making it
14 Places appropriate for the ultra-precise, backlash-free orientation of any integrated
optical or optoelectronic device. This system has flexure hinges for the
rotational degrees of freedom. Both of the linear degrees of freedom are
2.76" 2.36" achieved using traditional bearing stages to obtain longer travel. For device
(70 mm) (60 mm)
characterization or industrial pigtailing applications, it is recommended
that a NanoTrak™ control unit be used to servo-control the vertical and
2.76" horizontal axes of the NanoMax™ platform that positions the
(70 mm) input/output fibers.
0.49" (12.5 mm) 7.34" (186 mm)

Accessory Vertical
Optical Height
6.3"
(160 mm)
Yaw
4.43"
(112.5 mm)
Pitch
Horizontal
5.59" (142 mm) 4.73" (120 mm)

NBM413 NBM413/M $ 3,635.00 £ 2,617.20 € 3.162,45 ¥ 28,970.95 NanoBlock™ 4-Axis Device Platform, 112.5 mm Deck Height
04_5AxisFlexrPlatforms_563.qxd.P:563 7/25/11 3:41 PM Page 563
Motion Control
Five-Axis NanoBlock™ Positioner 4.43"

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
This 5-Axis Device Platform is designed to be used Vertical
6 mm Range Deck Height
in conjunction with the NanoMax™ 600 six-axis 4.43" (112.5 mm) Motorized Stages
waveguide manipulator. It is well suited for Multi-Axis
applications that require an optical element or Platforms
Yaw
assembly to be held at a fixed position in front
Actuators
of a high-performance, multi-axis alignment system.
The five degrees of freedom that this device offers, Controllers
allow the fixed portion of the optical assembly Pitch
to be positioned such that it has the proper SECTIONS ▼
orientation with respect to another positioning
3-Axis Roller
stage. The photograph below shows the NBM513 Horizontal Bearing Platforms
five-axis device positioner, mounted next to a high- 13 mm Range 3-Axis Flexure
performance 3-axis flexure platform, which is an Platforms
excellent choice for applications requiring complex 4-Axis Flexure
Platforms
optical alignment routines at the nanometer level
5-Axis Flexure
(see page 547 for details). Platforms
The NBM513 Five-axis Device Platform has flexure NBM513 6-Axis Flexure
Optical Axis 13 mm Range
hinges for all of the rotational degrees of freedom; Platforms
both the X and Y linear axes utilize traditional Flexure Accessories

bearing stages to provide for longer travel. The top
deck of the NBM513 is located 4.43" (112.5 mm)
above the bottom mounting surface of the device Specifications
and is designed to accept any of the accessories that ■ Travel ■ Resolution ■ Deck Height:
are featured on pages 572 – 588. • Coarse Travel: • Coarse Travel: 4.43" (112.5 mm) to
– Optical Axis (X): – Optical Axis: 1 µm the Mounting Surface
0.5" (13 mm) of the Moving Platform,
– Vertical Axis: 1 µm Accessory Beam Height
– Horizontal Axis (Y): – Horizontal Axis: 1 µm is 4.93" (125 mm)
0.5" (13 mm) Measured from the
– Pitch Axis: 10 arcsec
– Vertical Axis (Z): Bottom Surface of the
6 mm – Yaw Axis: 10 arcsec
Stage
– Pitch Axis (θx): 8° • Fine Travel: ■ Load Capacity:
– Yaw Axis (θz): 8° – Optical Axis: 50 nm 1.1 lbs (500 g)
• Fine Travel: – Vertical: 50 nm
– Optical Axis: 300 µm – Horizontal: 50 nm
– Horizontal: 300 µm – Pitch: 1 arcsec
2.36" – Vertical: 300 µm – Yaw: 1 arcsec
(60 mm)
– Pitch: 30 arcmin
– Yaw: 10 arcmin
2.76" 6-32 UNC (M3) x 4 mm
(70 mm) Deep in Top Plate
14 Places Vertical
0.49 (12.5 mm)
Accessory
Optical Height
6.27" Yaw
(159 mm)
4.43"
(112.5 mm) Pitch
Horizontal
Optical Axis
5.59"
(142 mm) 6.87"
7.48" (175 mm)
(190 mm)

NBM513 NBM513/M $ 5,615.00 £ 4,042.80 € 4.885,05 ¥ 44,751.55 NanoBlock™ 5-Axis Device Platform, 112.5 mm Deck Height
Motion Control
Selection Guide
6-Axis Flexure Platform

Selection Guide
NanoMax™ 600 Tutorial
Pages 565 - 567
NanoMax™ 600 with Manual Actuators

Page 568
NanoMax™ 600 with Stepper Motor Actuators

Page 569
Custom Configured NanoMax™ 600

Pages 570 - 571
Motion Control
CHAPTERS ▼
NanoMax™ 600 6-Axis Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
Waveguide Positioner Multi-Axis

Platforms
A powerful tool for nanopositioning, the NanoMax™ 600 Series Actuators
offers two innovative features: a common point of rotation and Controllers

a patented design that fixes all actuators to the base assembly. SECTIONS ▼
3-Axis Roller
Six Models Patent Bearing Platforms

6,186,016 3-Axis Flexure
and 6,467,762 Platforms
4-Axis Flexure
■ Six-Axis Manual Positioning Platform Platforms
• MAX601D – Differential Micrometers Application of a NanoMax™ 5-Axis Flexure
(See Page 568) Platforms
600 Series Waveguide Positioner
• MAX602D – Internal Piezos and Differential 6-Axis Flexure
Platforms
Micrometers (See Page 568)
• MAX603D – Internal Closed-Loop Piezos Flexure Accessories
and Differential Micrometers (See Page 568)
■ Six-Axis Motorized Positioning Platform
• MAX604 – Stepper Motors
(See Page 569)
• MAX606 – Internal Closed-Loop Piezos and
Stepper Motors (See Page 569)
Need a custom-
configured stage
with a unique
11.83"
(300.6 mm) set of options?
See pages
570 – 571, or
Drive Options call Thorlabs to
speak with a
Ø1.66" (42 mm) technical
Stepper Motor Drive support expert.
8.98"
(228.1 mm)
Ø0.78" (19.9 mm)
Differential Micrometer Drive
Ø0.75" (19 mm)

Thumbscrew Drive
0.49" 8-32 UNC Thru (4 Places)
(12.5 mm)
3.35" 0.98" 1/4"-20 UNC Thru (2 Places)
(85.0 mm) (25.0 mm)
Please refer to our website for complete
Common Pivot models and drawings.
Point "P"
Common Pivot
Point "P"
DRV3 Differential
Adjuster (6 Places)
5.79"
4.92" (147.0 mm)
(125.0 mm)
6.34"
10.37" (161.0 mm)
MAX601D
(271.0 mm)
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
NanoMax™ 600 Six-Axis Parallel Flexure Platform (Page 1 of 2)
Manual Stages
Patented
Features
0.16" (4 mm) of X, Y, Z Translational Motion and 6° (θx, θy, θz)
Motorized Stages 6,186,016 MAX603D
■ 6,467,762
Multi-Axis of Rotational Motion
Platforms
■ Optional Piezoelectric Actuators for Closed-Loop Operation
Actuators
■ High Resolution (up to 10 nm)
Controllers ■ Thermal Stability <100 nm/ºC from 15-30 °C
■ High Resonant Frequency
▼ SECTIONS ■ Active Thermal Compensation
■ Patented Parallel Flexure Mechanism with Fixed Drives
3-Axis Roller
Bearing Platforms ■ Common Pivot Point for All Degrees of Freedom
3-Axis Flexure
Simplifies Alignment
Platforms ■ Low-Maintenance Design
4-Axis Flexure
Platforms
particularly pronounced for a six-axis stage, where the
5-Axis Flexure What Makes the NanoMax™ 600 Better?
mechanism providing the sixth degree of freedom is
Platforms For complex, multi-axis positioning, parallel flexure platforms that
stacked atop five other stages. All of the errors in the
6-Axis Flexure incorporate three or more degrees of freedom into a single, compact unit
Platforms preceding stages combine to make the overall volumetric
provide significantly improved performance over serialized stacks of
accuracy of the complete stack far worse than the errors
Flexure Accessories translation stages. Thorlabs’ patented parallel flexure technology lies at the
associated with any individual stage.
heart of the NanoMax™ family of nanopositioning platforms. The starting
point for the conceptual design is the observation that the motion of a rigid Our Superior Patented Parallel Flexure Design
body has six unique degrees of freedom. Each actuator should subtract one The NanoMax 600 series has been at the forefront of
degree of freedom from the body, thereby fully constraining the body with six nanopositioning technology for a number of years. The
actuators. This contrasts with serial designs that use a stack of single-degree- parallel flexure design of the platform provides an
of-freedom mechanisms to achieve the same result. unmatched combination of high stability and resolution
in a six-axis nanopositioner. The mechanical stiffness is
Reduced Part Count Improves Performance
an order of magnitude higher than traditional serial
The beauty of our parallel flexure approach is its simplicity. Designers and
flexure designs. In addition to those already mentioned,
users of nanopositioning equipment know that to transmit motion accurately
there are several other intrinsic advantages of the parallel
it is preferable to have as few moving parts acting in series as possible. At each
flexure design: a much lower working height compared to
interface between parts, microscopic friction can occur. Such friction tends to
stacked axis stages, additional resistance to external forces,
be unpredictable and uncontrollable, making it the most undesirable element
and significant improvements to damping capabilities.
of any high-performance design. Parallel flexure platforms have very few
Also, since there are fewer moving parts, there is a
moving parts and can transmit motion very precisely.
reduction in the inertia of the moving platform, leading
Tests performed over 30 µm in 1 µm steps have yielded root-mean-squared to excellent dynamic performance, making this product
bidirectional repeatability of 30 nm, or 0.1% of full range for the NanoMax ideal for fast, automated alignment.
600 series of stages. These results are made possible by the inherent superior
A parallel platform design solves the problem of error
performance of the parallel flexure
buildup. The enabling design step was to conceive the
mechanism that eliminates static and
flexure as a rigid rod that has a flexible coupling at each
Specifications kinematic friction within the platform.
end, leading to exactly two rotational degrees of freedom.
■ Stiffness Flexure Design: 1 N/µm in Stacked Systems Versus Inherently This rod structure constrains the motion of the top plate
X and Z, 0.5 N/µm in Y Parallel Multi-Axis Platform Design by connecting it to the base. Six such rods provide the six
■ Optical Axis Height: 4.92" (125 mm) Multi-axis systems are traditionally built independent constraints needed to restrain the stage,
by connecting together a series of single- neither over- nor under-constraining it.
■ Deck Height: 4.43" (112.5 mm)
axis mechanisms, as shown in
Diagram A to the right. As the
number of axes increases, the Diagram A
design grows in complexity and becomes cumbersome. In addition,
stacking drives reduces stiffness and can introduce a host of
positioning errors.
All traditional designs of multi-axis stages (e.g., roller bearings, ball
bearings, or flexures) suffer from the buildup of errors as stages are
stacked. For a simple stacking of two stages, two main errors must
be considered: cosine and Abbe errors. The cosine error arises when
the axes of two stages are not aligned orthogonal to each other. The
Abbe error arises from the finite height of the upper stage. Any
angular roll, pitch, or yaw errors in the lower stage will be amplified
by the overall height of the stacked system. The situation is
Motion Control
CHAPTERS ▼
NanoMax™ 600 Six-Axis Parallel Flexure Platform (Page 2 of 2)
Manual Stages
To actuate movement in the top plate, the ends of optical components since optical beams rarely propagate collinearly with the axes of
the flexure rods not attached to the top plate are any stage to better than the scale of the arcuate motion. Furthermore, when using a Motorized Stages
connected to linear actuators. Linear translation NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment Controller (see pages 648 - 649), these effects are
occurs by moving the appropriate pairs of flexure automatically compensated for by the controller itself. However, if arcuate motion is Multi-Axis
Platforms
rods in the same direction, whereas rotation a defining parameter of a particular alignment or positioning application, its effects
occurs by moving the appropriate pairs of rods in can also be compensated for with software. Actuators
opposite directions. Modular Actuators Allow a System to be Quickly Adapted Controllers
All Actuators are Attached to the Base Designed for ease of use, the platform has a selection of modular actuators that may
This six-axis parallel flexure design has all of the be used in any combination of stepper motor, external piezoelectric actuators, SECTIONS ▼
benefits of a high-performance flexure stage with manual differential micrometers, and thumbscrew drives. However, the NanoMax 600
3-Axis Roller
the added benefit of improved volumetric Series of nanopositioning platforms also includes a number of versions that have Bearing Platforms
accuracy. This accuracy is better than traditional internal piezoelectric actuators giving 30 µm of ultrafine travel, either open-loop or 3-Axis Flexure
designs. As a secondary advantage, the actuators with strain gauge position feedback. For increased performance and stability, the Platforms
are connected to the base rather than the moving drive voltages are then also controlled by built-in circuitry to compensate for 4-Axis Flexure
Platforms
top plate. Consequently, during manual thermal variations.
5-Axis Flexure
operation, operators can achieve a higher The moving top plate of the NanoMax 600 stage offers a 125 mm optical axis Platforms
resolution with less skill. In motorized and height when used with any of the standard tongue and groove style accessories. 6-Axis Flexure
automated applications, actuator vibration and Details of these optics and optical fiber holders can be found in the same accessory Platforms
shocks have little effect on the moving top plate. section as for the MicroBlock™, NanoMax™ 300, and RollerBlock™ on pages Flexure Accessories
A Common Pivot Point Simplifies any 572 - 588. Additionally, a range of accessory adapter plates and riser blocks allow
Alignment Challenge the stage to be used together with all of the
A unique mechanical feature of the NanoMax 600 other nanopositioning stages.
Series is that there is a single common pivot point Low Maintenance and Long Life
for all three of the rotation axes. In practical terms Thumbscrew Drive
During operation, the NanoMax 600
this means that the need for compensating lateral DRV004
series of platforms do not suffer
movement is nearly eliminated when making See Page 603
appreciably from wear and tear due to the
rotational alignment movements. For complex minimal number of moving parts.
alignments of planar optical devices this can vastly Since there are no bearings in the
reduce the time required for optimizing a system. moving parts, there is no degradation Stepper Motor Drive
It is worth remembering that parallel flexures, like of positioning performance with time. DRV001
serial flexures, exhibit crosstalk or arcuate motion. This also reduces the maintenance costs See Page 610
As a stage is moved to either side of its central since the only parts that may require
position, transverse arcuate displacements of servicing are the drive actuators. Moreover,
approximately 10 µm per millimeter of travel setups do not need to be completely Differential Micrometer Drive
occur. If several axes are moved at once, the disturbed for stage maintenance. Drives DRV3
combined effect can be greater; however, unlike can be very easily and quickly swapped See Page 603
the random positioning errors found in over, minimizing system down time and
traditional stages, this crosstalk is highly inconvenience.
predictable and hence can be corrected via small Sophisticated Drive Electronics Ideally Suited for Automated Assembly Systems
adjustments. Although these arcuate Thorlabs offers a diverse selection of stepper motor, piezoelectric actuator, and
displacements are sometimes of concern, they auto-alignment systems supported with advanced software packages that
rarely hinder the alignment of fibers or other significantly ease the task of building complete alignment systems. Please see our
chapter on motion control drive electronics that
Application of a Parallel
starts on page 612.
Flexure Stage
19" apt™ Rack System - See Pages 624 - 625
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
NanoMax™ 600 Manual Six-Axis, Parallel Flexure Platform
Manual Stages
These NanoMax™ six-axis platforms, fully detailed on the previous two pages,
Patented
Motorized Stages have all the high-stability features inherent in our patented parallel flexure 6,186,016 MAX601D
design. The three most important practical results of this completely new 6,467,762
Multi-Axis design approach are the following:
Platforms
• The common point of rotation is located on the optical axis defined by the
Actuators
accessory beam height; this feature simplifies, and consequently increases, the
Controllers speed with which alignment tasks can be performed
• Increased stiffness of the backlash-free flexure mechanism that provides the
▼ SECTIONS stage’s movement, a direct result of significantly fewer linkages being required
3-Axis Roller to implement our parallel flexure design and thus providing greater stability
Bearing Platforms and immunity to vibration as well as improved resistance to external forces
3-Axis Flexure that may arise in the assembly or bonding process
Platforms
4-Axis Flexure • All six actuators are stationary and held firmly to the base by the system’s
Platforms rigid frame. This ensures that the mass of the actuators does not add to the
5-Axis Flexure inertia of the moving platform and isolates the system from the disturbances induced by the operator using the touch controls.
Platforms
6-Axis Flexure
These features, plus many more, make this stage ideal for fiber alignment and positioning tasks, particularly those involving multi-channel
Platforms optical waveguides and complex optical circuits. All models shown below are also available in a left-handed configuration; please call for details.
Flexure Accessories
Specifications
■ Travel ■ Resolution and Repeatability General Data
• Coarse Travel: • Coarse Travel: Load Capacity: 2.2 lbs (1 kg)
0.16" (4 mm) (X, Y, Z), 6° (θx, θy, θz) 1 µm (X, Y, Z), 4 arcsec (θx, θy, θz)
■
■ Optional Piezoelectric Drive Voltage:
• Fine Travel: • Fine Travel:
300 µm (X, Y, Z), 18 arcmin (θx, θy, θz) 50 nm (X, Y, Z), 0.3 arcsec (θx, θy, θz)
0 - 75 VDC
■ Moving Top Plate Size:
• Optional Piezo Actuator Travel: • Optional Piezoelectric Actuators:
30 µm (X, Y, Z), 1.8 arcmin (θx, θy, θz) 30 nm (X, Y, Z), 0.1 arcsec (θx, θy, θz)
2.75" x 2.36" (70.0 mm x 60.0 mm)
■ Stiffness: • Optional Piezoelectric Actuator Your Choice!

1 N/µm in X and Z, 0.5 N/µm in Y with Feedback: If you require two stepper motors and
10 nm Closed-Loop (X, Y, Z),
0.03 arcsec (θx, θy, θz)
■ Resonant Frequency: one manual drive for your application or
>130 Hz (to ±10%) Bidirectional any other combination, please see pages
■ RMS Repeatability: 30 nm over 570 - 571 to configure a stage to your
30 µm, 0.1% Over Full Travel Range specific needs or speak to a member of
our technical support staff.
NanoMax 601D: Differential Manual Drives, No Piezos

MAX601D MAX601D/M $ 5,792.77 £ 4,170.79 € 5.039,71 ¥ 46,168.38 NanoMax™ 6-Axis Manual Positioning Stage
Two Models Offered with Internal Piezoelectric Actuator and

Piezoelectric Actuators Optional Displacement Sensor
■ Piezoelectric Travel: 30 µm Linear, 1.8 arcmin Angular
in Each Direction
■ Piezoelectric Drive Voltage: Maximum Piezoelectric
Drive Voltage is 75 VDC
■ Displacement Sensor (MAX603D): Increases
Resolution by a Factor of Four and Enables Closed-Loop
The strain gauge displacement sensor, directly attached to the body
Operation
of the piezoelectric element, provides an analog signal that is
proportional to its displacement. With low noise electronics, the
resolution obtained is better than 10 nm over a 30 µm range.
NanoMax 602D: Differential Manual Drives and Piezoelectric Actuators

MAX602D MAX602D/M $ 9,671.05 £ 6,963.16 € 8.413,81 ¥ 77,078.27 NanoMax™ 6-Axis Manual Positioning Stage with Piezos
NanoMax 603D: Differential Manual Drives, Piezoelectric Actuators, and Displacement Sensors
MAX603D MAX603D/M $ 11,855.11 £ 8,535.68 € 10.313,95 ¥ 94,485.23 NanoMax™ 6-Axis Manual Stage with Piezos and Sensors
Motion Control
NanoMax™ 600 Stepper Motor Six-Axis, Parallel Flexure Platform

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
Specifications
I Travel: Patented 6,467,762 Motorized Stages
• Stepper Motor Range:
0.16" (4 mm) (X, Y, Z), 6° (θx, θy, θz) Multi-Axis
MAX604 Platforms
• Optional Piezo Actuators:
30 µm (X, Y, Z), 1.8 arcmin (θx, θy, θz) Actuators
I Resolution:
• Stepper Motor Resolution:
20 nm (X, Y, Z), 0.1 arcsec (θx, θy, θz),
Controllers
Tested with Model BSC103 SECTIONS M

Stepper Motor Driver
• Optional Piezoelectric Actuator:
30 nm (X, Y, Z), 0.1 arcsec (θx, θy, θz)
3-Axis Roller
Bearing Platforms
• Optional Piezoelectric Actuator 3-Axis Flexure
with Feedback: Platforms
10 nm (X, Y, Z), 0.03 arcsec (θx, θy, θz) 4-Axis Flexure
Platforms
General Data 5-Axis Flexure
I Deck Height Platforms
• Mounting Surface of the Moving Top Plate: 6-Axis Flexure

4.43" (112.5 mm) These motorized NanoMax™ six-axis platforms combine the high thermal and Platforms
• Accessory Beam Height: 4.92" (125 mm)* mechanical stability of our other NanoMax™ 600 series platforms with the Flexure Accessories
I Resonant Frequency: With no Load automated control offered by outfitting the system with microstepping stepper
on the Stage >130 Hz (±10%) motors. When controlled by the apt™ Series Stepper Motor System Controllers
I Crosstalk: Max 20 µm/mm of Travel (see pages 630 - 635), they provide fast, automated positioning.
(Also Known as Arcuate Motion)
I Modular Stepper Motor Drives: Hybrid
The NanoMax™ TS series offers inherently low kinematic static friction and
Stepper Motor with 1.8° Step Angle and virtually zero backlash, except for that associated with the leadscrew of the stepper
23 N.cm of Holding Torque motors. These features combine to produce an automation tool that is capable of
I Load Capacity: 2.2 lbs (1 kg) 24/7 operation with a positional resolution of 20 nm that will not degrade in
I Recommended Controller: industrial applications. Compared to traditional flexure designs, the mechanical
• BSC100 Series for the Stepper Motor stiffness is an order of magnitude higher. This offers additional resistance against
• BPC200 Series for the Piezoelectric the external forces often encountered in the assembly process. Hence, this stage is
Actuators in the MAX606. ideal for fiber alignment and positioning tasks, particularly those involving multi-
*Measured from the bottom surface of the stage channel optical waveguides and complex optical circuits.
Customer Specific Configurations: As with all For an increased level of automation, we offer a model (MAX606) with internal
our products, we encourage you to call if you piezoelectric actuators and displacement sensors that attach directly to the
would like to have a system configured to your piezoelectric stacks. This added feature increases the resolution by a factor of two
specific needs. Also, please refer to the next page for and enables closed-loop operation. The BPC200 series of controllers are an ideal
ordering custom stages. choice to control the piezoelectric actuators on the MAX606.
The hybrid stepper motors used in the

NanoMax™ 600 series platforms have a rotor NanoMax™ Stepper-Motor-Based
that consists of 50 individual magnetic teeth
ideally suited for micro-stepping applications.
Actuators: Mechanical and Electrical Data
Aside from the obvious increase in resolution
I Step Angle: 1.8° I Phase Inductance: 10.6 mH
provided by increasing the steps per revolution
from the standard of 200 to 25,600, I Step Accuracy: 5% I Holding Torque: 23.1 N.cm
I Rated Phase Current: 1 A I Detent Torque: 1.7 N.cm
Phase Resistance: 4.6 Ω
microstepping also ensures smoother low-speed
motion by producing 128 steps per standard I
1.8° step, significantly reducing the vibrational
noise inherent with the 1.8° steps.
NanoMax 604: Stepper Motors, No Piezos

MAX604 MAX604/M $ 7,175.00 £ 5,166.00 € 6.242,25 ¥ 57,184.75 NanoMax™ 6-Axis Positioning Stage with Stepper Motors
NanoMax 606: Stepper Motors, Piezoelectric Actuators, and Displacement Sensors

MAX606 MAX606/M $ 13,210.00 £ 9,511.20 € 11.492,70 ¥ 105,283.70 NanoMax™ 6-Axis Stage, Stepper Motors, Piezos, & Sensors
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
NanoMax™ 600, Customer-Configured, Patents
Manual Stages Six-Axis Platform (Page 1 of 2) 6,186,016 and 6,467,762
Motorized Stages
Thorlabs has designed a complete set of actuators that are
Multi-Axis modular and connect to the mating platform within seconds,
Platforms
without needing any tools.
Actuators
To configure your own platform, simply choose the
Controllers NanoMax™ bare unit from below and the number and type
of actuators from the facing page.
▼ SECTIONS
3-Axis Roller
Bearing Platforms
3-Axis Flexure MAX608
Platforms
4-Axis Flexure NanoMax™ Platform Only, No Piezos
Platforms
5-Axis Flexure
Platforms
6-Axis Flexure Use this base unit if your application does not require piezoelectric actuators. Please
Platforms
note that while the drives can be easily changed in the field, the piezoelectric actuators
Flexure Accessories are built directly into the body of the stage. If your needs change and you later require
piezoelectric actuators, they can be added using the modular piezoelectric extenders
shown on the next page.
ITEM # METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB

MAX607 MAX607/M $ 4,055.00 £ 2,919.60 € 3.527,85 ¥ 32,318.35
MAX607
NanoMax™ Platform with Piezoelectric Actuators
Adding internal piezoelectric elements to the basic NanoMax™ 600 platform provides
30 µm of high-resolution motion control (0 to 75 V). The typical resolution of these
piezo actuators is 30 nm.

MAX608 MAX608/M $ 8,035.00 £ 5,785.20 € 6.990,45 ¥ 64,038.95
NanoMax™ Platform with Piezoelectric Actuators and Sensors
Adding strain gauge displacement sensors to the internal piezoelectric

elements allow for closed-loop positioning of the stage with a resolution
Displacement Sensor
of 10 nm. The strain gauge sensors improves the platform's resolution,
linearity, and drift performance. For more information on the
performance of the NanoMax™ 600 platform with internal piezos and
strain gauge displacement sensors, please refer to page 568.

MAX609 MAX609/M $ 10,275.00 £ 7,398.00 € 8.939,25 ¥ 81,891.75
Motion Control
CHAPTERS ▼
NanoMax™ 600, Customer-Configured,
Six-Axis Platform (Page 2 of 2) Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
High-Resolution Differential Micrometer Specifications*
Multi-Axis
■ Travel: Platforms
This high-resolution differential micrometer • Coarse: 0.16" (4 mm)
drive with 50 nm positional resolution is • Fine: 300 µm Actuators
matched in performance to the capabilities ■ Resolution:
of the NanoMax™ series platforms. • Coarse: 1 µm Controllers
• Fine: 50 nm
Full details on this drive can be found on *When incorporated into a NanoMax Stage, please note SECTIONS ▼
DRV3 page 603. that the travel of the DRV3 is limited by the stage.
3-Axis Roller
Bearing Platforms
3-Axis Flexure
ITEM # $ £ € RMB
Platforms
DRV3 $ 308.70 £ 222.26 € 268,57 ¥ 2,460.34
4-Axis Flexure
Platforms
Stepper Motor 5-Axis Flexure

Platforms
The complete presentation for this stepper motor drive 6-Axis Flexure
is on page 610. When used with an apt™ series Platforms
stepper motor driver, it provides 25,600 microsteps per Specifications in Stage Flexure Accessories
revolution. ■ Travel: 0.16" (4 mm)
■ Resolution: 39 nm
■ Holding Torque: 23.1 N·cm
DRV001
ITEM # $ £ € RMB
DRV001 $ 585.00 £ 421.20 € 508,95 ¥ 4,662.45
Thumbscrew
Specifications*
This thumbscrew drive is often used in applications or ■ Travel: 0.16" (4 mm)
positioning tasks that require a high degree of stability, ■ Resolution: 1 µm
yet have lower resolution requirements. (500 µm Thread Pitch)
*When incorporated into a NanoMax Stage, please note
DRV004 ITEM # $ £ € RMB

DRV004 $ 96.50 £ 69.48 € 83,96 ¥ 769.11
Piezoelectric Extenders
These piezoelectric extenders provide 20 µm or 80 µm of high-resolution travel to any of the modular drives shown above. The
modular design allows these extenders to be attached in series with any of Thorlabs’ modular drives. These extenders are ideal for
applications that require high-resolution movements over a small range. Coarse adjustments are made using any one of our modular
drives shown above.
Specifications DRV120 Specifications

■ Travel: 20 µm ■ Travel: 80 µm
■ Closed-Loop Resolution: 5 nm ■ Resolution: 20 nm DRV181
■ Displacement Sensor ■ Ideal Controller:
■ Ideal Controller: TPZ001 with BPC203 (See Page 643)
TSG001 (See Pages 636 – 639)
ITEM # $ £ € RMB
DRV120 $ 995.00 £ 716.40 € 865,65 ¥ 7,930.15
DRV181 $ 995.00 £ 716.40 € 865,65 ¥ 7,930.15
06_Flexure Access_572-588.qxd.P:572-588 7/25/11 4:44 PM Page 572
Motion Control
Selection Guide
Flexure Accessories
Selection Guide
Fixed Platforms
Pages 573 - 574
Optics Mounts
Pages 575 - 576
LD Mount
Page 577
Waveguide Mounts
Page 578
Fiber Mounts
Pages 579 - 582
Axial Force Sensors

Page 583
Pitch, Roll, and Yaw Platforms

Pages 584 - 585
Fixed Platforms
Page 586
Adapters and Accessory Blanks

Pages 587 - 588
Motion Control
Lock Down Clamp

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
These small clamps, which come in packages of 15, are used to attach accessories to the
mounting surfaces of the NanoMax™, MicroBlock™, and RollerBlock™ families of Motorized Stages
stages.
Multi-Axis
The flat that is milled along one side of the clamp allows it to be rotated such that Platforms
when the flat is facing the center alignment groove, it is possible to drop an accessory Actuators
into place between two clamps.
Controllers
Package of 15 SECTIONS M
3-Axis Roller
AMA010 AMA010/M $ 35.60 £ 25.63 € 30,97 ¥ 283.73 Accessory Clamp, Package of 15 with Hex Wrench Bearing Platforms
3-Axis Flexure
Fixed Angle Brackets Platforms
4-Axis Flexure
Platforms
These two angle brackets mount directly to the fixed portion
5-Axis Flexure
of the NanoMax™ and MicroBlock™ stages. The smaller Platforms
bracket is often used for fiber launch systems that utilize our 6-Axis Flexure
aspheric lenses in place of much longer microscope Platforms
objectives. The larger bracket is used in the Thorlabs’ Flexure Accessories
preconfigured fiber launch systems (see pages 550 – 557).
I AMA007 Mounting Surface:

1.02" (26 mm) Long
2.46" (62.5 mm) Deck Height AMA007
AMA009
I AMA009 Mounting Surface:
2.2" (56 mm) Long
2.46" (62.5 mm) Deck Height

AMA007 AMA007/M $ 64.60 £ 46.51 € 56,20 ¥ 514.86 Small Angle Bracket for 3-Axis Flexure Stage
AMA009 AMA009/M $ 71.30 £ 51.34 € 62,03 ¥ 568.26 Large Angle Bracket for 3-Axis Flexure Stage
Platform Extension Plates

These three extended platforms replace the top plate of any
NanoMax™, MicroBlock™, or RollerBlock™ stage. The extended
mounting surface is convenient for attaching components or accessories
that need to reach into smaller spaces.
AMA001
3.35" (85 mm) Long
AMA003
3.74" (95 mm) Long
AMA005
4.13" (105 mm) Long

AMA001 AMA001/M $ 86.40 £ 62.21 € 75,17 ¥ 688.61 85 mm Extended Platform for NanoMax300 & MicroBlock
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Free-Standing Table Platform

Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
Multi-Axis
This free-standing, stationary table platform,
Platforms which has a standard slotted top surface that
attaches directly to the optical table, is
Actuators
designed to match the platform height of the
Controllers NanoMax™ and MicroBlock™ series of
stages. In addition to the standard slot and
▼ SECTIONS tapped-hole pattern on the top surface, there
are tapped holes on the sides, which can be
3-Axis Roller
Bearing Platforms used to mount other accessories or positioning
3-Axis Flexure AMA025 stages.
Front mounting holes on the table platform allow
Platforms 2.46" (62.5 mm) Deck Height,
extended platforms to be built from the angle bracket
4-Axis Flexure 0.98" (25 mm) Wide (AMA007, AMA009, and AMA011).
Platforms
5-Axis Flexure
Platforms
6-Axis Flexure
Platforms ITEM # METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION
25 mm Wide Table Mounting Platform
Flexure Accessories AMA025 AMA025/M $ 97.00 £ 69.84 € 84,39 ¥ 773.09 62.5 mm Deck Height
Moving Angle Bracket
Compatible with Both

the NanoMax™ and
The AMA011 Angle Bracket can be used to replace the
MicroBlock™ Series of
top plate of a three-axis nanopositioner (NanoMax™ or Three-Axis Stages
MicroBlock™) in order to provide a convenient vertical
mounting surface. This allows for additional components
or accessories to be attached to the stage.
AMA011

Moving Angle Bracket for the
AMA011 AMA011/M $ 71.30 £ 51.34 € 62,03 ¥ 568.26
Three-Axis NanoMax™ and MicroBlock™ Stages
Angle Bracket and Spacer Block Kit
When a pitch/yaw or pitch/roll platform such as the APR001 featured on

page 585 is removed from its post and bolted directly to a 3-axis stage in
place of the standard top plate, it raises the optical axis
height of the stage by 15 mm (0.6") to 90 mm.
The ABS002 Angle Bracket and Spacer Block
Kit can be fitted to the side of the
stage to raise mating components to
the same height as those on the
3-axis stage equipped with a
pitch/yaw or pitch/roll
NanoMax™ Stage with
platform. Pitch and Roll Stage Plus the
ABS002 Spacer Block Fitted
to the Side.
ABS002

ABS002 ABS002/M $ 124.50 £ 89.64 € 108,32 ¥ 992.27 Angle Bracket and Spacer Block Kit
Motion Control
Microscope Objective Holder

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
HCS013 The compact HCS013 flexure stage mount is internally
Microscope Objectives,
threaded with the standard RMS microscope objective thread. See Page 1782 Motorized Stages
This allows a microscope objective, or any component with
Multi-Axis
external RMS thread, to be mounted with its optical axis Platforms
0.5" (12.7 mm) above any of our Multi-Axis Flexure Stages
Actuators
(NanoMax™, MicroBlock™, or RollerBlock™ series).
Thorlabs also offers a complete selection of microscope Controllers
objectives that are well suited to fiber coupling applications
(see pages 960 - 963). SECTIONS ▼
3-Axis Roller
ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION Bearing Platforms
HCS013* $ 63.00 £ 45.36 € 54,81 ¥ 502.11 Microscope Objective Holder 3-Axis Flexure
*Universal Design, Imperial and Metric Compatible.
Platforms
4-Axis Flexure
RMS Retaining Rings and Adapter Platforms
5-Axis Flexure
Platforms
The RMSNT locking nut has internal RMS threading and can be used to lock RMS- 6-Axis Flexure
threaded components into place. The knurled external surface provides improved grip Platforms
for tightening into position.
Flexure Accessories
The RMSRR retaining ring has external RMS threading and can be used to lock
RMS-threaded components into place.
RMSRR This SM05RMS adapter allows any SM05-compatible products to be used in mounts
with RMS threads. The adapter has an SM05 internal thread and an RMS external
RMSNT SM05RMS thread. (Use SPW603 spanner wrench, see page 446).

RMSRR $ 10.20 £ 7.34 € 8,87 ¥ 81.29 RMS Retaining Ring
RMSNT $ 10.20 £ 7.34 € 8,87 ¥ 81.29 RMS Locking Nut
SM05RMS $ 14.75 £ 10.62 € 12,83 ¥ 117.56 SM05-to-RMS Adapter
GRIN Lens Holders

HGI003 The HGI003 lens holder secures gradient-index lenses with diameters ranging
from 1 to 3 mm in a precision V-groove with a spring clamp. This easy-load
holder fits into the locating keyway of our multi-axis flexure stages. The
keyway allows the GRIN lens to be slid into its coarse position before tightening;
final positioning is then accomplished using the precision control of the stage.
Gradient-index lenses are used to collect light from laser diodes and focus it into fibers or to focus collimated
beams into fibers.
■ Holds Ø1 to Ø3 mm GRIN Lenses ■ 12.5 mm Optical Axis Height for
GRIN Lenses
■ Easy-to-Use, Simple, Spring-Clamping Action Ø1.8 mm Grin Lens See Page 738
HGI003 $ 112.00 £ 80.64 € 97,44 ¥ 892.64 GRIN Lens Holder for Ø1 mm to Ø3 mm Optics
SM05-Threaded Adapter Mount

HCS020 The HCS020 mount allows our extensive line of SM05 SM05PM5,
See Page 903
(Ø0.535"-40) threaded products to be integrated into any
setup using Thorlabs’ flexure stages. The most popular
application of this mount is to enclose the light path using
Ø1/2" lens tubes (page 128). Other applications include use
with the SM05PM5 (page 903) linear polarizer holder to
align a PM fiber to a connector keyway. The optical axis is
1/2" (12.7 mm) above the stage platform.
HCS020* $ 50.00 £ 36.00 € 43,50 ¥ 398.50 SM05-Threaded Adapter
*Universal Design, Imperial and Metric Compatible
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Collimation Package Holders

Manual Stages
Thorlabs’ Ø11 mm, Ø12 mm, and Collimation Packages,
HCS015 See Pages
Motorized Stages Ø15 mm Collimation Packages can be
1098 – 1101
integrated into a setup that uses a 3-axis
Multi-Axis 0.5" (12.7 mm)
Platforms translation stage by using an HCS011
Optical Axis Height
(Ø11 mm Collimators), HCS012
Actuators
(Ø12 mm Collimators), or HCS015
Controllers (Ø15 mm Collimators) mount.
Nylon-tipped setscrews secure HCS012
▼ SECTIONS the collimation package without
3-Axis Roller marring the housing. The optical axis
Bearing Platforms HCS011 is 1/2" (12.7 mm) above the stage
3-Axis Flexure platform.
Platforms
4-Axis Flexure ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION
Platforms HCS011* $ 40.00 £ 28.80 € 34,80 ¥ 318.80 Ø11 mm Collimation Package Holder
5-Axis Flexure HCS012* $ 40.00 £ 28.80 € 34,80 ¥ 318.80 Ø12 mm Collimation Package Holder
Platforms HCS015* $ 35.00 £ 25.20 € 30,45 ¥ 278.95 Ø15 mm Collimation Package Holder
6-Axis Flexure *Universal Design, Imperial and Metric Compatible
Platforms
Flexure Accessories Ø1" Optic Mount for Flexure Stages

HCS030
The HCS030 holds Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) optics, keeping the center of the lens
concentric with the 0.5" (12.7 mm) beam height standard for all flexure stage
accessories, with the exception of the HCS031. A non-marring Delrin® pin is
used to secure the optic.
Note: the HCS030 must be used with flexure stages that feature the latest
‘cross style’ top plate (MMP1) to provide clearance for Ø1" optics. The
flexure stage top plate is easily replaced and is standard on all stages and
accessories shipped after February 2006.
■ Allows Most Ø1" (Ø25.4 mm) Optics to be Mounted MMP1
to any Thorlabs Flexure Stage Detailed View Showing Updated
Alignment Groove
■ Maintains 0.5" (12.7 mm) Optical Axis Height
■ Must be used with Grooved Top Plates as Shown

HCS030* HCS030* $ 50.00 £ 36.00 € 43,50 ¥ 398.50 Ø1" Optic Mount for Flexure Stages
MMP1** MMP1/M** $ 68.00 £ 48.96 € 59,16 ¥ 541.96 Replacement Mounting Plate for Flexure Stages
*Universal Design, Imperial and Metric Compatible ** See Page 588
SM1 Mount and Height Adapters

HCS031
The HCS031 SM1 Mount allows most of Thorlabs’ HCS031
SM1-based products to be mounted to any stage using
the standard 3 mm wide alignment groove. The optical
axis height of this mount is 0.7" (18 mm), which
requires any accessories being used in the same system
to be fitted with the AMA093 shim block shown below. AMA093
AMA093
The AMA093 Shim Block fits under all flexure stage
Thorlabs’ accessories and increases the optical axis
height to 0.7" (18 mm) to match the HCS031. The
shim block includes two mounting cleats with extended
screws to fasten accessories to the top deck of the stage.

HCS031* $ 37.00 £ 26.64 € 32,19 ¥ 294.89 SM1 Mount, 0.7" (18 mm) Non-Standard Optical Axis Height
AMA093* $ 14.00 £ 10.08 € 12,18 ¥ 111.58 Shim Block, Increases Optical Axis Height by 0.2" (5.3 mm)
Motion Control
Diode Laser Mount with Thermoelectric Cooler

CHAPTERS
Universal Design: Imperial and Metric Compatible Manual Stages
Mounts Directly onto the Deck of Our Multi-Axis Flexure Stages
Supports the Mounting of Both Ø9 mm and Ø5.6 mm Laser Diode Packages ELECTRICAL PARAMETER VALUE Motorized Stages
Can be Driven by Our TTC001 T-Cube TEC Controller (See Page 1454) Laser Diode Package Ø5.6 mm and Ø9 mm Multi-Axis
1/2" (12.7 mm) Optical Axis Height Maximum TEC Current (IMax) 3.0 A Platforms
Maximum TEC Voltage (VMax) 3.75 V Actuators

The HLD001 flexure stage mount for
laser diodes features an integrated, QMax (@ IMax)* 6.3 W
Controllers
temperature-stabilizing TEC element. A dTMax (@ IMax)** 67 °C
temperature-stabilized laser driver is Temperature Sensor 10 kΩ Thermistor SECTIONS
an ideal solution for applications
*Maximum amount of heat that can be absorbed at the cold face of the TEC. 3-Axis Roller
HLD001 that demand optimal power and **Maximum difference in temperature achievable between the hot and cold Bearing Platforms
wavelength stability. faces of the TEC.
3-Axis Flexure
Platforms
4-Axis Flexure
HLD001 $ 464.10 £ 334.15 € 403,77 ¥ 3,698.88 Diode Laser Mount with Thermoelectric Cooler Platforms
5-Axis Flexure
Viewing and Alignment Disk with RMS or SM1 Thread Platforms

6-Axis Flexure
Slow Fading, Constant Emission for Viewing CW Beams Platforms
Ideal Alignment Aid for use with Threaded Mounts
Flexure Accessories
d
– VRC2SM1: External SM1 Thread (1.035" - 40)
Visible Absorption Ban
Phosphor Emiss
– VRC2RMS: External RMS Thread (0.800" - 36)
The VRC2SM1 and VRC2RMS viewing and alignment disk are
Relative
VRC2RMS photosensitive disks made from a slow fading phosphor that is
designed to simplify the alignment of visible (400 – 640 nm) and
ion Band
infrared (800 – 1700 nm) beams. The alignment disk contains a
target that clearly marks the center of the disk.
NIR Absorption Band
These disks require charging in visible light. See page 466 for
additional alignment disks and cards.
VRC2SM1
VRC2RMS* $ 80.00 £ 57.60 € 69,60 ¥ 637.60 VIS and IR Viewing Disk with RMS Thread (400 - 640 nm, 800 - 1700 nm)
VRC2SM1* $ 76.50 £ 55.08 € 66,56 ¥ 609.71 VIS and IR Viewing Disk with SM1 Thread (400 - 640 nm, 800 - 1700 nm)
Kinematic Pitch/Yaw Mount: Microscope Objective Mount

±3˚ Angular Range
Holds Ø1/2" (12.7 mm) Optics
RMS Threaded Adapter Plate (HMA001)
1/2" (12.7 mm) Optical Axis Height
This kinematic flexure mount allows for fine angular control of Ø1/2" optics mounted RMS Retaining
on multi-axis flexure stages.
Externally RMS-threaded components can be mounted on the HMM001 by attaching
Ring and Adapter
the HMA001 adapter plate. With the HMA001 Adapter plate, the kinematic flexure
HMM001 mount is ideal for use as a fiber coupling objective mount when fine angular control of
Mirror Sold Separately on
Pages 767 – 806 the coupling objective is needed to maximize coupling efficiency. RMS adapter rings
make it possible to mount components with alternative thread types.
RMSRR SM05RMS
Thorlabs’ RMSRR retaining ring can be
used to lock RMS-threaded components
This Microscope Objective mount is comprised of the
HMM001 Flexure Mount and a HMA001 Adapter into the HMA001 Adapter Plate shown
Plate. The adapter plate is threaded with RMS threads,
HMA001 HMM001 and HMA001 above, whereas the SM05RMS adapter
which accept standard microscope objectives. Microscope Objective Sold Separately allows the adapter plate to be used with
SM05-threaded components.
HMM001* $ 125.00 £ 90.00 € 108,75 ¥ 996.25 Pitch and Yaw Flexure Mount for Multi-Axis Stages See page 575
HMA001* $ 27.90 £ 20.09 € 24,27 ¥ 222.36 RMS Adapter Plate for Pitch and Yaw Flexure Mount
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Vacuum Waveguide Mount

Manual Stages Vacuum Port
(8 Places) ■ Eight User-Selectable Vacuum Ports HWV001
Provide Support for a Broad Range
Motorized Stages 0.79˝ of Optic Sizes
(20 mm)
Multi-Axis 0.39˝ ■ Small, Compact Design Allows
Platforms (10 mm)
Easy Access to Your
Actuators Planar Optical Element
0.20˝ ■ Adds 0.43" (11 mm) to Flexure Stage
Controllers (5 mm) 1.58˝ Deck Height
(40 mm)
▼ SECTIONS The HWV001 waveguide holder utilizes a vacuum to provide the holding force to secure planar waveguide devices. The mount consists
of a platform with eight access ports to the internal vacuum chamber. By removing the conical-tipped setscrews that lie underneath the
3-Axis Roller
Bearing Platforms optical element, a vacuum-generated holding force appropriate for the size of the component can be obtained.
Platforms
HWV001* $ 195.00 £ 140.40 € 169,65 ¥ 1,554.15 Vacuum Waveguide Mount
Platforms
5-Axis Flexure
Platforms Adjustable Waveguide Mount
6-Axis Flexure ■ Adjustable Optic Mount Accepts Thin Rectangular Elements from 0.16"
Platforms
(4 mm) to 1.50" (38 mm) in Width, up to 2 mm Thick
Flexure Accessories ■ Three Points of Contact Provided by Hardened, Precision-Ground Chromium
Steel Balls
■ An Adjustable Holding Force is Provided by a Spring-Loaded Plunger that is
Beveled so that it Provides a Slight Downward Pressure on the Optical Element
HWS001
The HWS001 adjustable waveguide mount, while originally intended
for use with planar waveguides, is useful for mounting a broad range of
optical devices. Any thin [<0.08" (<2 mm) thick] rectangular device These two photographs show the
that needs to be integrated into an optical system built from one of our HWS001 fully compressed (above)
multi-axis flexure stages can be mounted in this holder provided the so that it is ready to clamp a 0.16"
width of the device is less than 38 mm. The narrowest device that this (4 mm) wide optical element as well as fully open (below)
mount is designed to accommodate is 0.16" (4 mm). This broad range so that it can accept a 1.5" (38 mm) optic. The two
of sizes is supported by moving the two sliding platforms (see movable portions of the
photographs to the right) to within a few millimeters of the width of adjustable clamp are locked in
the device and then locking them into position with the setscrews; a place with the two setscrews
gentle holding force is applied via a spring-loaded plunger that pushes that are visible on the left and
the optical element against two angled white plastic pegs. A kinematic right side of the device.
three-point contact is also achieved using three hardened chromium
steal balls as optical support points.
HWS001* $ 330.00 £ 237.60 € 287,10 ¥ 2,630.10 Adjustable Waveguide Mount
Waveguide Mounts
The top surface of these waveguide mounts is 0.12" (3.0 mm) below the
■ Available in Two Lengths: 0.39" (10.0 mm) and standard 0.5" (12.5 mm) optical axis height for flexure accessories. The
1.26" (32.0 mm) smooth top surface is ideal for bonding waveguides to, via either tape or glue.
■ Width of Both Mounts: 1.26" (32.0 mm)
■ Height of Both Mounts: 0.37" (9.5 mm)
0.59"
HWM003 (15 mm)
0.59" Ø0.10" (Ø2.5 mm)
(15 mm) 0.24" (6 mm) Deep
0.37"
(9.5 mm) (2 Places)
0.12" 0.37" 1.38"
(3 mm) Typ (9.5 mm) (35 mm)
0.12"
(3 mm) Typ
Ø0.10" (Ø2.5 mm)
0.57" 1.26" 1.26" 0.24" (6 mm) Deep
(15 mm) (32 mm) (32 mm) (2 Places)
3 mm Wide 3 mm Wide 0.57"
Alignment Tab HWM001 Alignment Tab (15 mm)

HWM001* $ 65.00 £ 46.80 € 56,55 ¥ 518.05 Standard Waveguide Mount, 10 mm Length
HWM003* $ 60.00 £ 43.20 € 52,20 ¥ 478.20 Standard Waveguide Mount, 32 mm Length
Motion Control
Adjustable Fiber Array Holder

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
10.0
(0.39) Motorized Stages
Multi-Axis
Platforms
17.1
(0.67) 82.5 (3.25)
Actuators
HFA001
Controllers
12.6 Dimensions in mm (in.)
(0.5)
11.5 (0.45) SECTIONS ▼
3-Axis Roller
Bearing Platforms
■ Accepts Rectangular Fiber Arrays up to 12 mm Wide 3-Axis Flexure
■ Easy Loading with a Actuator Knob Controlling the Clamping Platforms
Mechanism 4-Axis Flexure
■ Angled Contact Pads Ensure that the Optical Element Sits Flat on the Platforms
Support Surface Open the Jaws 5-Axis Flexure
Platforms
■ Generally Useful for Mounting Rectangular Shaped Optics
6-Axis Flexure
■ 1/2" (12.7 mm) Optical Axis Height Platforms
Flexure Accessories
The HFA001 fiber array holder is part of our extensive line of accessories
that serve to enhance our multi-axis flexure stages. As can be seen from the Load the
drawing to the right, the operation of this device is achieved via a single Fiber Array
actuator knob. This knob simultaneously moves both sides of the clamping
mechanism to ensure that the device being mounted is centered on the
support surface of the HFA001. The three angled clamping rods make
contact and provide a slight downward pressure on the optical element; the Close the Jaws
three points of contact guarantee stability. The third clamping rod is Just Until the Fiber
mounted at the end of a flexure arm that provides for some spring loading Array is Gripped
of the element being clamped.

HFA001* $ 340.00 £ 244.80 € 295,80 ¥ 2,709.80 Adjustable Fiber Array Holder
Connectorized Fiber Optic Cable Holders
HFB001
The SMA-connectorized fiber holder HFB001 can be used
to secure multimode fiber cables to our family of flexure-
based nanopositioners and accessories. The SMA-style
connector is almost exclusively used for multimode optical
fibers. The fiber tip is positioned 0.5" (12.7 mm) above the
platform.
The FC-connectorized fiber holder HFB004 has excellent positional

HFB004 repeatability of the fiber tip due to a better tolerance on the
connector holding the fiber optic ferrule. It enables industry-
standard FC/PC connectors to be secured to the mounting platforms
of our multi-axis stages. The fiber tip is positioned 0.5" (12.7 mm)
above the platform.

HFB001* $ 91.80 £ 66.10 € 79,87 ¥ 731.65 SMA Fiber Optic Cable Mount
HFB004* $ 45.00 £ 32.40 € 39,15 ¥ 358.65 FC Fiber Optic Cable Mount
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Fiber Clamp: Multi-Fiber, Fast-Release, and Adjustable-Force

Manual Stages
■ Adjustable-Force Fiber Clamping Arm (0.25 - 2 N) Control Knob
for Setting the
Motorized Stages ■ Multi-Purpose V-Groove Insert Features 5 Different Clamping
V-Grooves and 1 Flat Surface Force
Multi-Axis
Platforms
■ Accommodates Fibers or Cylindrical Optical Elements
with Diameters Ranging from 125 µm to 2 mm HFF001
Actuators ■ 1/2" (12.7 mm) Optical Axis Height
Controllers This fast-release, adjustable-force fiber clamp has several innovative features
that make it our most versatile fiber clamp. The top knob is used to adjust
▼ SECTIONS the clamping force that the clamping arm exerts on the fiber. This feature is useful
3-Axis Roller
when working with specialty fibers such as highly birefringent fiber, photonic crystal fiber, or exotic glass fibers (for example,
Bearing Platforms fluoride or tellurite fibers). The five-sided block has a different V-groove on each side that allows the user to mount a variety of photonic
3-Axis Flexure components, from bare optical fibers or optical fibers mounted in ceramic ferrules to multichannel waveguides.
Platforms
4-Axis Flexure
Platforms HFF001* $ 455.00 £ 327.60 € 395,85 ¥ 3,626.35 Fiber Clamp for Ø125 µm to Ø2 mm Fibers
Platforms
6-Axis Flexure
Platforms
Simplified Ø250 µm Fiber Clamp HFF003
This fiber clamp is intended for those
Flexure Accessories
applications that do not require the ■ Securely Clamps Ø250 µm Jacketed Optical Fiber
extra features of the HFF001 fiber ■ Magnet Holds Clamping Arm in Place
clamp. The clamping arm is designed ■ Simplified Mechanical Design Provides Economical Device
to swing approximately 120° up from ■ 1/2" (12.7 mm) Optical Axis Height
the clamping surface, allowing for
easy loading of the fiber into the V-
groove. A rare-earth magnet is used to hold the clamping arm in place once it is lowered onto the fiber. A setscrew in the arm provides
a simple means of adjusting the clamping force by setting the gap between the two rare-earth magnets.
HFF003* $ 110.00 £ 79.20 € 95,70 ¥ 876.70 Fiber Clamp for 250 µm Diameter Fibers
Cable Strain Relief

HFS001 ■ Secures both Ø900 µm and Ø3 mm Cables
■ Prevents Accidental Misalignment HFS001
■ 1/2" (12.7 mm) Optical Axis Height
This strain relief accessory ensures that disturbances to the

fiber optical cable do not cause unwanted movement of the
fiber end face.

HFS001* $ 45.00 £ 32.40 € 39,15 ¥ 358.65 Cable Strain Relief
Standard V-Groove Fiber Holder

■ Precision V-Groove Designed to Hold Ø125 µm Fibers
HFV001 ■ Nickel-Plated Steel Provides Robust, Wear-Resistant Surface
■ Magnetic Clamps have a Soft Elastomer Pad to Protect the Fiber Cladding from Damage
For ease of mounting and experimental flexibility, the HFV001 Standard V-Groove Fiber
Holder is an ideal solution for securing bare, single mode fibers. The fiber is held in the
precision V-groove by two magnetic clamps. The clamps have a special elastomer pad that
locally distorts around the fiber to provide a secure but delicate grip. The base of the holder is
aluminum, but the top plate is made of nickel-plated magnetic steel.
HFV001* $ 129.50 £ 93.24 € 112,67 ¥ 1,032.12 Standard V-Groove Fiber Holder
Motion Control
Tapered V-Groove Fiber Holder

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
Precision V-Groove Designed to Hold Ø125 µm Fibers
HFV002
■
■ Nickel-Plated Steel Provides Robust, Wear-Resistant Surface
Motorized Stages
■ Tapered End for Maximum Access in Industrial Coupling Applications
■ 1/2" (12.7 mm) Optical Axis Height Multi-Axis
Platforms
The longer HFV002 tapered V-groove fiber holder is designed to allow access to
Actuators
smaller devices. When butt-coupling single
mode fibers to small waveguide devices HFV002
Controllers
(particularly when the device is mounted on a waveguide manipulator), users sometimes find it
difficult to support and position the end of the fibers close enough to the input ports of the SECTIONS ▼
waveguide with the standard V-groove holder. The tapered top plate of this mount improves
3-Axis Roller
the visual observation of the fiber-waveguide interface. The fiber is secured with the two Bearing Platforms
magnetic clamps, which are provided. 3-Axis Flexure
Platforms
ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION 4-Axis Flexure
HFV002* $ 133.00 £ 95.76 € 115,71 ¥ 1,060.01 Tapered V-Groove Fiber Holder Platforms
*Universal Design, Imperial and Metric Compatible 5-Axis Flexure
Platforms
Replacement Magnetic Clamps HFM001 6-Axis Flexure
Platforms
■ Soft Elastomer Bottom Surface Protects Exposed Fiber Cladding
Flexure Accessories
■ Sold in Packages of Six
These magnet assemblies are used to securely hold the fiber on our V-groove fiber
holders. Please note that two of these fiber clamps are included with each V-groove style fiber holder.

HFM001* $ 124.40 £ 89.57 € 108,23 ¥ 991.47 Package of 6 Magnetic Clamps
Classic Ø1/4" Fiber Chucks and Mounting Block

While Ø1/4" fiber chucks were popular a number of years ago, Thorlabs strongly recommends that users consider using one of the newer
fiber clamp designs that utilize either a clamping arm or two magnetic caps to hold the fiber in place (see previous page).
Side-Loading Fiber Chuck

The HFC007 industry-standard fiber chuck allows the fiber to be loaded from the side, making HFC007
it possible to strip and cleave the fiber prior to loading. This chuck is designed to accept Ø200 µm
fibers (after outer buffer/cladding has been stripped) and secures the fiber in place with a spring
clip that slips into place as shown in the photograph to the left. The dimensions of the chuck are
2.36" (60 mm) in length and 0.25" (6.35 mm) in diameter.
Back-Loading, Collet-Style Fiber Chuck HFC005

This traditional fiber chuck uses a collet mechanism to secure the fiber in place. The popular
design requires that the fiber be fed through the length of the chuck. Therefore, the fiber needs
to be fed through the holder prior to being cleaved in order to prevent the endface of the fiber
from being damaged. The dimensions of the HFC007 are Ø0.25" x 2.76" (Ø6.35 mm x 70 mm).
Fiber Chuck Mounting Block

The HFG001 mounting block is designed to accept the
industry standard fiber chucks. The double bore ensures that
Mounting Block two lines of contact are maintained along the length of the 1/4"
Shown with the diameter chuck. A nylon-tipped setscrew is used to apply the
Collet-Style Fiber
Chuck.
pressure required to hold the fiber chuck firmly in place. The
optical axis is 1/2" (12.7 mm) above the stage platform.
HFG001
HFC005* $ 130.90 £ 94.25 € 113,88 ¥1,043.27 Classic Ø1/4" Fiber Chuck with Collet Clamp
HFC007* $ 72.70 £ 52.34 € 63,25 ¥ 579.42 Classic Ø1/4" Fiber Chuck with Side-Loading Fiber
HFG001* $ 67.90 £ 48.89 € 59,07 ¥ 541.16 Mounting Block for Classic 1/4" Fiber Chucks
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Fiber Chuck Pitch and Yaw Mount

Manual Stages
■ High-Stability Flexure Pitch and Yaw Fiber Chuck Holder
Motorized Stages ■ Adjustment of Pitch and Yaw via Back Plate Adjuster Screws
Multi-Axis
■ Adjustment Range of ±3º HFG003
Platforms ■ 1/2" (12.7 mm) Optical Axis Height
Actuators The HFG003 flexure mount provides precision angular
adjustment (pitch and yaw) and is designed to accept our
Controllers
Ø1/4" fiber chucks (HFC005 and HFC007). When working
with low-numerical-aperture optical fibers, the angular
▼ SECTIONS This photograph shows the HFG003 Fiber Chuck adjustment of the optical fiber with respect to the incoming
Pitch and Yaw Mount, along with our side-loading
3-Axis Roller
Ø1/4" fiber chuck. The flexure-based design of the laser beam can be a critical degree of freedom that may be
Bearing Platforms
HFG003 offers the stability that is required for a required to optimize the coupling efficiency. Additionally, if
3-Axis Flexure fiber coupling system.
Platforms
small-core fibers are being used, the high divergence angle of
4-Axis Flexure
tightly focused laser beams can also require careful alignment of
Platforms the input angle to ensure that the input NA of the fiber is not exceeded.
Platforms
HFG003* $ 142.00 £ 102.24 € 123,54 ¥ 1,131.74 Kinematic Flexure Mount, Accepts Ø1/4" (6.35 mm) Fiber Chucks
6-Axis Flexure
Platforms
Flexure Accessories RMS Threaded Classic Fiber Chuck Rotator

This photograph shows the HFR001 Fiber Chuck Rotator
■ Smooth, Low-Friction Fiber Rotator for assembled with a side-loading Ø1/4" fiber
Ø1/4" Fiber Chucks chuck. This assembly allows an
inexpensive polarization-
■ RMS-Threaded Mounting Feature Enables
maintaining fiber launch
Incorporation into Existing Mounts system to be configured
■ Three Nylon-Tipped Setscrews Secure the Fiber Chuck, from our multi-
Allowing the Lateral Offset to be Minimized when axis flexure stages
Operating the Rotation Stage featured on pages
HFR001 541 – 571.
The HFR001 fiber chuck rotator is designed to hold and allow for the continuous rotation of a fiber chuck through 360°. It has a male
RMS thread, which, when mounted in a microscope objective mount (HCS013, see page 575), can be secured to the top plate of one of
our multi-axis flexure stages or fixed brackets. The phosphor-bronze and Teflon bearing in the fiber chuck rotator provides smooth, low-
friction rotation for precise angular orientation of a polarization-maintaining fiber. The lateral offset during rotation is typically less than
20 µm. This relatively small offset allows a single mode fiber to be rotated by about 90° before compensating with Y and Z adjustments.

HFR001* $ 215.00 £ 154.80 € 187,05 ¥ 1,713.55 RMS Threaded Fiber Chuck Rotator
High-Precision Fiber Rotator: Quick-Load Bare Fiber

■ 10 µm Maximum Eccentricity ■ Clamps on Fiber Cladding to
Over 360° Range Minimize Offset Errors
■ Graduated Scale Provides ~2° Accuracy ■ Adjustable Holding Force Allows
■ Easy-to-Load V-Groove Design uses a Control of the Stress-Induced
Swing Arm and Magnetic Force to Birefringence Caused by the
Firmly Hold Optical Fiber Clamping Force Exerted on the Fiber
HFR007 The HFR007 is intended for applications that require easy

loading of the optical fiber. The swing arm lifts out of the way
to expose a precision V-groove, which allows the fiber to be
dropped down through the body of the rotator. An engraved
dial, graduated in increments of 5°, is provided to allow
measured angular changes in the orientation of the fiber.

HFR007* $ 202.00 £ 145.44 € 175,74 ¥ 1,609.94 Precision Fiber Rotator for Bare Fiber
Motion Control
V-Grooved Fiber Holder Axial Force Sensor

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
■ Load Capacity: 30 N TSG001
■ Sensitivity: 0.03 N FSC102 Motorized Stages
■ Clamps Ø250 µm Fiber Jacket
Multi-Axis
■ Two Magnetic Platforms
Fibers Holders
Actuators
Controllers
SECTIONS ▼
3-Axis Roller
Bearing Platforms
This force sensing cell is used specifically to position a bare optical fiber with respect 3-Axis Flexure
to another device in the direction of the optical axis. When the fiber makes contact Platforms
with the device, a force arises that is detected by a strain gauge. An electrical signal is
T-Cube apt™ USB 4-Axis Flexure
generated that enables the controller to indicate when the desired position has been Strain Gauge Reader Platforms
5-Axis Flexure
reached. The TSG001 T-Cube Strain Gauge Reader (see pages 638 - 639) is an ideal See Pages 638 - 639 Platforms
reader for this sensor. 6-Axis Flexure
Platforms
FSC102* $ 685.00 £ 493.20 € 595,95 ¥ 5,459.45 V-Grooved Fiber Holder Axial Force Sensor Flexure Accessories
TSG001* $ 545.00 £ 392.40 € 474,15 ¥ 4,343.65 T-Cube Strain Gauge Reader
TPS002* $ 105.00 £ 75.60 € 91,35 ¥ 836.85 ±15 V/5 V Power Supply for Two T-Cubes
Axial Force/Touch Sensor Mounting Platform

■ Load Capacity: 30 N
These force sensing cells
■ Sensitivity: 0.03 N
can be used to position
■ Use AMA034 Support Post for 2.46" (62.5 mm) Deck Height,
or AMA035 for 4.43" (125 mm) Deck Height one device (e.g., a fiber)
with respect to another
in the direction of the
2.36"
6-32 (M3) (60.0 mm) optical axis. When the
Mounting Holes fiber makes contact with
(6 Places) 1.58" FSC103
(40.0 mm) the device, a force arises that
0.49"
(12.5 mm) is detected by the cell, generating an
electrical signal that is sent to the controller to indicate that the
desired position has been reached. These cells mount in the
1.38" tongue-in-groove assembly on the NanoMax™, MicroBlock™,
(35.0 mm)
and RollerBlock™ systems. It accepts the full range of accessories
described in this section. The TSG001 T-Cube Strain Gauge
0.49" Reader (see pages 638 - 639) is an ideal reader for this sensor.
(12.5 mm)
0.16" FSC103
3 mm Mounting Slot (4.0 mm)
0.98"
(25.0 mm)
Input
Connector
1.26" 3 mm Mounting Tab
FSC103 (32.0 mm)
AMA034
FSC103 FSC103/M $ 675.00 £ 486.00 € 587,25 ¥ 5,379.75 Axial Force/Touch Sensor Grooved Mounting Platform
AMA034* AMA034* $ 57.30 £ 41.26 € 49,85 ¥ 456.68 Mounting Post for FSC103 Axial Force/Touch Sensor, 75 mm Optical Height
AMA035* AMA035* $ 170.00 £ 122.40 € 147,90 ¥ 1,354.90 Mounting Post for FSC103 Axial Force/Touch Sensor, 125 mm Optical Height
TSG001* TSG001* $ 545.00 £ 392.40 € 474,15 ¥ 4,343.65 T-Cube Strain Gauge Reader
TPS002* TPS002* $ 105.00 £ 75.60 € 91,35 ¥ 836.85 ±15 V/5 V Power Supply for Two T-Cubes
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS Pitch and Yaw Platforms, 0.75" (19 mm) Thick

Manual Stages
Specifications Pitch Pitch
Motorized Stages I Travel: ±4° per Axis
Multi-Axis I Resolution: 10 arcsec Yaw
Platforms I Micrometer Movement (APY002): APY001
• Pitch: 1° = 0.86 mm Complete with Yaw
Actuators Base and Post
• Yaw: 1° = 0.91 mm
Controllers
M SECTIONS
APY002
Complete with
Base and Post
3-Axis Roller The APY001 and APY002 platforms provide pitch and yaw adjustment about the
Bearing Platforms
optical axis. Designed for use with our NanoMax™, MicroBlock™, or RollerBlock™
3-Axis Flexure MBT616
families of three-axis stages, they provide an upgrade path to five-axis positioning. The APY001
Platforms
4-Axis Flexure
APY001 thumbscrew drives allow adjustment up to ±4° per axis with an accuracy of
Platforms 10 arcsec. The APY002 micrometer drives offer precise control: 1° of pitch rotation
5-Axis Flexure corresponds to 0.03" (0.86 mm) micrometer movement (1 mm = 1.16°) while
Platforms 1° of yaw rotation corresponds to 0.035" (0.91 mm) of micrometer movement
6-Axis Flexure (1 mm = 1.1°).
Platforms
The mounting post produces an optical height of 75 mm (62.6 mm post plus
Flexure Accessories
12.5 mm accessory height). The photo shows the APY001 mounted in front of our
MicroBlock 3-axis flexure stage.
Alternatively, the pitch and yaw platform can be removed from the post and fixed directly to the
stage in place of the standard top plate. This allows components mounted on the stage to be
adjusted in roll and pitch and raises the optical axis height by 15 mm, from 75 mm to 90 mm.
Angle bracket and spacer block kits are available separately (see below), which raise components on
stages without an APY series platform to the same height as stages with an APY series platform.

APY001 APY001/M $ 245.50 £ 176.76 € 213,59 ¥ 1,956.64 Pitch and Yaw Platform with Thumbscrew Drives
APY002 APY002/M $ 536.20 £ 386.06 € 466,49 ¥ 4,273.51 Pitch and Yaw Platform with Micrometer Drives
Pitch and Roll Platform with Adjustable Thickness

Specifications 2.46" (62.5 mm) Deck Height
I
I Travel: -8° to 4° per Axis Adjuster Travel: 0.16" (±4 mm) Pitch
I
I Platform Thickness: 0.95" Roll
Resolution: 10 arcsec
(24 mm) at the Center of Height
I Deck Height: 2.46" (62.5 mm) Adjustment
AMA027
Complete Assembly as
Shown in the Photograph
The AMA027 is intended to allow an angled optical component to be positioned in

front of one of our three-axis flexure stages. This add-on stage provides pitch and roll
adjustment using the two labeled thumbscrews indicated in the photograph. Both the
pitch and roll adjustment provide -8º to 4° of range; use of all three adjusters allows for
the adjustment of the overall height of the platform. The amount of height adjustment
ranges from -1 to 4 mm around the nominal 62.5 mm height of the entire assembly.
AMA027 ASSEMBLY
The AMA027 comes complete with the tilt platform as
This platform is designed for use with our family of three-axis flexure stages, including
well as the support structure that is designed to the RollerBlock™, MicroBlock™, and NanoMax™. This same pitch and roll device is
position the platform at the proper height for use with available for use with our four-, five-, and six-axis stages; details for these products are
our multi-axis flexure stages.
can be found starting on page 560.
AMA027 AMA027/M $ 290.80 £ 209.38 € 253,00 ¥ 2,317.68 Pitch and Roll Tilt Platform with Adjustable Thickness
Motion Control
Pitch and Roll Platform, 0.75" (19 mm) Thick

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
Pitch Motorized Stages

Specifications
I
Roll
I Travel: ±4˚ per Axis Effective Three-Axis to Five-Axis Multi-Axis
I
Platforms
Resolution: 10 arcsec Stage Upgrade
I Tilt Platform 0.75" (19 mm) Thick Actuators
Controllers
The APR001 provides pitch and roll adjustment about the optical SECTIONS M
APR001
axis. It was designed for use with our NanoMax™, MicroBlock™, 3-Axis Roller
or RollerBlock™ families of three-axis stages (see pages 542 – 559) Bearing Platforms
and provides a cost efficient upgrade to five-axis positioning. The 3-Axis Flexure
thumbscrew drives allow adjustment up to ±4° per axis with a Platforms
resolution of 10 arcsec. 4-Axis Flexure

Platforms
The APR001 includes a pitch and roll platform, a mounting post, 5-Axis Flexure
and base. When the stage is mounted on the post and base, the Platforms
optical axis height is equivalent to the optical axis height of APR001 MAX313
6-Axis Flexure
Platforms
Thorlabs’ NanoMax™, MicroBlock™, and RollerBlock™ families
of three-axis stages. Mounting components can then be attached to Flexure Accessories
the platform and adjusted in pitch and roll.
The mounting post included produces an optical height of 75 mm
(62.5 mm post plus 12.5 mm accessory height). The photo to the
right shows the APR001 mounted in front of our NanoMax™
three-axis flexure stage.
Alternatively, the pitch and roll platform can be removed from the post
and fixed directly to the stage in place of the standard top plate. This
allows components mounted on the stage to be adjusted in pitch and roll
and raises the optical axis height by 15 mm (from 75 mm to 90 mm).
Angle bracket and spacer block kits are available separately (see page 574),
which raise components on stages without an APR001 to the same height.

APR001 APR001/M $ 521.00 £ 375.12 € 453,27 ¥ 4,152.37 Roll and Pitch Platform with Thumbscrew Drives
Angle Bracket and Spacer Block Kit

When a pitch/yaw or pitch/roll platform such as the APR001 featured on
page 585 is removed from its post and bolted directly to a 3-axis stage in
place of the standard top plate, it raises the optical axis
height of the stage by 15 mm (0.6") to 90 mm.
The ABS002 Angle Bracket and Spacer Block Kit
can be fitted to the side of the stage to raise
ABS002
mating components to the same
height as those on the 3-axis
stage equipped with a pitch/yaw
or pitch/roll platform. NanoMax™ Stage with
Pitch and Roll Stage Plus the
ABS002 Spacer Block Fitted
to the Side.

ABS002 ABS002/M $ 124.50 £ 89.64 € 108,32 ¥ 992.27 Angle Bracket and Spacer Block Kit
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Fixed Platform Assemblies

Manual Stages
6-32 (M4) Thru
The AMA029 series of platform assemblies is intended to aid in the
0.12"
Motorized Stages (3 mm) (6 Places) construction of complex optical systems that utilize multiple families
of our motion control products. If a custom-height assembly is
Multi-Axis
Platforms 0.49" required, please contact your local Thorlabs office (see back cover for
1.38" (12.5 mm) contact details).
Actuators (35 mm)
Controllers
0.24"
▼ SECTIONS (6 mm) 2.36"
(60 mm)
3-Axis Roller
Bearing Platforms
3-Axis Flexure
Platforms
4-Axis Flexure
Platforms
Deck
5-Axis Flexure
Ø1.00" Height
Platforms
(25.4 mm)
6-Axis Flexure
Platforms
NanoMax™ 6-axis Flexure Stage
Flexure Accessories (Details on Pages 564 - 571) with
Fixed Platform Assemblies
3.00"
(76.2 mm)
AMA029C AMA029D
AMA029A
ITEM # DECK HEIGHT USES
AMA029A 2.46" (62.5 mm) Standard Deck Height for RollerBlock™, MicroBlock™, and NanoMax™
AMA029C 3.21" (81.5 mm) Matches 3-Axis Stage and 19 mm Tilt Stage
AMA029D 4.43" (112.5 mm) NanoBlock™ and MAX 4-, 5-, and 6-Axis Stages with 112.5 mm Deck Height

AMA029A AMA029A/M $ 57.00 £ 41.04 € 49,59 ¥ 454.29 Platform, Matches 62.5 mm Standard Deck Height
AMA029C AMA029C/M $ 57.00 £ 41.04 € 49,59 ¥ 454.29 Platform, Matches 3-Axis Stage and 19 mm Tilt Stage
AMA029D AMA029D/M $ 57.00 £ 41.04 € 49,59 ¥ 454.29 Platform, Matches 4-, 5-, or 6-Axis Stages with 112.5 mm Deck Height
Cross Platform Mounting Plate
This plate mounts the NanoMAX™ series of

three-axis flexure stages to the 50 mm travel
cross-roller bearing TravelMax™ series of
stages. Please see pages 492 - 493 for details on
the LNR50 family of stages.
AMA562
■ Deck Height: 3.84" (97.5 mm)

■ Optical Axis: 4.33" (110.0 mm)

AMA562 AMA562/M $ 79.20 £ 57.02 € 68,90 ¥ 631.22 Adapter Plate for NanoMax™ to LNR Series Stages
Motion Control
SM1 Mount and Height Adapters HCS031

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
HCS031
The HCS031 SM1 Mount allows most of Thorlabs’ Motorized Stages
SM1-based products to be mounted to any stage using the
Multi-Axis
standard 3 mm wide alignment groove. The optical axis Platforms
AMA093
height of this mount is 0.7" (18 mm), which requires any
Actuators
accessories being used in the same system to be fitted with
the AMA093 shim block shown below. Controllers
AMA093
The AMA093 Shim Block fits under any Thorlabs’ accessories SECTIONS ▼
and increases the optical axis height to 0.7" (18 mm) to 3-Axis Roller
match the HCS031. The shim block includes two mounting Bearing Platforms
cleats with extended screws to fasten accessories to the top 3-Axis Flexure
deck of the stage. Platforms
4-Axis Flexure
Platforms
AMA181 74 mm 5-Axis Flexure
The AMA181 Height Adapter fits Platforms
under the base of the MicroBlock™
6-Axis Flexure
and NanoMax™ stages. The riser block Platforms
increases the height of any current generation
Flexure Accessories
flexure stage to match the deck height of Thorlabs’
AMA181
older generation stages.
HCS031 HCS031* $ 37.00 £ 26.64 € 32,19 ¥ 294.89 SM1 Mount
AMA093 AMA093* $ 14.00 £ 10.08 € 12,18 ¥ 111.58 Accessory Shim Block
AMA181 AMA181/M $ 30.20 £ 21.74 € 26,27 ¥ 240.69 Stage Height Adapter
Adapting 3-Axis Systems to 4-, 5-, or 6-Axis Systems
The AMA554 Height Adapter Shown with Our 3-Axis Flexures. MicroBlock™
3-Axis Stage
AMA554 This simple height adapter accessory can be used to See Page 545
increase the working height of the NanoMax™,
and MircoBlock™ family of stages. The
1.96" (50.0 mm) thickness increases the
deck height from 2.46" (62.5 mm) to AMA554 NanoMax™
4.43" (112.5 mm), resulting in an increased 3-Axis Stage
optical axis height of 4.9" (125 mm). See Page 558

NanoMax™ 300 and MicroBlock™ Riser Block
AMA554 AMA554/M $ 98.80 £ 71.14 € 85,96 ¥ 787.44 for 125 mm Beam Height
Photograph showing a typical application for the AMA554

The AMA557 Height Adapter Shown with the spacer block. Please see pages 565 - 571 for details on the
RollerBlock™ Translator. 6-axis stage.
The AMA557 Height Adapter is designed to provide a
112.5 mm deck height for the MicroBlock, NanoMax &
RollerBlock 3-Axis Stages when a tip/ tilt accessory is also being
used. Combining the 35 mm thickness of the adapter, the
62.5 mm height of the stage, and the 15 mm height of the tip/
tilt accessory, results in a 112.5 mm
final deck height
RollerBlock™
3-Axis Stage
AMA557 See Pages 542 - 543

Three-Axis Stages plus Tip/Tilt Riser Block
AMA557 AMA557/M $ 79.20 £ 57.02 € 68,90 ¥ 631.22 for 125 mm Beam Height
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) and 8-32 (M4 x 0.7) Adapter Plates
Manual Stages
■ Converts the Three-Axis Stages into a General
RB13P1 Purpose Optical Table Translator RB13P1 Adapter Plate Shown
Motorized Stages
Mounted on a 3-Axis Flexure Stage
Multi-Axis ■ Easily Replaces Slotted Top Plate via
Platforms Four Mounting Screws
Actuators ■ RB13P1 Adds 2 mm to the MMP1
Deck Height
Controllers
This optional replacement mounting plate has an array of both 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) and 8-32
▼ SECTIONS (M4 x 0.7) mounting holes to adapt the NanoMax™, MicroBlock™, or RollerBlock™ stage
into a general purpose optical table translation stage.
3-Axis Roller
Bearing Platforms The MMP1 replacement top plates allow older NanoMax™, MicroBlock™ or RollerBlock™
3-Axis Flexure stages to be updated to the latest ‘crossed groove’ design. They also allow imperial stages to be
Platforms Deck Height Increases to
converted to metric variants and vice versa. 64.5 mm with Plate
4-Axis Flexure
Platforms
5-Axis Flexure ITEM # METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION
Platforms RB13P1 RB13P1/M $ 48.40 £ 34.85 € 42,11 ¥ 385.75 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0) 8-32 (M4 x 0.7) Adapter Plate
6-Axis Flexure MMP1 MMP1/M $ 68.00 £ 48.96 € 59,16 ¥ 541.96 Replacement Top Plate for Flexure Stages
Platforms
Flexure Accessories Blank Mounting Bracket and Block

While we offer the most extensive line of fiber launch
and waveguide accessories available, it is difficult to
anticipate all of the possible requirements that may
arise for customers. Hence, we have added these
components that ease the production of one-of-a-kind
mounting accessories. As can be seen in the
photograph, the front surface is clearly marked with
HBB001
witness lines that are centered on the 12.5 mm high
optical axis of our multi-axis flexure systems. HBB002

HBB001* $ 70.30 £ 50.62 € 61,16 ¥ 560.29 Blank Mounting Bracket
HBB002* $ 49.50 £ 35.64 € 43,07 ¥ 394.52 Blank Mounting Block
Complete Fiber Optic

Cleaning Kit
This kit includes everything needed to easily clean connectorized fiber
without damaging the AR coating.
3 oz Can of Fiber Connector Handheld Connector Cleaner
Connector Cleaning Sticks Replacement Reel for Handheld

Cleaner (FCS3) (FCC-7020)
Tub of Lint-Free Wipes

(MCC25) Connector Cleaner (FCC-7021)
(LFW90)
See page 401
01_Adjust Screws_589-598.qxd.P:589-598 7/23/11 2:20 PM Page 589
Motion Control
Selection Guide
Actuator Selection Guide

Adjustment Screws
Pages 590 - 598
Micrometers
Pages 599 - 603
Piezoelectric Actuators
Pages 604 - 607
Motorized Actuators
Pages 608 - 611
Tutorials
Pages 612 - 614
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Drill Kits

Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
Multi-Axis
Platforms DK2
Actuators
Controllers
Specifications
■ 115-Piece Drill Bit Set
▼ SECTIONS • Steel Carrying Case
• 60 Number-Sized Drill Bits
Adjustment Screws • 26 Letter-Sized Drill Bits
• 29 Fractional-Sized Drill Bits
Micrometers
■ Molded Black Carrying Case with Latch
Piezoelectric Provides Orderly Storage This 115-piece drill set comes in a molded
Actuators ■ Numbered-Size Drill Bits Ranging from #1 Bit - #60 Bit black carrying case with etched nameplates
Motorized ■ Fractional-Size Drill Bits Ranging from 1/16" – 1/2" to denote the various drill sizes and decimal
Actuators
■ Covers Lettered-Size Drill Bits Ranging from Letter A Bit Through Letter Z Bit equivalents. These drill bits are constructed
Tutorials from the finest quality high-speed steel for
long life.

DK2 $ 97.00 £ 69.84 € 84,39 ¥ 773.09 115-Piece Drill Kit
Special Taps
Universal Tap Wrench

TW25
Tap
TW25 $ 56.00 £ 40.32 € 48,72 ¥ 446.32 Tap Wrench - Fits up to 1/4" Taps Wrench
XE25TG $ 66.30 £ 47.74 € 57,68 ¥ 528.41 Tap Guide for 1/4"-20 Tap (Item # 71598, see table below)
Imperial Taps XE25TG

Tap
ITEM # $ £ € RMB THREAD TAP DRILL USE Guide
99943 $ 30.50 £ 21.96 € 26,54 ¥ 243.09 6-80 0.125" F6SS, Fine Adjustment Screws
74580 $ 27.40 £ 19.73 € 23,84 ¥ 218.38 3/16" - 100 0.177" F19SS, UFS, Ultra-Fine Adjustment Screws
71598 $ 27.40 £ 19.73 € 23,84 ¥ 218.38 1/4" - 20 0.201" 1/4"-20 Mounting Holes
71529 $ 27.40 £ 19.73 € 23,84 ¥ 218.38 1/4" - 80 0.238" F25SS, FAS Fine Adjustment Screws
99940 $ 35.70 £ 25.70 € 31,06 ¥ 284.53 1/4" - 100 0.240" F25US, Ultrafine Adjustment Screws
60202 $ 28.40 £ 20.45 € 24,71 ¥ 226.35 5/16" - 32 0.281" N100L5, UFS Nuts TW25
60242 $ 26.40 £ 19.01 € 22,97 ¥ 210.41 3/8" - 40 0.348" FAS Nuts Tap
83373 $ 86.20 £ 62.06 € 74,99 ¥ 687.01 0.535"- 40 0.508" SM05 Series Threads Wrench
46720 $ 73.60 £ 52.99 € 64,03 ¥ 586.59 0.800" - 36 0.772" RMS Microscope Threads
97355 $ 86.20 £ 62.06 € 74,99 ¥ 687.01 1.035" - 40 1.008" SM1 Series Threads
Metric Taps
ITEM # $ £ € RMB THREAD TAP DRILL USE
99946 $ 35.70 £ 25.70 € 31,06 ¥ 284.53 3 mm - 0.25 2.7 mm F3SS, MAS Screws
Specialty
99833 $ 31.60 £ 22.75 € 27,49 ¥ 251.85 4.5 mm - 0.5 4.0 mm" N250L3, MAS Nuts
plug taps
97368 $ 26.40 £ 19.01 € 22,97 ¥ 210.41 6 mm - 0.5 5.5 mm 6 mm-0.5 Threaded Aspheric Lens Housing that are not
71498 $ 25.20 £ 18.14 € 21,92 ¥ 200.84 6 mm - 1.0 5.0 mm M6-1.0 Mounting Holes readily available
48443 $ 30.50 £ 21.96 € 26,54 ¥ 243.09 8 mm - 0.5 7.5 mm 8 mm-0.5 Threaded Aspheric Lens Housing from tooling
98109 $ 32.60 £ 23.47 € 28,36 ¥ 259.82 9 mm - 0.5 8.5 mm 9 mm-0.5 Threaded Aspheric Lens Housing suppliers are
43122 $ 46.30 £ 33.34 € 40,28 ¥ 369.01 10 mm - 0.5 9.5 mm 10 mm-0.5 Threaded Aspheric Lens Housing provided to aid in
98110 $ 47.40 £ 34.13 € 41,24 ¥ 377.78 11 mm - 0.5 10.5 mm 11 mm-0.5 Threaded Aspheric Lens Housing the integration of our
46152 $ 44.20 £ 31.82 € 38,45 ¥ 352.27 12 mm - 0.5 11.5 mm 12 mm-0.5 Threaded Aspheric Lens Housing components with
45283 $ 55.70 £ 40.10 € 48,46 ¥ 443.93 14 mm - 0.5 13.5 mm E12RMS Tube External Thread custom-built devices.
99925 $ 135.00 £ 97.20 € 117,45 ¥ 1,075.95 25 mm - 0.75 24.0 mm M25 Threaded Microscope Objective
Motion Control
High-Precision Actuators
CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
OEM Multi-Axis
Application Platforms
Support Actuators
Controllers
SECTIONS ▼
Adjustment Screws
Micrometers
Piezoelectric
Actuators
Motorized
Actuators
Tutorials
Metric Fine Adjusters

Page 592 M2.5-0.20 mm 200 µm/Revolution Lengths from 8mm to 20 mm 1.5 mm Socket Hex
Page 593 M3-0.20 mm 200 µm/Revolution Lengths from 8 mm to 25 mm 1.5 mm Socket Hex
Pages 593 - 594 M3-0.25 mm 250 µm/Revolution Lengths from 8 mm to 25 mm 1.5 mm Socket Hex
Imperial Fine Adjusters

Page 594 6-80 0.0125"/Revolution Lengths from 0.45" to 1.13" 5/64" Socket Hex
Page 595 3/16"-100 0.010"/Revolution Lengths from 3/8" to 2" 5/64" Socket Hex
Pages 596 - 597 1/4"-80 0.0125"/Revolution Lengths from 3/8" to 4" 5/64" Socket Hex
Pages 597 - 598 1/4"-100 0.010"/Revolution Lengths from 3/8" to 2" 5/64" Socket Hex
All of our adjuster screws feature extremely tight tolerances; the adjusters provide a great deal of flexibility when building
Thorlabs has developed a set of specifications that exceed the precision mechanical assemblies. All screws with the exception of
industry class 3 standard. Each screw is individually tested with a the MAS15 and MAS20 are made of 303 series stainless steel and
master gauge set that ensures the interchangeability of our adjuster have an exceptionally smooth feel when used with our
screws and threaded sleeves. If you are incorporating any of these corresponding phosphor bronze bushings. All locking nuts (with
components into larger optomechanical systems, we recommend the exception of LN2580) are made of 510 phosphor bronze,
that you contact our technical support group to ensure that the which is vacuum rated for 10-6 Torr. To support the production of
specifications for any mating parts you are manufacturing have the custom mating parts, Thorlabs carries a line of specialty taps, which
appropriate tolerances. are available for all of our actuators except the 0.2 mm pitch screws
Use these screws to build custom mounts or to replace existing (i.e., M2.5-0.2 mm and M3-0.2 mm). The 0.2 mm pitch internal
adjusters with higher resolution screws. A series of matching threads must be machined on a high-precision CNC turning
phosphor bronze bushings, removable knobs, and locking nuts for center to ensure adequate control of the tolerances.
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS M2.5-0.20 mm Extremely Fine Hex Adjusters

Manual Stages
Motorized Stages F2D5ES Screws

The M2.5-0.20 mm Hex Adjusters are manufactured from
303 series stainless steel. The extremely fine (0.20 mm per
Multi-Axis F2D5ESK1
Platforms revolution) thread precludes the use of taps to produce
threaded mating parts for these adjusters. Instead, use the
Actuators
F2D5ESN1P threaded bushing, which is manufactured on a
Controllers
precision CNC turning center using a single-point threading
tool. For custom bushings, please contact tech support.
▼ SECTIONS Also available are a removable knob and a vacuum-compatible
(10-6 Torr) lock nut.
Adjustment Screws
Micrometers LN25M20
Piezoelectric F2D5ESN1P
Actuators
Motorized 0.35"
Actuators (9 mm)
Tutorials 1.5 mm Hex
Ø0.28"
(Ø7 mm)
1.5 mm Ball
Thread Depth
0.15" (3.8 mm)
ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION LENGTH (L) MATERIAL

F2D5ES8 $ 9.90 £ 7.13 € 8,61 ¥ 78.90 M2.5-0.20 mm Adjuster Screw 8 mm 303 Stainless Steel
F2D5ESN1P $ 7.60 £ 5.47 € 6,61 ¥ 60.57 M2.5-0.20 mm Threaded Bushing 7 mm Phosphor Bronze
F2D5ESK1 $ 8.50 £ 6.12 € 7,40 ¥ 67.75 M2.5-0.20 mm Removable Adjuster Knob 9 mm 303 Stainless Steel
LN25M20 $ 8.20 £ 5.90 € 7,13 ¥ 65.35 M2.5-0.20 mm Lock Nut 3.2 mm Phosphor Bronze
Integrating Fine Adjustment Screws into For our own production needs, we use a permanent anaerobic
Optomechanical Systems: adhesive that provides excellent long-term performance. We
The assembly process begins by producing the appropriate- recommend using Loctite™ Anaerobic Adhesive product
sized mating hole for the threaded bushing. Given the close fit number 680 or equivalent. In order to ensure maximum
between the threaded bushing and the mating adjuster screw, strength between the bonded parts, we strongly urge the user
we caution against using a press fit to assemble these products. to follow carefully the instructions provided by Loctite, which
specify the amount of clearance between the threaded bushing
and the mounting plate. The most common source of failure
Example
is not allowing for the proper clearance between the parts
Bushing
being bonded since this clearance provides for the proper
volume of adhesive.
As shown in Figure 1, the flange on the mating bushing is
designed to support the axial load of the screw and bushing
Axial
Load assembly.
When assembling, apply a small amount of the Loctite
adhesive to both threaded bushings and the mounting plate to
ensure a uniform distribution of the adhesive around the
perimeter of the parts before assembly. After insertion, remove
Figure 1 any excess adhesive from around the part.
Motion Control
M3-0.20 mm Extremely Fine Hex Adjusters

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
Fabricated from 303 series stainless steel, the M3-0.20 mm Hex Adjusters
F3ES Screws feature extremely fine (0.20 mm per revolution) threads that preclude the Motorized Stages
F3ESK1
use of taps to produce threaded mating parts. Instead, use the F3ESN1P Multi-Axis
threaded bushing, which is manufactured on a precision CNC turning Platforms
center using a single point threading tool. For custom bushings, please Actuators
contact tech support. Also available is a removable knob and a vacuum-
compatible (10-6 Torr) lock nut. Controllers
LN3M20
SECTIONS ▼
F3ESN1P 0.35"
(9 mm) Adjustment Screws
Ø1.5 mm Hex Micrometers
Ø0.28" Piezoelectric
(Ø7 mm) Actuators
Motorized
2 mm Ball Actuators
Thread Depth
Please refer to our website for complete 0.14" (4 mm) Tutorials
models and drawings.

F3ES8 $ 9.40 £ 6.77 € 8,18 ¥ 74.92 M3-0.20 mm Adjuster Screw 8 mm 303 Stainless Steel
F3ESN1P $ 7.60 £ 5.47 € 6,61 ¥ 60.57 M3-0.20 mm Threaded Bushing 7 mm Phosphor Bronze
F3ESK1 $ 8.50 £ 6.12 € 7,40 ¥ 67.75 M3-0.20 mm Removable Adjuster Knob 9 mm 303 Stainless Steel
LN3M20 $ 8.20 £ 5.90 € 7,13 ¥ 65.35 M3-0.20 mm Lock Nut 3.2 mm Phosphor Bronze
M3-0.25 mm Fine Hex Adjusters

F3SS F3SSK1 M3-0.5 mm hex adjusters are ideal for limited-space applications that
Screws
require fine (0.25 mm/rev) resolution. The 125 µm thread depth, while
shallow, does allow the use of a tap (Item # 99946 on page 590) to make
mating parts. Alternatively, a F3SSN1P threaded bushing can be used.
Also available for use with the M3-0.25 mm adjusters is a removable knob
and a vacuum-compatible (10-6 Torr) lock nut.
LN3M25 F3SSN1P
Better than Class 3 Fit 0.35"
(9 mm)
Ø1.5 mm Hex
Ø0.28"
(Ø7 mm)
1/16" Ball
Thread Depth
0.20" (5 mm) Min.
F3SS8 $ 8.20 £ 5.90 € 7,13 ¥ 65.35 M3-0.25 mm Adjuster Screw 8 mm 303 Stainless Steel
F3SSN1P $ 7.60 £ 5.47 € 6,61 ¥ 60.57 M3-0.25 mm Threaded Bushing 7 mm Phosphor Bronze
F3SSK1 $ 8.50 £ 6.12 € 7,40 ¥ 67.75 M3-0.25 mm Removable Adjuster Knob 9 mm 303 Stainless Steel
LN3M25 $ 8.20 £ 5.90 € 7,13 ¥ 65.35 M3-0.25 mm Lock Nut 3.2 mm Phosphor Bronze
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS M3-0.25 mm Ultrafine Adjustment Screws

I I
Manual Stages
Stainless Steel Knob and Screw Phosphor Bronze Adjuster Nut
MAS Screws
Motorized Stages N250L3 0.20"
(5 mm)
0.08" 0.35"
Multi-Axis (2 mm) (9 mm)
Platforms
Actuators
Ø0.28"
(Ø7 mm)
Controllers
2 mm Hex 6 mm M4.5-0.5 mm
M SECTIONS
N250L3P Hex M3-0.25 mm Thread 1/16" Ball
Socket
Thread
Adjustment Screws ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION LENGTH (L) MATERIAL
N250L3P $ 9.70 £ 6.98 € 8,44 ¥ 77.31 Adjuster Nut 5 mm Phosphor Bronze
Micrometers
MAS15 $ 17.20 £ 12.38 € 14,96 ¥ 137.08 M3-0.25 mm 15 mm 304 Stainless Steel*
Piezoelectric MAS20 $ 18.30 £ 13.18 € 15,92 ¥ 145.85 M3-0.25 mm 20 mm 304 Stainless Steel*
Actuators *The thumbscrew knobs on the MAS screws are made from 303 Stainless Steel
Motorized
Actuators
6-80 Fine Hex Adjusters
Tutorials
F6SS Screws 6-80 hex adjusters are great for miniature mounts that require fine
F6SSK1
(0.0125" per revolution) resolution. Mating parts can be made using a
tap (Item # 99943 featured on page 590) or the F6SSN1P threaded
bushing. Also available for use with the 6-80 hex adjusters are
removable knobs and vacuum-compatible (10-6 Torr) lock nuts.
0.35"
F6SSN1P ( 9 mm)
5/64" Hex
LN680 F6SSN2P L
Ø0.28"
( Ø7 mm)
Ø0.09" Ball
Thread Depth 0.20" (5 mm)
F6SS045 $ 7.90 £ 5.69 € 6,87 ¥ 62.96 6-80 mm Adjuster Screw .45" 303 Stainless Steel
F6SS058 $ 8.60 £ 6.19 € 7,48 ¥ 68.54 6-80 Adjuster Screw 0.58" 303 Stainless Steel
F6SSN1P $ 7.60 £ 5.47 € 6,61 ¥ 60.57 6-80 Threaded Bushing 0.25" Phosphor Bronze
F6SSN2P $ 6.80 £ 4.90 € 5,92 ¥ 54.20 6-80 Threaded Bushing 0.375" Phosphor Bronze
F6SSK1 $ 8.50 £ 6.12 € 7,40 ¥ 67.75 6-80 Removable Adjuster Knob 0.35" 303 Stainless Steel
LN680 $ 8.20 £ 5.90 € 7,13 ¥ 65.35 6-80 Lock Nut 0.13" Phosphor Bronze
Beam Profilers: CCD and Scanning Slit

High Dynamic Range CCD Camera with High Resolution Wavelength Range: 200 to 2700 nm
CW, Pulsed Beam, and Single Pulse Detection
CW and TTL Triggered Single Pulse Detection
and Low Noise
High Dynamic Range

Wavelength Range: 190 to 1100 nm
Thorlabs’ Scanning Profilers are
Thorlabs’ series of CCD camera-based beam high-precision instruments with
profilers offers true 2D analysis of the beam's a dynamic range of 72 dB that
power density distribution. This greater detail can analyze the power
allows complex mode patterns to be identified distribution of laser beams with
while optimizing a laser system. diameters from 10 µm to 9 mm.
See page 1613 See page 1614
Motion Control
3/16"-100 Ultrafine Hex Adjusters

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
F19SS
3/16"-100 TPI adjusters provide a resolution of 0.01" per revolution. Motorized Stages
Screws
The 0.006" thread depth, while shallow, does allow the use of a tap Multi-Axis
(Item # 74580 featured on page 590) to make mating parts. Platforms
F19SSK1 Alternatively, F19SSN1P, F19SSN2P or N100B2P threaded bushings
Actuators
can be used. Also available for use with the 3/16"-100 TPI adjusters are
removable knobs and vacuum-compatible lock nuts. Controllers
SECTIONS ▼
F19SSN1P 0.38"
Adjustment Screws
LN19100 (10 mm)
Micrometers
F19SSN2P Ø0.41" Piezoelectric

(Ø10 mm) Actuators
Motorized
5/64" Hex Actuators
Ø0.13" Ball
Thread 0.26" (6.5 mm) Depth Tutorials
ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION LENGTH MATERIAL

F19SS038 $ 6.50 £ 4.68 € 5,66 ¥ 51.81 3/16"-100 Adjuster Screw L1 = 0.375" 303 Stainless Steel
F19SSN1P $ 6.50 £ 4.68 € 5,66 ¥ 51.81 3/16"-100 Threaded Bushing L1 = 0.40" Phosphor Bronze
F19SSK1 $ 5.80 £ 4.18 € 5,05 ¥ 46.23 3/16"-100 Removable Knob 0.38" Aluminum
N100B2P $ 6.30 £ 4.54 € 5,48 ¥ 50.21 3/16"-100 Threaded Bushing 0.34" Phosphor Bronze
LN19100 $ 8.20 £ 5.90 € 7,13 ¥ 65.35 3/16"-100 Lock Nut 0.15" Phosphor Bronze
3/16"-100 Ultrafine Adjustment Screws

Our 3/16"-100 Ultrafine Adjustment Screws are a convenient drop-
in replacement for our F19SS-Series hex adjusters. The non-slip
knurled Delrin® knob improves adjustment sensitivity. The 0.45"
convenient bronze sleeve, complete with a removable nut, is (11 mm)
precision- machined for a fit 30% better than the tightest industry
standard (Class 3 Fit). The 3/8" hex head adjuster nut contains a Ø0.37"
nylon-tipped setscrew in the side of the head to lock the adjuster (Ø9 mm)
without causing damage to the threads. Ø0.125" Ball
0.12"
UFS075 (3 mm)
0.38" Removable Nut
(9.5 mm) 7/16" Hex
3/8" 0.10"
UFS100 Hex 5/16"-32 Thread (2.5 mm)
N100L5P Locking Screw


UFS075 $ 12.90 £ 9.29 € 11,22 ¥ 102.81 3/16"-100 Threaded Screw 0.75" 303 Stainless Steel*
UFS100 $ 15.00 £ 10.80 € 13,05 ¥ 119.55 3/16"-100 Threaded Screw 1.00" 303 Stainless Steel*
N100L5P $ 10.70 £ 7.70 € 9,31 ¥ 85.28 3/16"-100 Adjuster Nut 0.50" Phosphor Bronze**
*The thumbscrew knobs are made from Delrin®
** Stainless Steel with Nylon tip setscrew
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS 1/4"-80 Fine Hex Adjusters

Manual Stages
1/4"-80 hex adjusters are a popular choice
Motorized Stages F25SSK1 for use in precision optomechanical mounts.
Mating parts can be made using a tap (Item #
Multi-Axis
Platforms 71529 featured on page 590) or with either the
F25SSN1P or F25SSN2P threaded phosphor
Actuators
bronze bushing. Also available for use with the
F25SS Screws 1/4"-80 hex adjusters are removable knobs and
Controllers
vacuum-compatible lock nuts.
▼ SECTIONS F25SSN1P F25SSN2P
Adjustment Screws
Fine Hex Adjuster
0.45"
Locking Nut
Micrometers 0.02" (11.4 mm)
(0.4 mm)
■ Compatible with Any
Piezoelectric
Thorlabs 1/4"-80
Actuators Adjusters
Ø0.36" Ø0.340" Ø0.58"
Motorized (Ø9.1 mm) (Ø8.6 mm) (Ø14.7 mm) ■ Make any Mount
Actuators with 1/4"-80
Adjusters Lockable
Tutorials 3/16" Ball 5/64" Hex
Thread Depth See following page
0.18" (4.6 mm)
F25SSK1 $ 6.50 £ 4.68 € 5,66 ¥ 51.81 1/4"-80 Removable Knob 0.45" Aluminum
LN2580 $ 8.00 £ 5.76 € 6,96 ¥ 63.76 1/4"-80 Lock Nut 0.15" Phosphor Bronze
1/4"-80 Fine Adjustment Screws FAS Screws
Our high-precision 1/4"-80 Fine Adjustment Screws are a convenient drop-in replacement
for our F25SS-series of hex adjusters. The knurled Delrin® knob improves adjustment
sensitivity. The convenient brass sleeve, complete with a removable nut, is precision-
machined for a fit 30% better than the tightest industry standard (Class 3 Fit). The 1/2"
hex head adjuster nut is equipped with a side-located nylon-tipped setscrew to lock the
N80L6P
adjuster to the screw without causing damage to the threads.
0.75"
0.15" (19.1 mm)
(3.8 mm)
Ø0.49"
(Ø12.4 mm)
1/2" Hex 1/4"-80 3/8"-40 Thread 3/16" Ball N80L7P

Thread
2-56 Locking Screw
FAS100 $ 7.80 £ 5.62 € 6,79 ¥ 62.17 1/4"-80 TPI Adjuster L1 = 1.00" 303 Stainless Steel
N80L5P $ 7.60 £ 5.47 € 6,61 ¥ 60.57 1/4"-80 Locking Adjuster Nut L2 = 0.53" Phosphor Bronze
*The thumbscrew knobs are made from Delrin® ** Stainless Steel with Nylon tip setscrew
Motion Control
1/4"-80 Fine Hex Adjuster Locking Nut

CHAPTERS ▼
■ Compatible with Any Thorlabs 1/4"-80 Adjuster Manual Stages
■ Minimal Beam Shift When Locking Mirror Mount Actuator
Motorized Stages
■ Make any Mount with 1/4"-80 Adjusters Lockable
Knurled for Multi-Axis
Improved Grip Platforms
Actuators
Hole to Tighten
Down with 5/64" Controllers
(2 mm) Balldriver
4 Places KM100 with LN2580 SECTIONS ▼
KM100 Sold Separately
1/4"-80 Tap Thru Adjustment Screws
Ø0.49" Chamfer 0.020
LN2580 (Ø12.4 mm) 0.15"
Over Major (3.8 mm)
Class 3 Fit Please refer to our website for complete models and drawings. Micrometers
ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION Piezoelectric

Actuators
LN2580 $ 8.00 £ 5.76 € 6,96 ¥ 63.76 1/4"-80 Lock Nut, Bronze
Motorized
Actuators
Differential Adjuster Screw
The DAS110 is a standard 1/4"-80, 1.00" long adjuster Tutorials
Better than Class 3 Fit screw with an internal differential adjustment mechanism.
The fine adjustment is actuated by inserting a hex wrench
through the clearance hole in the adjuster knob. Every
rotation of the DAS110 fine adjustment mechanism yields a
highly demagnified displacement of just 25 µm/rev. The
DAS110 DAS110 is capable of 400 ± 20 µm fine adjustment travel.
See Page 248 for Drawing This adjuster is ideal as a drop-in replacement for increasing
Patent 7,421,918 the resolution on most Thorlabs’ mirror mounts.
DAS110 $ 38.00 £ 27.36 € 33,06 ¥ 302.86 Miniature Differential Adjuster
1/4"-100 Ultra Fine Hex Adjusters

F25US
Screws 1/4"-100 hex adjusters are commonly used when making high-precision
F25USK1 optomechanical mounts. Mating parts can be made using a tap
(Item # 99940, see page 590) or with the F25USN1P or F25USN2P
threaded bushings. Also available for use with the 1/4"-100 hex adjusters
are removable knobs and vacuum-compatible (10-6 Torr) lock nuts.
0.45"
F25USN1P (11 mm)
LN25100
Ø0.45"
(Ø15 mm)
F25USN2P
3/16" Ball
5/64" Hex
Thread Depth
0.18" (4.6 mm)

F25US050 $ 8.10 £ 5.83 € 7,05 ¥ 64.56 1/4"-100 Adjuster Screw L1 = 0.50" 303 Stainless Steel
F25US075 $ 8.60 £ 6.19 € 7,48 ¥ 68.54 1/4"-100 Adjuster Screw L1 = .075" 303 Stainless Steel
F25USN1P $ 9.70 £ 6.98 € 8,44 ¥ 77.31 1/4"-100 Threaded Bushing L1 = 0.63" Phosphor Bronze
F25USN2P $ 9.70 £ 6.98 € 8,44 ¥ 77.31 1/4"-100 Threaded Bushing L1 = 0.57" Phosphor Bronze
F25USK1 $ 8.10 £ 5.83 € 7,05 ¥ 64.56 1/4"-100 Removable Knob 0.45" Aluminum
LN25100 $ 8.20 £ 5.90 € 7,13 ¥ 65.35 1/4"-100 Locking Nut 0.15" Phosphor Bronze
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS 1/4"-100 Ultra Fine Matched Adjuster/Bushing Pair

Manual Stages
■ Better than Class 3 Fit
Motorized Stages Prevents Adjustment Drift
■ 0.75 or 1 Inch Long
Multi-Axis 100 TPI Adjuster
Platforms
■ High Temp or Vacuum
Actuators Compatible
■ Very Low Drift 5/64"
P25SB100L
Controllers Hex-Key-Compatible Adjuster
■ Phosphor Bronze Bushing
▼ SECTIONS with Stainless Steel Adjuster
Adjustment Screws
Used in Polaris Mirror Mounts
L2 P25B075V See Pages 244 - 246
Micrometers
L1
Piezoelectric The matched 100 TPI adjusters and bushings are manufactured to tighter tolerances
Actuators 0.60"
(15.2 mm)
than the ASME/ANSI Class 3 UTS standard so that very little adjuster lubricant is
Motorized
Actuators needed. Typical adjuster/bushing pairs require a large amount of lubricant and room
Ø0.349" for play in the pair. For these pairs, actuator adjustments cause the lubricant to be
Tutorials (Ø8.9 mm) squeezed out of some spaces and built up in others. With time, this nonequilibrium
lubricant distribution will relax slowly back into an equilibrium state. This may
1/4"-100 Thread
cause the adjuster screw to move.
For the P25SB Series of Mounted Adjuster/Bushing Pairs, the minimal lubrication and tight tolerances result in alignments that can
be extremely stable, even after being adjusted. In addition, the P25SB Series adjusters have an extremely smooth feel that allows the
user to make small repeatable adjustments. See the test data for the POLARIS-K1 kinematic mirror mount online at
www.thorlabs.com.
The P25SB100L includes an unmounted ball bearing, providing the option to freely mount the ball or to secure it with epoxy to
the tip of the screw. The P25SB075 and P25SB100 are sold with the ball mounted using our 353NDPK High-Temperature Epoxy
(see page 423), which provides constant performance up to 200°C, while the P25SB075V and P25SB100V use the TS10 Vacuum
Epoxy (see page 450), which provides a reliable seal of leaks in vacuum equipment down to 10-9 Torr.
ITEM # L1 L2 DESCRIPTION $ £ € RMB

P25SB075 3/4" (19.05 mm) 0.84" (21.34 mm) Polaris Adjuster with Ball Affixed using High-Temperature Epoxy $ 21.00 £ 15.12 € 18,27 ¥ 167.37
P25SB075V 3/4" (19.05 mm) 0.84" (21.34 mm) Polaris Adjuster with Ball Affixed using High-Vacuum Epoxy $ 23.00 £ 16.56 € 20,01 ¥ 183.31
P25SB100L 1" (25.40 mm) 1.09" (27.69 mm) Polaris Adjuster with Loose Ball $ 23.00 £ 16.56 € 20,01 ¥ 183.31
P25SB100 1" (25.40 mm) 1.09" (27.69 mm) Polaris Adjuster with Ball Affixed using High-Temperature Epoxy $ 23.00 £ 16.56 € 20,01 ¥ 183.31
P25SB100V 1" (25.40 mm) 1.09" (27.69 mm) Polaris Adjuster with Ball Affixed using High-Vacuum Epoxy $ 25.00 £ 18.00 € 21,75 ¥ 199.25
Sapphire Contact Pads
Specifications
■ Highly Durable and Scratch Resistant
■ Ideal for Thermally Demanding Applications
■ Diameter: 0.160"±0.001"
■ Thickness: 0.020"±0.001"
P25SK2 Sapphire Contact Pads are used in our Polaris mirror mounts ■ Flatness: 5 Fringes/Inch
because they improve the adjustment precision and durability of the ■ Surface Polish: 80-50 Scratch-Dig
mount. Sapphire is the material of choice for very demanding applications ■ Parallelism: ≤ 3.5 arcmin
that require reliability and strength at both high and low operating ■ Hardness
temperatures. A sapphire-to-steel interface has a very low coefficient of • 9 Mohs
friction, which allows for very smooth movement. With exceptional surface • 1800 Knoop Parallel to C-Axis
hardness, sapphire can be scratched by only a few substances other than • 2200 Knoop Perpendicular to C-Axis
itself. It is chemically inert and insoluble to water, common acids, or alkalis ■ Coefficient of Friction: 0.15 Against Steel
for temperatures up to ~1,000 °C.
Set of 2
ITEM # $ £ € RMB DIAMETER THICKNESS DESCRIPTION
P25SK2 $ 6.40 £ 4.61 € 5,57 ¥ 51.01 0.160" 0.020" A Pack of 2 Sapphire Contact Pads
02_Micrometers_599-603.qxd.P:599-603 7/23/11 2:23 PM Page 599
Motion Control
6.5 mm Travel Micrometer Head

CHAPTERS ▼
1.46"
+0.00 mm (37 mm) Manual Stages
■ Metric Micrometer –0.01 mm 0.59"
Ø.24" (15 mm)
■ Spherical Tip (Ø6.00 mm) 0.35" Motorized Stages
■ 0 to 6.50 mm Range (9 mm)
Multi-Axis
Ø0.37"
■ 10 µm per Division (Ø9 mm) Platforms
■ 500 µm/rev Actuators
148-205ST Ø0.14"
■ Ø6 mm Barrel (Ø3.5 mm) 148-205ST
Controllers
SECTIONS ▼
This small micrometer is ideal for optical mounts. The spherical spindle ITEM # $ £ € RMB RANGE
tip provides a single point of contact, which eliminates alignment errors. 148-205ST $ 60.76 £ 43.75 € 52,86 ¥ 484.26 0 - 6.50 mm Adjustment Screws
13 mm Travel Micrometer Head Micrometers
Piezoelectric
■ Metric Micrometer Actuators
■ Spherical Tip Motorized
2.34" Actuators
■ 0 to 13.00 mm Range (59 mm)
■ 10 µm per Division 1.06" Tutorials
Ø3/8" (27 mm)
■ 500 µm/rev (Ø9.5 mm) 0.69"
■ Ø3/8" Barrel (18 mm)
(Ø0.51")
(Ø13 mm)
148-801ST
Ø0.20"
(Ø5.0 mm) 148-801ST

This micrometer head offers 13 mm of travel
ITEM # $ £ € RMB RANGE
and features a spherical spindle tip.
148-801ST $ 62.10 £ 44.71 € 54,03 ¥ 494.94 0 - 13 mm
1.0" and 25 mm Travel Micrometer Heads

3.9"
(99 mm)
1.65"
(42 mm)
Ø0.25"
(Ø6 mm) 1.06"
(27 mm)
150-811ST Ø0.71"
(18 mm)
■ Range:
150-811ST
• 150-811ST: 0 to 1.000", 0.001"/div, 0.025"/rev B
• 150-801ST: 0 to 25 mm, 10 µm/div, 500 µm/rev Please refer to our website for complete models and drawings.
These micrometer heads offer 1" ITEM # $ £ € RMB RANGE B (Barrel Diameter)
(25 mm) of travel and spherical spindle 150-811ST $ 51.00 £ 36.72 € 44,37 ¥ 406.47 0 - 1.000" Ø3/8"
tips. 150-801ST $ 51.00 £ 36.72 € 44,37 ¥ 406.47 0 - 25 mm Ø10.00 mm
50 mm Travel Micrometer Head

■ Metric Micrometer
■ Spherical Tip
6.45"
■ 0 to 50 mm Range +0.000" (164 mm)
–0.007" 3.19"
■ 10 µm per Division Ø0.500" (81 mm)
(Ø12.7 mm) 2.44"
■ 500 µm/rev (62 mm)
■ Ø0.500" Barrel Ø0.83"

(Ø21 mm)
Ø0.32" 151-411ST
151-411ST (Ø8 mm)
This micrometer head offers 50 mm of travel and a spherical ITEM # $ £ € RMB RANGE
spindle tip. 151-411ST $ 240.00 £ 172.80 € 208,80 ¥ 1,912.80 0 - 50 mm
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS 1" (25.4 mm) Travel, Digimatic Micrometer Head

Manual Stages
■ Display Resolution of 1 µm ■ Zero-Set Key Allows for
Motorized Stages (0.00005") Setting Zero at any Point
■ Accuracy ±2 µm (±0.0001") ■ Spherical Face Spindle
Multi-Axis
Platforms ■ Instant Inch/Millimeter ■ Imperial and Metric User-
Conversion Selectable Operating Modes
Actuators ■ Measurement Hold Key ■ Automatic Power-Off*
1 µm LCD Readout
*Battery Life: 1 Year with Normal Use
Controllers DM713 +0.0000 5.64"
-0.0001 0.61" (143 mm)
▼ SECTIONS Ø0.3750" (15.5 mm) 2.02"
(Ø9.53 mm) (51 mm)
Adjustment Screws
Micrometers
Ø0.25" 2.32"
Piezoelectric (Ø6 mm) (59 mm)
Actuators
Motorized 1.89"
PT1 (48 mm)
s
Actuators
ld
et
Ab
Ho
es
/
ro
Pr
1" Travel Translation
Ze
m
Stage with DM713
m
Tutorials
in/
See Page 494
DM713 $ 342.00 £ 246.24 € 297,54 ¥ 2,725.74 Imperial/Metric Digimatic Micrometer Head, Spherical Tip
Micrometer Barrel Adapters

These slotted brass sleeves are an ideal solution for securing Ø3/8" and Ø10 mm
mounting barrels into components designed for Ø1/2" barrels. The slotted sleeve
allows an externally applied clamping force to be transferred to the mounting barrel.
RBA Adapters

RBA1 $ 8.90 £ 6.41 € 7,74 ¥ 70.93 Ø0.375" to Ø0.500" Adapter
RBA2 $ 8.90 £ 6.41 € 7,74 ¥ 70.93 Ø10 mm to Ø0.500" Adapter
10 mm Travel, High-Precision Micrometer Head

The 146-200 is a high-precision micrometer head with a 250 µm pitch
leadscrew. The graduated dial and linear scale on the micrometer barrel
provide a calibrated displacement readout. A spherical tip is provided to
ensure a single point of contact between the adjuster and the mating surface.
■ 0 - 10 mm Range
■ 5 µm per Division 146-200
■ 250 µm/rev
■ Calculated Resolution Better than 1 µm
■ Standard 3/8" Barrel Diameter 0.95" 0.85"
(24 mm) (22 mm)
0.60"
Application Idea (15.2 mm)
MT1 146-200
Ø0.375" Ø0.69"
(Ø9.525 mm) (Ø18 mm)
Locking Screw

MT401
146-200 $ 77.60 £ 55.87 € 67,51 ¥ 618.47 High-Precision Micrometer Head
Motion Control
0.5" (12.7 mm) Travel Differential Micrometer Head

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
■ 0.5" (13 mm) of Coarse Travel
3.69" (93.7 mm) Typ.
■ 1 µm Coarse Resolution (Calculated) Motorized Stages
■ 300 µm High-Resolution Differential Travel Locking Screw Multi-Axis
■ 50 nm Differential Resolution (Calculated) Fine Travel Platforms
■ Ø3/8" Mounting Barrel 0.09" (2.2 mm) Typ.
Actuators
■ 500 µm/rev Coarse Adjustment
■ 50 µm/rev Fine Adjustment 0.78" Controllers
(19.9 mm)
SECTIONS ▼
0.24" Ø3/8" (9.5 mm)
Barrel Fine Adjuster Adjustment Screws
(6.0 mm)
0.52" Coarse Adjuster
(13.3 mm)
Micrometers
Please refer to our website for complete models and drawings. Piezoelectric
Actuators
Motorized
Actuators
DRV304
Tutorials
The DRV304 Differential Micrometer has a unique mechanism that converts a relatively large displacement into a comparatively small
displacement of the center fine adjustment spindle. The design has the additional benefit of providing a uniformly smooth feel that is
largely independent of loading.
Coarse adjustment is via a knurled knob, while the differential adjuster features a large rubber grip which adds to the overall sensitivity of
the unit. The coarse adjustment knob provides 0.5" (13 mm) of total travel with 1 µm resolution, while the differential knob provides
300 µm of total travel with 50 nm resolution. The Ø3/8" (Ø9.5 mm) mounting barrel is compatible with a host of standard mounting
equipment and is used in our 3 axis RollerBlock Stage (pages 542 - 543).

DRV304 $ 395.00 £ 284.40 € 343,65 ¥ 3,148.15 Differential Micrometer, 0.5"(13 mm) Travel, Ø3/8" Mouting Barrel
Differential Adjuster for Optic Mounts DM22

Submicron Adjuster
The DM22 differential adjuster uses two leadscrews; one pushes the
center spindle forward at 400 µm per revolution while the other pulls it
back at 375 µm per revolution. The resultant total forward motion of the
center spindle is 25 µm per revolution of the graduated knob. Each small 1/4"-80
graduation of the fine control knob is 0.5 µm; the calculated resolution
for the DM22 is approximately 50 nm. When performing fine
adjustment, the coarse adjustment mechanism can be locked by means
of a small locking collar.
Fine Adjustment
Coarse Rotation Adjuster 0.15" ■ 250 µm Range
(3.8 mm)
1/4" External Thread ■ 25 µm/rev
Class 3 Fit
Ø0.69" Coarse Adjustment
(Ø17.5 mm)
■ 0.72" Long 1/4"-80 Threads
■ 0.012"/rev (80 TPI)
0.86"
(21.8 mm)
2.10"
(53.3 mm)

DM22 $ 142.00 £ 102.24 € 123,54 ¥ 1,131.74 Differential Adjuster 1/4"-80 External Thread
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS 0.5" (12.7 mm) and 1.0" (25.4 mm) Travel Differential Adjusters
Manual Stages for Translation Stages
Motorized Stages
The DM12 and DM10 use the same internal mechanism as the
DM22 described on previous page, but these models are designed
Multi-Axis specifically for use in our 1" (25.4 mm) translation stages
Platforms
(see pages 492 - 494). The coarse adjustment can be locked using
Actuators the thumbscrew located on the actuator barrel.
Ø3/8" Barrel
Controllers 2.65"
(67.3 mm)
Lock
▼ SECTIONS
DM10
Adjustment Screws 12.7 mm of Travel Movable Spindle
Ø0.125" (Ø3.18 mm)
Spherical Tip Ø0.69"
Micrometers (Ø17.5 mm)
Piezoelectric 0.14" Nominal
Actuators (3.6 mm)
0.15" DM12
Motorized Ø3/8" Barrel (3.8 mm)
Actuators (Ø9.525 mm)
0.76"
Tutorials (19.3 mm) Please refer to our website
Ø3/8" Barrel
for complete models
and drawings.
DM12 Fine Adjustment Coarse Adjustment (0.012"/rev)

25.4 mm of Travel ■ 250 µm Range ■ 1.0" (25.4 mm) for DM12
■ 25 µm/rev ■ 0.5" (12.7 mm) for DM10

DM10 $ 112.00 £ 80.64 € 97,44 ¥ 892.64 Differential Adjuster, 0.5" (12.7 mm) of Coarse Travel
DM12 $ 132.00 £ 95.04 € 114,84 ¥ 1,052.04 Differential Adjuster, 1.0" (25.4 mm) of Coarse Travel
2" (50.8 mm) Travel, Differential Adjuster

This differential drive has been designed for use on single-axis stages compatible with a Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) barrel, like our LNR50
Stainless Steel 2" linear travel stage (see pages 496 - 497). The large-diameter differential drive actuator provides fine, ultra-smooth control
over motion. The removable brass bushing allows this actuator to be used in any OEM application requiring 2" (50 mm) of overall travel.
Features
■ Non-Rotating Tip
■ Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) Interchangeable
Brass Mounting Bushing
■ 1 µm Graduations on Fine Drive
DRV8
Specifications
■ Coarse Adjustment 128.1 mm
(5.04")
• Leadscrew: 500 µm/rev
• Range: 2.0" (50 mm) 25.4 mm ± 25.0 mm
• Pitch: 0.5 mm (1.00" ± 0.98")
■ Fine Adjustment
• Leadscrew: 50 µm/rev
• Range: 300 µm
• Pitch: 0.05 mm
Coarse Adjuster 2" (50 mm)

Please refer to our website for complete models and drawings. Fine Adjuster 300 µm

DRV8 $ 468.00 £ 336.96 € 407,16 ¥ 3,729.96 2" (50 mm) Travel Differential Adjuster, Ø1/2" Mounting Bush
Motion Control
0.31" (8 mm) Travel Modular Thumbscrew Drive

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
The DRV004 Thumbscrew Drive is compatible with our NanoMax™ MAX300 and
MAX600 series stages featured on pages 558 – 559 and 570 – 571, respectively. The large- Motorized Stages
diameter knurled knob provides excellent sensitivity with better than 1 µm resolution over
Multi-Axis
an 8 mm adjustment range. Simply unscrew the existing drive and fit the DRV004. Platforms
Modular
■ 0.31" (8 mm) of Total Travel Quick Connect
Actuators
■ 500 µm per Revolution 1.05" 1.08"
Ø0.12" (27 mm) (27 mm)
■ 1 µm Resolution (3 mm) Typ. Typ. Controllers
■ Compatible with Quick-Connect
Adapters SECTIONS ▼
Ø0.98" Ø0.75"
■ Ideal for Our Multi-Axis Stages (25 mm) (19 mm)
(See Page 541 – 588) Adjustment Screws
Micrometers
0.60" 0.20" Fine Thread
(15 mm) Lock Ring
(5 mm) Thumbscrew Piezoelectric
When used with the modular, quick-connect adapters nom. Drive Actuators
(MCA1 and MCA2), the DRV004 can also be fitted to Motorized
components with a standard Ø3/8" (Ø9.5 mm) or Ø10 mm Actuators
DRV004 Shown with
(Ø0.39") mounting clamp as shownin the image to the right. MCA1 Tutorials
MCA1 Quick-Connect
Adapter Creates a Ø3/8"
Mounting Barrel
DRV004 $ 96.50 £ 69.48 € 83,96 ¥ 769.11 Modular NanoMax™ Thumbscrew Drive, 8 mm Travel
MCA1 $ 18.90 £ 13.61 € 16,44 ¥ 150.63 Modular Quick-Connect Adapter for Ø3/8" Mounting
MCA2 $ 18.90 £ 13.61 € 16,44 ¥ 150.63 Modular Quick-Connect Adapter for Ø10 mm Mounting
0.31" (8 mm) Travel, Differential Adjuster

The DRV3 is a modular, quick-connect adjuster is compatible with our MAX300 and
MAX600 series stages. Simply unscrew the existing drive and fit the DRV3 as shown below.
Two large knobs are provided for coarse and fine adjustment. The lockable coarse adjustment
provides 8 mm of travel at 500 µm per revolution, while the fine adjustment provides 300 µm
travel at 50 µm per revolution. Using an MCA1 or MCA2 adapter, these adjusters can be
DRV3
adapted to fit any stage accepting Ø3/8" or Ø10 mm mounting barrels, respectively.
Coarse
Modular Adjustment Lock
Quick Connect
■ 0.31" (8 mm) of Travel with 300 µm Fine Travel

■ 1 µm Coarse, 50 nm Fine Resolution
■ 500 µm/rev Coarse Adjustment
■ 50 µm/rev Fine Adjustment (Nominal)
■ Compatible with MAX300 and MAX600 Series
Stages (Pages 558 – 559 and 570 – 571,
Respectively)
MCA1
DRV3 Shown with

MCA1 Creates Ø3/8"
Removing the existing drive Mounting Barrel

DRV3 $ 308.70 £ 222.26 € 268,57 ¥ 2,460.34 Modular Differential Adjuster with 0.31" (8 mm) of Travel
03_PiezoelectricActutrs_604-607.qxd.P:604-607 7/25/11 5:04 PM Page 604
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Modular Piezoelectric Actuators Feedback
Manual Stages Piezo Input

Specifications
Motorized Stages ■ Piezo Voltage (SMC): 0 - 75 ■ Resolution:
VDC • 5 nm (DRV120) Modular Quick-
Multi-Axis • 20 nm (DRV181) Connect Fitting
■ Travel Range:
Platforms DRV120
• 20 µm (DRV120) ■ Mounting Connector:
Actuators • 80 µm (DRV181) Quick-Connect Fitting
Controllers These Piezoelectric Actuators are designed to enhance the travel range
Piezo Output
and control of Thorlabs’ NanoMax 300 and NanoMax 600 Series of
▼ SECTIONS flexure stages (see pages 558 – 559 and 570 – 571, respectively). The DRV120 Piezo Input
Adjustment Screws
actuator, which is directly compatible with these stages, provides a travel range of
20 µm with 5 nm resolution. The positional feedback is provided by a strain gauge
Micrometers mounted directly to the piezo element. The DRV181 offers 80 µm of travel without
feedback and provides a convenient electrical feedthrough for daisy chaining mulitple
Piezoelectric
Actuators piezo extenders together using a single controller, if bandwidth is not a significant
factor. DRV181
Motorized
Actuators
Tutorials
DAV120 Strain Gauge

MCA1 Connector Pin Out
By using our MCA1 or MCA2 Quick-

Connect Adapter, these piezoelectric
actuators can be fitted to any stages
DRV120 Shown with DRV3
(See Page 603)
accepting a Ø3/8" (MCA1) or Ø10 mm
7-Pin LEMO
(MCA2) mounting barrel.

DRV120 $ 995.00 £ 716.40 € 865,65 ¥ 7,930.15 Piezoelectric Actuator with Feedback, 20 µm Travel
DRV181 $ 995.00 £ 716.40 € 865,65 ¥ 7,930.15 Piezoelectric Actuator without Feedback, 80 µm Travel
Feedback Piezo Element with Differential Micrometer

DRV517
■ Piezo Voltage: 0 - 75 VDC
■ Travel Range:
• Micrometer: 0.5" (12.7 mm)
• Piezo: 30 µm Ø0.375" (Ø9.5 mm)
■ Resolution: Barrel
• Micrometer: 1 µm (Calculated)
• Piezo: 10 nm (Calculated)
The DRV517 Combination Actuator provides 0.5" (12.7 mm) of differential

adjustment with 1 µm resolution and 30 µm of piezoelectric adjustment with
10 nm resolution (closed-loop). Positional
Application feedback is provided via a 7-pin LEMO Strain Gauge
Idea connection that can be used in conjunction Connector Pin Out
with our apt™ series of piezo controllers
RollerBlock™ with (see pages 636 – 645). The Ø0.375"
Piezo-Assisted Micrometer (Ø9.5 mm) mounting barrel provides
(See Pages 542 - 543) compatibility with standard Ø3/8"
mounting bores.

DRV517 $ 1,195.00 £ 860.40 € 1.039,65 ¥ 9,524.15 Combo Piezoelectric Actuator/Micrometer with Piezo Feedback
Motion Control
Piezoelectric Actuators without Feedback

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages

■ Permanent Preload
Multi-Axis
■ Piezo Voltage: PAA009 Actuator
Platforms
0 to 75 VDC with Included PAA001 Tip
■ 3 m Cable with Female SMC Connector Actuators
■ Operating Temperature:
-20 to 80° C Controllers
The PAS Series of Piezoelectric Actuators provide a
convenient mounting package with adjustment ranges of
SECTIONS ▼
20 mm, 40 mm, or 100 mm. Each actuator is shipped
Removable Tip with a PAA001 flat tip, which adds 3 mm to the overall Adjustment Screws
length of the actuator when attached. The tip can be
Ø0.50" removed and replaced with a PAA005 ball tip (see below). Micrometers
(Ø12.7 mm)
The TPZ001 or MDT694A are both ideal controllers Piezoelectric
0.30" to drive the PAS-series of actuators (see pages 636 – 637 Actuators
(7.5 mm) Motorized
L and 640).
(Without Tip) Actuators
Tutorials
ITEM # $ £ € RMB L TRAVEL RESOLUTION CAPACITANCE
PAS005 $ 439.06 £ 316.12 € 381,98 ¥ 3,499.31 2.24" (57 mm) 20.0 m 20.0 nm 3.6 µF
PAS009 $ 679.71 £ 489.39 € 591,35 ¥ 5,417.29 3.66" (93 mm) 40.0 m 40.0 nm 7.2 µF
PAS015 $ 1,463.48 £ 1,053.71 € 1.273,23 ¥ 11,663.94 7.91" (201 mm) 100.0 m 100.0 nm 18 µF
End Tips for PAS/PAZ Series

The PAA001 is a replacement for the flat tip that is standard on PAS and PAZ series
actuators. The PAA005 is a ball tip that can be used as an alternative to the standard flat
tip. These tips are precision machined from durable stainless steel.
PAA001 PAA005
ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION ∆L*
PAA001 $ 21.00 £ 15.12 € 18,27 ¥ 167.37 Piezo Actuator Tip, Flat End 3 mm
PAA005 $ 36.80 £ 26.50 € 32,02 ¥ 293.30 Piezo Actuator Tip, Ball End 7 mm Piezo
* Length added to PAS or PAZ Series actuators when using tip.
Controllers
Piezo Actuators with Strain Gauge Feedback
Position Sensing
Cable Connection
SMC Cable
Connection
Removable Tip
1.87"
(47.5 mm)
PAZ009 Actuator with Ø0.50"
(Ø12.7 mm)
See pages
Included PAA001 Tip 636 - 645
0.30" 1.26"
(7.5 mm) (32 mm)
The PAZ series of piezoelectric actuators provides a wide
selection of travel ranges (20 to 100 µm), the flexibility of (Without Tip)
replaceable tips, and feedback via a 7-pin LEMO connector that can
be used in conjunction with our apt™ series of piezo controllers (see
pages 636 – 645). The Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) mounting barrel provides
compatibility with standard Ø1/2" (Ø12.7 mm) mounting bores. A ITEM # TRAVEL LENGTH L RESOLUTION CAPACITANCE
PAA001 (shown above) tip comes standard with each actuator. When PAZ005 20 µm 2.24" (57 mm) 5.0 nm 3.6 µF
used the PAA001 tip adds 3 mm to the overall length of the actuator. PAZ009 40 µm 3.66" (93 mm) 10.0 nm 7.2 µF
It can be removed and replaced with a PAA005 ball tip actuator.
PAZ015 100 µm 7.91" (201 mm) 25.0 nm 18 µF

PAZ005 $ 816.31 £ 587.74 € 710,19 ¥ 6,505.99 Piezoelectric Actuator with Feedback, 20 µm Travel
PAZ009 $ 1,083.05 £ 779.80 € 942,25 ¥ 8,631.91 Piezoelectric Actuator with Feedback, 40 µm Travel
PAZ015 $ 1,933.85 £ 1,392.37 € 1.682,45 ¥ 15,412.78 Piezoelectric Actuator with Feedback, 100 µm Travel
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Piezoelectric Actuator

Manual Stages Manual Control
The PE4 incorporates one of our piezoelectric stacks 4 mm of Travel
Piezoelectric Stack Embedded in
Actuator Body, 15 µm of Travel
Motorized Stages (Item # AE0505D16F see below) and a manual 3/16" x 100
leadscrew. The manual adjuster has better than 1 µm resolution,
Multi-Axis
Platforms which complements the 15 µm range of the piezo stack. When the PE4
PE4 is combined with our MDT694A or TPZ001 driver (see pages
Actuators Ball Tip
640 and 636 - 637), translation on the order of 10 nm is achievable.
Controllers ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION Ø3/8" Barrel
PE4 $ 479.60 £ 345.31 € 417,25 ¥ 3,822.41 Piezoelectric Actuator, 4 mm of Coarse/15 µm of Fine Travel
▼ SECTIONS
Adjustment Screws Piezoelectric Actuators
Micrometers
Operating Precautions
Piezoelectric ■ Do Not Use in Highly Flammable
Actuators
Environments
Motorized
■ Always Ensure Proper Drive Polarity (Red +)
Actuators
■ Do Not Exceed 85 °C
Tutorials AE0505D08F
6.5 mm x 6.5 mm x 10 mm
AE0203D08F
These piezoelectric actuators transform electrical 3.5 mm x 4.5 mm x 10 mm
energy into precisely controlled mechanical displacements.
They are ideal for applications requiring rapid, precise
positional changes on the nanometer or micrometer scale.
A room-temperature epoxy, such as F120 on page 423, is the
recommended method for making connections to these
piezoelectric stacks. When mounting, avoid bending forces and
center the mechanical load on the piezoelectric end faces. If the
actuator is incorporated into a design that calls for a preload, it
is recommended that the preload not exceed 50% of the
specified clamping force, which is 45 lbs for AE0203 models AE0203D04F AE0505D16F
and 190 lbs for AE0505 models. 3.5 mm x 4.5 mm x 5 mm 6.5 mm x 6.5 mm x 20 mm
■ Fast Response Time: 3x Resonant Frequency ■ Recommended Drivers:

■ Drive Voltage: 0 - 150 VDC MDT693A, MDT694A,
■ Operating Temperature Range: -25 to 85 °C TPZ001, and BPC203
(See Pages 636 - 643)
MDT693A
DISPLACEMENT DISPLACEMENT CAPACITANCE RESONANT

ITEM # $ £ € RMB @ 150 V @ 100 V @ 1 kHz, 1 VRMS FREQUENCY
AE0203D04F $ 72.80 £ 52.42 € 63,34 ¥ 580.22 4.6 ± 1.5 µm 3.0 ± 1.5 µm 0.09 µF ±20% 261 kHz
AE0203D08F $ 79.80 £ 57.46 € 69,43 ¥ 636.01 9.1 ± 1.5 µm 6.1 ± 1.5 µm 0.18 µF ±20% 138 kHz
AE0505D08F $ 130.80 £ 94.18 € 113,80 ¥ 1,042.48 9.1 ± 1.5 µm 6.1 ± 1.5 µm 0.75 µF ±20% 138 kHz
AE0505D16F $ 153.30 £ 110.38 € 133,37 ¥ 1,221.80 17.4 ± 2.0 µm 11.6 ± 2.0 µm 1.40 µF ±20% 69 kHz
Low-Voltage Actuator, Full Displacement at 100 V

This low-voltage actuator transforms electrical energy into
Operating Precautions precisely controlled mechanical displacements. The
15 µm @ 100 Volts
■ Do Not Use in Highly maximum displacement of 15 µm is achieved at the
Flammable Environments maximum input voltage (100 V).
■ Always Ensure Proper
When mounting, avoid bending forces by centering the
Drive Polarity (Red +)
■ Do Not Exceed 85 °C
mechanical load on the piezoelectric end faces. If the
actuator is incorporated into a design that calls for a preload,
AE0505D18F
it is recommended that the preload not exceed 95 lbs. 6.5 mm x 6.5 mm x 18 mm
Applying a Drive Voltage in Excess of the 100 V can Cause the Actuator to Fail
DISPLACEMENT CLAMPING CAPACITANCE RESONANT
ITEM # $ £ € RMB @ 100 V FORCE @ 1 kHz, 1 V RMS FREQUENCY
AE0505D18F $ 196.00 £ 141.12 € 170,52 ¥ 1,562.12 15 µm ± 10% 192 lbs (853 N) 1.6 µF 69 kHz
Motion Control
Piezoelectric Actuator Fitted with a Strain Gauge

CHAPTERS ▼
Blue (+Ve) Manual Stages

R2 (ref) R1 (active)
■ Drive Voltage: 150 V PZS001 Multi-Axis
6.5 mm x 6.5 mm x 20 mm V0 Output Voltage of Platforms
■ Displacement: 17.4 ± 2 µm
Bridge Arm Resistance: 350 Ω
Full Bridge V0
■ Actuators
Vex Excitation Voltage
■ Piezo Capacitance: 1.4 µF
■ Resonant Frequency: 69 kHz R4 R3 Controllers
(active) (ref)
■ Gauge Factor: 2 ± 2%
Yellow (-Ve) SECTIONS ▼
Red (+Ve) Black (-Ve)
Vex Adjustment Screws
The PZS001 is comprised from an AE0505D16F Bridge Excitation Voltage
piezoelectric actuator with a built-in strain gauge bridge Micrometers
that is used to monitor the amount of piezo displacement. Piezoelectric
The strain gauge feedback and fast response time makes Actuators
this actuator ideal for use in applications that require Note: In order to use a strain gauge reader like the TSG001 (see Motorized
precise nanometer positioning. They are designed to be pages 638 – 639) to monitor the feedback, the strain gauge must Actuators
incorporated into OEM products to form a tightly first be connected to a pre-amplification circuit like the AMP002 Tutorials
controlled, high-speed, closed-loop actuator. listed below.
DISPLACEMENT DISPLACEMENT CAPACITANCE RESONANT

ITEM # $ £ € RMB @ 150 V @100 V @1 kHz, 1 V RMS FREQUENCY
PZS001 $ 175.00 £ 126.00 € 152,25 ¥ 1,394.75 17.4 ± 2.0 µm 11.6 ± 2.0 µm 1.40 µF 69 kHz
Strain Gauge Preamp Circuits AMP002
The AMP002 is a pre-amplification circuit for full bridge strain gauges.

The printed circuit board has four solder points for the full bridge strain
gauge leads and a 9-pin D-type connector for connecting to a strain
gauge reader. The cable required to connect the circuit to the TSG001
(pages 638 – 639) stand-alone strain gauge reader or the BPC203 controller
(pages 642 – 643) is also included. The circuit contains two resistive pots,
one to continuously vary the circuit’s gain from 1 to 10,000 and the other
to apply a DC offset that can be used to balance the full bridge strain gauge. These units provide the required input voltage to the
strain gauge circuit when connected to a Thorlabs strain gauge reader. If used with a third party device, the circuit requires
+15 VDC and -15VDC.

AMP002 $ 161.50 £ 116.28 € 140,51 ¥ 1,287.16 Strain Gauge Preamp Board with Cover
Mounted Piezo Actuator
Specifications TLK-PZT1
■ Mounted AE0505D08F Actuator
■ Drive Voltage: 150 V
■ Max Displacement: 9.1 µm
The TLK-PZT1 is an AE0505D08F piezo actuator in
■ M12 x 1.25 Threaded Housing
a M12 x 1.25 threaded mount. Although it has been designed for use with our
■ BNC Controller Connector Tunable Laser Kits (see pages 1286 – 1299), its housing allows it to be integrated
into a number of applications.

TLK-PZT1 $ 270.00 £ 194.40 € 234,90 ¥ 2,151.90 Mounted Piezo Adjuster, 9.1 µm Travel
04_MotorizedActutrs_608-611.qxd.P:608-611 7/26/11 3:05 PM Page 608
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS DC Servo Motorized Actuators

Manual Stages Our Z8 series of motorized actuators are engineered for use with optical
positioning devices. The high-resolution design, which is incorporated into
Motorized Stages
a compact, lightweight package, makes these actuators ideal for demanding
Multi-Axis optical laboratory automation applications. Additional features include an
Platforms
optical rotary encoder for closed-loop operation as well as improved
Actuators commercial built-in limit switches that provide overdrive protection and
precise homing accuracy.
Controllers
The units are shipped with 1.6' (0.5 m) of cable. An 8' (2.5 m) extension
M SECTIONS cable (PAA632, see page 437) is available separately.
Adjustment Screws
Specifications Features
I
I Travel Range Compact 12 VDC Servo Actuator
Micrometers
• Z806: 0.24" (6 mm) I New High-Speed Design
Piezoelectric • Z812: 0.47" (12 mm) I High Resolution via Precision Rotary Encoder
Actuators
• Z825: 0.98" (25 mm) I Planetary Reduction Gearbox for High Loads
Motorized
I Recommended Controller: TDC001 I Compatible with Thorlabs' Range of Positioning Stages
I
Actuators
I Max Velocity: 3 mm/s Limit Switches for Zero Position and Actuator Protection
Tutorials I
I
Compatible with Thorlabs' TDC001 T-Cube Controller
Bidirectional Repeatability: <1.5 µm
I High-Precision Rotary Encoder (512 Encoder counts/rev and 67:1
I Backlash (with Preload): <8 µm Gear Head Yields 34,304 Encoder counts/rev of the Leadscrew)
I Min Incremental Movement: 0.05 µm Ø0.59" Ø0.38"
I Max On-Axis Load Capacity (Vertical): (Ø15.0 mm) Spherical Tip Ø4 mm (Ø0.16") (Ø9.5 mm)
10 lbs (4.5 kg)
I Max On-Axis Load Capacity
(Horizontal): L1
20 lbs (9 kg) L2
I
L3
Home Location Accuracy: <2 µm Travel
I
Range
Leadscrew Pitch: 1 mm
I Encoder Lines: 512 Note: It is recommended that the leadscrews of the Z8 motors be lubricated
I Planetary Gear Head Ratio: 67:1 every 50,000 cycles or 6 months. The GKZ8 Greasing Kit is suitable for both
standard and vacuum compatible Z8 actuators. See page 448 for more details.
ITEM # $ £ € RMB L1 inch (mm) L2 inch (mm) L3 inch (mm) DESCRIPTION

Z806 $ 475.00 £ 342.00 € 413,25 ¥ 3,785.75 4.05 (103.0) 4.40 (112.0) 4.48 (114.0) 6 mm Motorized Actuator with 1/4"-80 Threaded Barrel
Z812 $ 485.00 £ 349.20 € 421,95 ¥ 3,865.45 4.48 (113.9) 4.83 (122.9) 5.03 (127.9) 12 mm Motorized Actuator with 1/4"-80 Threaded Barrel
Z812B $ 485.00 £ 349.20 € 421,95 ¥ 3,865.45 4.48 (113.9) 4.83 (122.9) 5.03 (127.9) 12 mm Motorized Actuator with Ø3/8" Barrel
Z825B $ 495.00 £ 356.40 € 430,65 ¥ 3,945.15 5.48 (139.3) 6.07 (154.3) 6.19 (157.3) 25 mm Motorized Actuator with Ø3/8" Barrel
GKZ8 $ 14.00 £ 10.08 € 12,18 ¥ 111.58 N/A N/A N/A Grease Kit for Z8 and ZST Series Actuators
Vacuum-Rated DC Servo Motorized Actuators

Our vacuum-compatible, motorized actuators offer the same great
functionality as our standard Z8 Series actuators. The only
difference is that they are equipped with vacuum-rated servo
motors, have a phosphorus bronze internal coupling mechanism,
and are fabricated using high vacuum grease.
Spherical Tip
Ø0.16"
(Ø4.0 mm)
Ø0.69" Ø0.38"
(Ø17.5 mm) (Ø9.5 mm)
Features
I Vacuum Rated to 10-6 Torr L1
I
L2
Ø3/8" or 1/4"-80 Mounting Barrel
I
L3
Same Specifications as the Z8 Series Above Travel
Range
ITEM # $ £ € RMB L1 inch (mm) L2 inch (mm) L3 inch (mm) DESCRIPTION
Z806V $ 675.00 £ 486.00 € 587,25 ¥ 5,379.75 4.05 (103.0) 4.40 (112.0) 4.48 (114.0) 6 mm Vacuum-Rated Actuator w/ 1/4"-80 Threaded Barrel
Z812V $ 685.00 £ 493.20 € 595,95 ¥ 5,459.45 4.48 (113.9) 4.83 (122.9) 5.03 (127.9) 12 mm Vacuum-Rated Actuator w/ 1/4"-80 Threaded Barrel
Z812BV $ 685.00 £ 493.20 € 595,95 ¥ 5,459.45 4.48 (113.9) 4.83 (122.9) 5.03 (127.9) 12 mm Vacuum-Rated Actuator w/ Ø3/8" Barrel
Z825BV $ 695.00 £ 500.40 € 604,65 ¥ 5,539.15 5.48 (139.3) 6.07 (154.3) 6.19 (157.3) 25 mm Vacuum-Rated Actuator w/ Ø3/8" Barrel
GKZ8 $ 14.00 £ 10.08 € 12,18 ¥ 111.58 N/A N/A N/A Grease Kit for Z8 and ZST Series Actuators
Motion Control
Stepper Motor Actuators

CHAPTERS M
Our ZST actuators provide smooth, precise, linear motion control in a compact package. Manual Stages
Powered by a small-diameter, dual-phase stepper motor, these actuators operate at speeds up
to 0.5 mm/s and are capable of moving loads of up to 12 lbs. Mounting options include a Motorized Stages
high-tolerance Ø0.375" mounting barrel for fastening into any application compatible with Multi-Axis
our precision micrometer heads (see pages 599 – 603), including our popular PT1 translation Platforms
stages. A 1/4"-80 threaded barrel is also offered for use with any standard manual mirror Actuators
mount using 1/4"-80 threaded adjusters.
Controllers
Electromechanical limit switches prevent the unit from being overdriven and provide homing
SECTIONS M
capability with better than 10 µm accuracy. The rear-mounted, high-density push/pull connectors
offer a durable, compact connectivity solution.
ZST-CAB2 Adjustment Screws
Cable Included with Purchase of Actuator
These Stepper Motor Actuators include a ZST-CAB2 cable, which has a hirose connector on one
end and a 15-Pin, D-type connector on the other end for use with the TST001 Stepper Motor
Micrometers
Controller (see pages 630 – 631). Additional replacement cables can be purchased separately.
Piezoelectric
Actuators
Specifications
I I I
Motorized
Nominal Supply Current Operating Mode: Current Limited Max Load: 12 lbs (5.5 kg) Actuators
(100% Duty Cycle): 0.25 A I Number of Phases: 2 I Gear Reduction: 76:1
I I I
Tutorials
Phase Resistance (20 °C): 12.5 Ω Max Speed: 0.5 mm/s Leadscrew Pitch: 0.5 mm
I Phase Inductance (1 kHz): 5.5 mH I Full Step Angle: 15° I Limit Switch: Mechanical
I Holding Torque (with Nominal I Steps/Rev of Motor: 24 I Max Winding Temp:
Current in Both Phases): 65 oz/in (3,072 µsteps/rev)* 266 °F (130 °C)
*Based on use with the TST001 series controller.
Travel 0.41"
Range (10 mm)
A ZSTxx
1/4"-80 Thread
0.80"
(20 mm)
Interface Connector 0.156" Ball Tip 0.38" ZSTxxB

(4 mm) (10 mm)
0.41"
Note: It is recommended that the leadscrews of (10 mm)
the ZST motors be lubricated every 50,000 cycles ITEM # A B C
or 6 months, whichever comes first. The GKZ8 ZST6B 0.26" (6 mm) 4.26" (108 mm) 3.78" (96 mm)
GKZ8
Greasing Kit provides an easy to use and cost ZST13B 0.51" (13 mm) 4.77" (121 mm) 4.28" (109 mm)
effective solution. See page 448 for more details.
ZST25B 1.00" (25 mm) 5.72" (146 mm) 5.31" (135 mm)
ITEM # $ £ € RMB TRAVEL BUSHING

ZST6 $ 576.30 £ 414.94 € 501,38 ¥ 4,593.11 0.25" (6 mm) 1/4"-80 Threaded
ZST6B $ 576.30 £ 414.94 € 501,38 ¥ 4,593.11 0.25" (6 mm) 3/8" Barrel
ZST13 $ 601.80 £ 433.30 € 523,57 ¥ 4,796.35 0.50" (13 mm) 1/4"-80 Threaded
ZST13B $ 601.80 £ 433.30 € 523,57 ¥ 4,796.35 0.50" (13 mm) 3/8" Barrel
ZST25 $ 627.30 £ 451.66 € 545,75 ¥ 4,999.58 1.00" (25 mm) 1/4"-80 Threaded
ZST25B $ 627.30 £ 451.66 € 545,75 ¥ 4,999.58 1.00" (25 mm) 3/8" Barrel
GKZ8 $ 14.00 £ 10.08 € 12,18 ¥ 111.58 Grease Kit for Z8 and ZST Series Actuators
ZST-CAB2 $ 76.50 £ 55.08 € 66,56 ¥ 609.71 Replacement Cable for ZST Actuators
T-Cube aptTM USB Single-Channel

Controllers and Power Supplies
The unique T-Cube motor controllers are compact, high-resolution, single-channel drivers. The TST001
offers easy manual or automated control of our ZST motor series. All T-Cube controllers feature apt™
software and a USB interface.
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Modular Stepper Motor Actuator, 8 mm (0.31") Travel

Manual Stages
■ Ideal for MAX300 (See Page 558 - 559) and MAX600
Motorized Stages
(See Pages 570 - 571) Series Stages
Multi-Axis ■ Non-Rotating Tip
Platforms Quick-Connect
■ Modular Quick-Connect Adapter Fitting
Actuators • Compatible with MAX Series Stages
DRV001
• Compatible with Modular Piezo Actuators
Controllers (See Pages 604 - 607)
■ Manual Adjustment Knob
▼ SECTIONS ■ Compatible Controllers: BSC203 (See Pages 642 - 643)
Adjustment Screws
The DRV001 Stepper Motor Actuator has a travel range of 0.31"
Micrometers
(8 mm) and is equipped with a quick-connect fitting that ideal for
MCA1
Piezoelectric use with our MAX300 and MAX600 series stages. The actuator has
Actuators a measured minimum step size of 60 nm and is capable of speeds
Motorized up to 4 mm/s. The powerful stepper motor is capable of handling
Actuators
a load capacity of up to 48 lbs (22 kg).
Tutorials
The MCA1 and MCA2 attach directly to the DRV001 and
Stepper
convert the quick-connect mounting feature into a standard Motor
Ø3/8" (MCA1) or Ø10 mm (MCA2) mounting barrel. Drive Position
Indicator
1.65"
SPECIFICATION VALUE (42 mm) Sq.
Travel 8 mm (0.31") Ø0.98" (Ø25 mm)

Locking Ring
Max Load Capacity 48 lbs (21.8 kg)
Bidirectional Repeatability 0.5 µm 4.43"
Mounting Face (112.5 mm)
Minimum Incremental Movement 0.06 µm
Ø0.12" (Ø3 mm)
Speed Range 0.5 µm/s to 4 mm/s Drive Rod
Ø0.98"
Motor Type 2 Phase Stepper (Ø25.0 mm)
Lead Screw Pitch 0.5 mm 0.74" Damper

(19 mm) Nom Knob
Full Step Angle 1.8º + 0.31" (8 mm) Travel
Cable
Micro Steps per Motor Revolution* 25,600 Entry
*When using a compatible controller like the BSC203 (pages 642 - 643) Please refer to our website for complete models and drawings.

DRV001 $ 585.00 £ 421.20 € 508,95 ¥ 4,662.45 0.31" (8 mm) of Travel, Stepper Motor Actuator
ScienceDesk™ Workstations
Thorlabs’ ScienceDesk™ is a modular workstation with a versatile selection
of frames and optional accessories that allows you to build a customized,
ergonomic work space for your specific application. New to the line is an
active-air frame and 5' x 6' (1500 mm x 1800 mm) breadboard designed to
accommodate a multiphoton imaging setup.
Rigid, Passive, and Active-Air Welded Steel Frames
Stainless Steel Tabletop (With or Without Holes; Nonmagnetic Options
Modular System of Accessories

SDA150180 Frame also Available)
and PerfomancePlus Breadboard
shown with Thorlabs’ MPM200
Multiphoton Microscopy System
Motion Control
Stepper Motor with Trapezoidal Drives

CHAPTERS M
1" (25 mm) or 2" (50 mm) Travel Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
These stepper motor drives have a trapezoidal screw
thread for clean, wear-resistant operation. The DRV013 Multi-Axis
Platforms
drive offers 1" (25 mm) of travel while the DRV014 drive
offers 2" (50 mm). Both units, which are compatible with Actuators
our TravelMax series of manual stages (see pages 492 –
493 and 496 - 497). When used with one of our stepper DRV013 Controllers
SECTIONS M
motor controllers, such as the BSC101, they can achieve
better than 50 nm resolution, a maximum speed of SPECIFICATION DRV013 DRV014
8 mm/s, and less than 1 µm bidirectional repeatability. Travel 1" (25 mm) 2" (50 mm)
Adjustment Screws
The DRV013 and DRV014 are capable of driving loads Load Capacity 48 lbs (22 kg) 66 lbs (30 kg)
as high as 48 lbs (22 kg) and 66 lbs (30 kg) respectively. Main Screw 1 mm Pitch Trapezoid Micrometers
The LNR50S is a motorized version of our TravelMax
Limit Switches Ceramic Tipped, Electro-Mechanical Piezoelectric
series of stages that features our TravelMax stage with a Actuators
Motor Type 2 Phase Stepper
DRV014 stepper motor attached (see page 514 for more Motorized
Minimum Incremental Movement 50 nm*
details). Actuators
Microsteps per Revolution 25,600
Tutorials
Bidirectional Repeatability <1 µm 0.5 µm
See Our Single-Channel,
Max Speed 8 mm/s
Stepper Motor Controller
Full Step Angle 1.8º
Rated Phase Current 1A
Phase Resistance 4.6 Ω
Phase Inductance 0.6 mH
Holding Torque 23.1 N.cm
Detent Torque 1.7 N.cm
Pages
Rotor Inertia 32 g.cm2
BSC101 632 – 633
*Measured performance using an LNR50M (pages 496 – 497) Stage and BSC101 Controller
6.67"
(169.5 mm) DRV013
Ø0.47"
(Ø12 mm)
Ø0.98"
(Ø25 mm)
1.66"
(42.2 mm)
0.35"
(9 mm) 0.17" (4.2 mm)
0.49" Mounting Holes Cable Entry
(12.5 mm)
1.14" 7.66" DRV014

(29 mm) (194.5 mm)
Typ.
Ø0.47"
(12 mm)
Ø0.98"
(Ø25 mm)
1.66"
(42.2 mm)
0.35" 0.17" (4.2 mm)

(9 mm) Mounting Holes Please refer to our website for
0.49" Cable Entry
(12.5 mm) complete models and drawings.

DRV013 $ 895.00 £ 644.40 € 778,65 ¥ 7,133.15 1" (25 mm) Trapezoidal Stepper Motor
DRV014 $ 995.00 £ 716.40 € 865,65 ¥ 7,930.15 2" (50 mm) Trapezoidal Stepper Motor
05_Actuator_Tutorials_612-614.qxd.P:612-614 7/23/11 2:31 PM Page 612
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Stepper Motors and DC Servo Motors – Tutorial (Page 1 of 2)

Manual Stages
Thorlabs offers a range of stepper and DC motor actuators and Brushed DC Servo Motors
Motorized Stages compatible controllers (pages 626 - 635) for both low- and high- A DC motor works by converting electric power into mechanical
power applications. This section gives a short overview of how energy (movement). This is achieved by the interaction of a
Multi-Axis
Platforms stepper and DC motors operate and some of their features. magnetic field with current carrying coils, which in turn, spins the
Stepper Motors motor. The Z8 Series actuators incorporate optical rotary encoders,
Actuators
Stepper motors move in discrete steps. They fixed to the end of the motor for closed loop position control
Controllers operate on the principle of magnetic operation.
attraction and repulsion to convert digital The diagram below of a single coil motor illustrates the operation
▼ SECTIONS pulses into mechanical shaft rotation. The of a DC motor.
amount of rotation achieved is directly
Adjustment Screws 0 Degrees 90 Degrees
proportional to the number of input C
pulses and the speed is proportional to the
Micrometers Magnets
Coil B
frequency of these pulses. C
Piezoelectric F
B D
Actuators A basic stepper motor has a permanent magnet and/or an iron rotor, F
Motorized surrounded by a stator. The torque required to rotate the stepper A

D
Actuators motor is generated by switching the current in the stator coils as Brushes
A
Tutorials shown in the schematic.
Voltage Voltage
Source Source
Simplified Concept of Stepper Motor Operation
180 Degrees 270 Degrees
B
On
C
B
On F
A
F C
D
On A
D
On
Voltage Voltage
Source Source
Z8 Series DC Servo
Motor Actuator. (See Page
Current flows through 608 for Details)
For Our Stepper Motors Actuators,
Please See Page 609 the coil via the sliding brushes,
which are connected to the voltage source. The
Although the schematic only shows 4 stator coils, in reality a stepper coil is positioned within a magnetic field, the direction of which is
motor will contain numerous tooth-like poles on both the rotator indicated by the blue arrows. At 0° rotation, the brushes are in
and the stator resulting in small positional increments (steps). For contact with the voltage source and current is flowing. The current
example, our ZST Series achieves incremental steps of 1.8° i.e. that flows through the wire from A to B interacts with the magnetic
200 steps/rev. If the current through one coil is increased as it is field and produces a downward force. The current that flows from
decreased in another, the new rotor position is somewhere between C to D has a similar effect, but because the flow is in the opposite
the two coils and the step size is a defined fraction of a full step (a direction with respect to the magnetic field, the force is in the
microstep). When used with an apt™ benchtop or rack-based upward direction. Both forces are of equal magnitude. At 180°, the
stepper motor controller, the smallest angular adjustment is 0.014°, same phenomenon occurs, but segment A-B is forced up and C-D is
resulting in a resolution of 25,600 microsteps per revolution for a forced down. In the 90° and 270° positions, the brushes are not in
200 full step motor. contact with the voltage source and no force is produced. In these
two positions, the rotational kinetic energy of the motor keeps it
Advantages of Stepper Motors spinning until the brushes regain contact. In reality, DC motors
■ Operates in open loop with precise microstep positioning
have several such coils, wound onto an armature, which produces a
without an encoder. more even torque. The magnetic field is provided by an
■ The motor does not contain brushes and hence does not electromagnet.
suffer from wear like brushed DC motors do. This leads
Advantages of DC Servo Motors
to a long operating lifetime. ■ Encoder determines accuracy and resolution
Disadvantages of Stepper Motors ■ Optimized to run at high speeds
■ A current is required to hold the position of the motor.
Disadvantages of DC Servo Motors
When the controller is turned off the motor relaxes to ■ Requires encoder and suitable controller for closed-loop
the nearest full step. positioning.
■ If the applied load is too high, the motor will not step ■ Shorter lifetime due to wear on brushes
and the actuator can lose position. ■ Motor will stall and possibly burn out if the applied
load is greater than the motor’s capacity
Motion Control
Stepper Motors and DC Servo Motors – Tutorial (Page 2 of 2)

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
Features of Motorized Actuators Limit Switches
Velocity Profiles Linear and rotary stages can both contain microswitches that detect Motorized Stages
To prevent the motorized actuator from stalling, it must be ramped certain positions of the stage, but they typically differ in the way
up gradually to its maximum velocity. Certain limits to velocity and these switches are used. Most linear stages have limit switches to Multi-Axis
Platforms
acceleration result from the torque and speed limits of the motor and prevent the stage from accidentally being moved too far in either
direction. Once this switch is activated, the movement of the stage Actuators
should halt. A limit switch can also provide a physical datum used to
Controllers
Velocity define a home position. A rotary stage typically has only one switch,
SECTIONS M
which is used to provide a reference point or home position in order
Maximum
Velocity (v) to improve the accuracy of the stage. Movement is allowed right
through the switch. Adjustment Screws
Acceleration (Slope) A
Micrometers
Stage Limit Switches Datum Switch Piezoelectric
Time Actuators
Graph of a Trapezoidal Velocity Profile
Motorized
Actuators
the inertia and friction of the parts it drives. The motion employed is Tutorials
described by a trapezoidal velocity profile, reflecting the shape of the Negative Limit Switch Positive Limit Switch
velocity vs. time graph (shown above). This drives the stage to its (or Stop)
destination as quickly as possible without causing it to stall or lose Linear Stage
Rotary Stage
steps. The stage is ramped at acceleration “A” to a maximum velocity
“V.” As the destination is approached, the stage is decelerated at “-A”
so that the final position is approached slowly in a controlled
manner.
Home Position
Precision Motion Control for
Each motor in the system has an associated electronic counter, which
keeps a record of the current position in microsteps (for stepper
Research, Industrial R&D, and
motors), or encoder counts (for brushed DC motors). If the control
PC is requested to report the position, the value of this counter is
High-Precision Manufacturing
converted back into position units. When the system is powered up,
the counters in the controller are all set to zero, and consequently,
the system has no way of knowing the position of the stage in
relation to any physical datum. A datum can be established by
sending all the motors to their home positions which are set during
manufacturing; the motor is initialized by driving the motor until
the negative limit switch is reached and then driving positively a
fixed distance (zero offset). When at the home position, the counters
are reset to zero thereby establishing a fixed datum.
Note: During a manual move, (i.e. if the motor shaft is turned by
hand) no signal is sent to the motor, the counter is not updated, and
any subsequent position reporting will be false until the motor is See Pages 548 – 549 for Details
returned to the home position via the initialization procedure.
T-Cube aptTM USB Single-Channel

Controllers and Power Supplies
The unique T-Cube motor controllers are compact, high-resolution, single-channel drivers for
easy manual or automated control of many of our actuators. They feature apt™ software and
a USB interface.
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Piezoelectric Actuators – Tutorial

Manual Stages
The Piezoelectric Effect be constructed as a stack, consisting of many laminated layers of active material
Motorized Stages The Piezoelectric effect is a basic material sandwiched between electrodes.
characteristic whereby certain types of crystalline Using this stacked design, the distance from the positive to negative electrodes can
Multi-Axis materials expand reversibly when subjected to an
Platforms be made very small, and a large field gradient can therefore be obtained. With this
electric field. approach, maximum displacements in the range of 10 to 50 µm are possible, with
Actuators
drive voltages of around 100 V. As a comparison, using single layer bulk
Controllers piezoelectric components often requires maximum drive voltages in the range of
1000 V. Even with these high voltages a bulk piezoelectric element would typically
▼ SECTIONS only provide sub-micron movement.
Photograph showing Hysteresis Open-Loop Control
Adjustment Screws a packaged piezoelectric Despite the very high resolution of
actuator. This actuator Position
Micrometers series provides up to 100 µm piezoelectric actuators, an inherent
of displacement and incorporates a problem is the significant amount of
Piezoelectric strain gauge displacement sensor (see page 605).
Actuators
hysteresis they exhibit (i.e., the
Motorized
tendency of the actuator to reach
Actuators
Although the amount of expansion is usually very a final position that lags behind the
small (corresponding to less than 1% strain in the demand position).
Tutorials material), it can be controlled extremely precisely Piezoelectric Voltage
by varying the strength of the electric field. If a cyclical voltage is applied to the Hysteresis
Piezoelectric materials have, for many years, actuator, the positions reached on the
formed the basis of very high-precision actuators upward sweep are smaller than those
Closed-Loop Control
capable of atomic scale resolution. In fact, the achieved on the downward sweep. If
Real Position
resolution of these actuators is typically limited by position is plotted against voltage, the
the noise and stability of the drive electronics used graph exhibits a classic hysteresis loop
to generate the electric fields, hence the noise as shown in the plot (above right).
specifications of any potential piezoelectric Position Sensing and Feedback
controller should be carefully evaluated against the Hysteresis can be eliminated by using a
requirements of the application. Moreover, the position sensor and feedback loop; the
force generated by the expansion of a piezoelectric sensor measures the position, the
material is typically very large, often reaching into circuit subtracts the measured position Demand Position
the range of hundreds of Newtons. from the demand position to obtain a
Perhaps the most useful property of these measure of the error, and a feedback loop adjusts the voltage to the actuator until
actuators is their ability to produce high speed the error is driven to zero. This servo-loop feature is standard with all of our apt™
repetitive motion, which is usually limited by the family of piezoelectric controllers.
mechanical system that is being driven rather than Some piezoelectric nanopositioning actuators have position sensing, others do
by the piezoelectric material itself. This high-speed not. The apt™ piezoelectric controller fully supports both types, the photograph
response of a piezoelectric actuator is used to above shows one of our piezoelectric actuators that incorporates a strain gauge
considerable advantage in the NanoTrak™ displacement sensor.
control system (see pages 646 - 651). Open- and Closed-Loop Control
One of the drawbacks of piezoelectric materials is The result of using closed-loop control is a linear relationship between the
that the electric field gradient needed to produce a requested position and the actual position (see the plot entitled Closed-Loop
useful amount of expansion is quite large. To Control), in contrast to open loop control (see the plot entitled Open-Loop
reduce the required drive voltage, the actuator can Control).
Piezoelectric Stack Diagram Piezoelectric System Schematic Diagram
Expansion Open-loop Control Moving
Part
Piezoelectric
Material Input Amp Actuator
+Ve Voltage
Drive Voltage
Moving
Closed-loop Control Part
-Ve
Demand Amp
Circuit Actuator
Position
Electrodes
Photograph of a Piezoelectric Stack (shown right):
20 mm long with 17 µm of displacement at 150 V. See our Sensor
Real Position
complete selection of piezoelectric stacks on pages 604 - 607.
01_T-cube Overview_615-621.qxd.P:515-621 7/25/11 5:16 PM Page 615
Motion Control
Selection Guide
Controller Selection Guide

Overview
Pages 616 - 625
DC Servo Controllers
Pages 626 - 629
Stepper Motor Controller

Pages 630 - 635
Piezo and Strain Gauge Controllers

Pages 636 - 645
NanoTrak Autoalignment Controller

Pages 646 - 651
Solenoid Controller
Pages 652 - 653
aptTM Control Software Overview

Pages 654 - 656
Tutorials
Pages 657 - 659
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
T-Cube Controller Family Overview (Page 1 of 4)
Manual Stages
Motorized Stages Overview

Multi-Axis The T-Cube product line provides a compact and scalable system of
Platforms drivers that facilitate the automation of devices on optical table
Actuators setups. Specifically, the T-Cubes address the space and cable
management problems that come with device
Controllers automation as well as the compatibility issues that
USB often arise when dealing with the automation of
▼ SECTIONS Interface multiple devices. All the T-Cube controllers have a
manual interface and preprogrammed default
T-Cube Overview
settings that allow for immediate basic control of
Benchtop any compatible device upon connecting the
Overview controller. In addition, each controller has a USB
Rack System interface through which the T-Cube can be
Overview
operated remotely with a computer.
DC Servo
General Information
Stepper Motor
Each T-Cube is shipped attached to a
Piezo/Strain removable base plate that can be easily secured
Gauge to an optical table using a 1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0)
Auto-Alignment cap screw. One side of the T-Cube has the
electrical and optical interfaces for the device it supports,
Solenoid while the opposite side has a Mini-B USB connector (USB A to
apt Control Mini-B cable included) and a power jack.
Software
The top surface of each T-Cube has manual interface controls and readouts.
Tutorials When used individually, each
T-Cube requires its own power
Features supply (not included with the
■ Compact Size T-Cube) and USB connection
■ T-Cube Controller Hub
• Standard Footprint: 2.36" x 2.36" x 1.87" when remote operation is desired.
• Holds up to Six Standard Footprint T-Cubes
(60 mm x 60 mm x 47 mm) However, the T-Cube Controller
• Supports the Range of T-Cubes
• Doublewide Footprint: 4.72" x 2.36" x 1.87" Hub provides power and USB
(120 mm x 60 mm x 47 mm) • Single Cable USB Connectivity connectivity for up to six
■ Manual Interface • Single Power Cable standard footprint T-Cubes. A
■ USB Connectivity ■ ActiveX® Command Modules doublewide footprint T-Cube
• apt™ Software • Easily Create a Custom Interface occupies two spots on the T-
• Plug-and-Play • Supported by LabVIEW, Visual Basic, C++, Cube controller hub.
• Intuitive Graphical Interface and Many Other Programming Environments
T-Cube Power Supply Options

TPS001 TPS101 TPS002 TPS008 TCH002
ITEM # PRODUCT DESCRIPTION 15 VDC PSU 5 VDC PSU ±15 V/5 V x 2 PSU 15 VDC x 8 PSU USB Hub
TLS001 Laser Source T-Cube ✔ ✔
TTC001 TEC Controller T-Cube ✔ ✔
TLD001 Laser Driver T-Cube ✔ ✔
TQD001 Position Sensing T-Cube ✔ ✔
TNA001/IR NanoTrak Auto-Alignment T-Cube ✔ ✔
TPZ001 Piezo Driver T-Cube ✔ ✔
TSG001 Strain Gauge Reader T-Cube ✔ ✔
TST001 Stepper Motor Driver T-Cube ✔ ✔ ✔
TDC001 DC Servo Motor Driver T-Cube ✔ ✔ ✔
TSC001 Solenoid/Shutter Controller T-Cube ✔ ✔ ✔
LEDD1B* LED Driver T-Cube ✔ ✔

* This controller has no USB connectivity or software interface
Motion Control

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
DC Servo Motor Driver TDC001 – See Pages 626 - 627
Motorized Stages
Multi-Axis
Features Platforms
■ Supports DC Brushed ■ Auto-Configure Function ■ Easy-to-Use Manual
for All Thorlabs’ Z8- Controls with Velocity Actuators
Motors up to 12 V
■ Encoder Feedback for Equipped Stages/Actuators Slider and Jog Buttons
■ Fully Flexible Software Controllers
Control Modes
SECTIONS ▼
The TDC001 T-Cube DC Driver is a compact, single-channel DC servo controller that provides manual and automated control of low- T-Cube Overview
power (up to 15 V/2.5 W), DC-brushed servo motors equipped with encoder feedback. Although ideally suited to drive Thorlabs’ family
Benchtop
of Z8 DC motor-equipped optomechanical products, the TDC001 offers highly flexible software settings and closed-loop tuning, making Overview
it compatible with a wide range of third-party DC servo motor actuators. Rack System
Overview
Stepper Motor Driver TST001 – See Pages 630 - 631
DC Servo
Features Stepper Motor

■ High-Resolution ■ Differential Encoder ■ Easy-to-Use Manual
Piezo/Strain
Microstepping Feedback for Closed-Loop Controls with Velocity Gauge
■ Supports 2-Phase, Bipolar, Positioning Slider and Jog Buttons
Low-Power Stepper ■ Compatible with Thorlabs' Auto-Alignment
Motors ZST Actuators
Solenoid
The TST001 T-Cube Stepper Driver is a compact, single-channel controller that provides manual and automated control of small, apt Control
Software
2-phase, low-power (up to 15 V/5 W), bipolar stepper motors. The controller incorporates a powerful DSP controller, giving this compact
unit high-resolution microstepping capability. Although ideally suited to drive Thorlabs’ ZST stepper motor series, the TST001 is fully Tutorials
configurable, allowing it to support a wide range of third-party stepper motor actuators.

Piezo Driver TPZ001 – See Pages 636 - 637
Features
■ Drive Voltage Digital ■ Low-Voltage Monitor ■ Voltage Ramp/Waveform
Display Output (SMA) Generation Capability
■ Low-Voltage Driver Input ■ Closed-Loop Operation
(SMA) with T-Cube Strain Gauge
Reader Unit
The TPZ001 T-Cube Piezo Driver is a very compact, single-channel controller that provides manual and automated nanometer-level
motion control of Thorlabs’ open-loop, piezo-actuated nanopositioning actuators and stages. The controller is capable of delivering up to
150 V of drive voltage at 7.5 mA, thereby allowing an operating bandwidth up to 1 kHz when using a piezo element with 1 µF of
capacitance. When operated together with the T-Cube Strain Gauge Reader (TSG001), high-precision, closed-loop operation is possible
using our line of feedback-equipped piezo actuators.
NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment Controller TNA001/IR – See Pages 646 - 647
Features
■ Auto-Alignment for ■ Replacement Si ■ Operating Mode Select via
Optimum Coupling Photodiode Available Top Panel Buttons
Efficiency Separately ■ Operates with TPZ001
■ Integrated InGaAs ■ Power Range and Signal T-Cube Piezo Controllers
Photodiode with FC/PC Level LED Displays
Fiber Connector
The TNA001/IR NanoTrak Auto-Alignment Controller generates the feedback required to position an optical element in two
dimensions for the highest possible optical power throughput. The advanced algorithms used in this standard footprint T-Cube, make
it ideal for low-volume assembly, characterization, and mapping applications. Since the TNA001/IR only provides the piezo position
demand voltage outputs, the TPZ001/IR piezo controllers are required to drive the piezo actuators of the beam steering element or
stage of the system being aligned.
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
Manual Stages
Solenoid/Shutter Controller TSC001 – See Pages 652 - 653
Motorized Stages
Multi-Axis
Platforms Features
Actuators
■ Operating Modes, Manually Selectable ■ Safety Interlock Input
• Manual: User-Controlled On/Off ■ Removable On/Off Key
Controllers • Single: DSP Programmed On/Off ■ Controlled Device State Indicator
• Auto: DSP Programmed On/Off Cycle
• Triggered: Externally Triggered On/Off
▼ SECTIONS
T-Cube Overview
The TSC001 T-Cube Solenoid Controller can be used to control 15 V solenoid-actuated devices like the SH05 shutter (see page 361).
Benchtop The solenoid controller applies a potential of 10 V across the solenoid to hold the solenoid-actuated device in place and provides a 15 V
Overview
pulse to switch the state of the device.
Rack System
Overview
Strain Gauge Reader TSG001 – See Pages 638 - 639
DC Servo
Stepper Motor Features

■ Nanometer-Level Position Resolution with ■ Closed-Loop Operation with T-Cube
Piezo/Strain
Gauge
Thorlabs’ Actuators Piezo Driver
■ Strain Gauge AC Bridge Signal Input ■ Position, Force, or Voltage Readout
Auto-Alignment ■ Five-Digit Position Digital Display
Solenoid
apt Control
Software The TSG001 T-Cube Strain Gauge Reader is a single-channel reader designed to measure, condition (rectify and filter), and display the
feedback signal derived from AC bridge strain gauge systems. The unit is compatible with Thorlabs’ strain gauge-equipped piezo stacks,
Tutorials
actuators, stages, and force sensors. In addition, closed-loop control of a piezo element with a strain gauge can be achieved using the
TSG001 in combination with a TPZ001 T-Cube piezo controller.
Position Sensing Reader TQD001 – See Pages 1586 - 1587
Features
■ Digital Position Reading System for our ■ Open-Loop Mode for Position
Quadrant and Lateral Effect Detectors Measurement
■ Closed-Loop Mode for Auto Alignment ■ Loop Mode Select Using Top Panel Button
■ LED Cross Hairs Position Indication Display
The TQD001 T-Cube Position Sensing Reader interfaces with PDQ80A and PDQ30C Quadrant Detector sensors or a PDP90A Lateral
Effect Sensor. The TQD001 can either be used to measure the position of the beam on the sensor or to generate a signal that can be used
as the feedback input for an automated beam steering element. The signal generated can be used to steer the beam to the center of the
position sensor.
Laser Source Controller TLS001 – See Page 1266
Features
■ FC/PC Optical Output ■ Extended Modulation Input
■ 635 or 1550 nm Wavelengths Available ■ Interlock Safety Circuit
■ Five-Digit Digital Display ■ Removable On/Off Key
The TLS001 T-Cube laser sources are stand-alone modules that combine a pigtailed laser diode and laser diode driver into one compact
package. The pigtail is a single mode fiber that is cleaved at an 8° angle on the laser diode end in order to minimize intensity noise. The
other end of the pigtail connects to an FC/PC mating connector on the TLS001 housing. The T-Cube laser source is available in two
versions: the TLS001-635 emits light at 635 nm and the TLS001-1550 emits light at 1550 nm. The TLS001 unit has a doublewide
footprint and will take up two ports when used with the TCH002 T-Cube hub.
Motion Control

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
Laser Diode Controller TLD001 – See Page 1442
Motorized Stages
Features Multi-Axis
Platforms
■ Constant Current and Constant ■ Removable On/Off Key
Power Modes ■ External Modulation Input Actuators
■ Enable Laser Button ■ Compatible with TTC001 T-Cube TEC
■ Five-Digit Digital Display Controller Controllers
■ Safety Interlock Input
SECTIONS ▼
The TLD001 T-Cube is a full-featured, compact, stand-alone laser diode and LED controller for use with devices that have a compliance T-Cube Overview
voltage of 10 V or less. The output connector is a 9-pin D-type connector that is compatible with Thorlabs’ entire line of laser diode Benchtop
mounts (see pages 1481 - 1492). The TLD001 unit is double the width of the standard T-Cube footprint. As a result, the TLD001 will Overview
take up two ports when used with the T-Cube hub. Rack System
Overview
TEC Controller TTC001 – See Page 1454 DC Servo
Stepper Motor
Features
■ Microcontroller-Based PID Temperature ■ Five-Digit Digital Display Piezo/Strain
Gauge
Control ■ Temperature and Current Limit Setpoints
■ 4 W Output Drive Power ■ Compatible with TLD001 T-Cube Laser Auto-Alignment
■ Operates with Thermistor and IC Temperature Driver
Sensor Solenoid
apt Control
Software
The TTC001 T-Cube TEC Controller is designed to monitor and precisely control the temperature of small thermally sensitive
components like laser diodes and CCD arrays. The unit is capable of supplying a maximum current of ±1 A (4 W max) to a Peltier effect Tutorials
thermoelectric heater/cooler or a resistive heating cartridge while simultaneously monitoring the signal from a standard thermistor or IC
temperature sensor in order to provide closed-loop temperature regulation.
LED Controller LEDD1B – See Page 1494
Features
■ Operating Modes: ■ Adjustable Output Intensity
• Constant Current ■ External Modulation Input
• Modulation Mode ■ Current Limit Adjustable
• Trigger Mode
The LEDD1B T-Cube Controller is a compact, variable-output power supply intended to power LEDs.
The controller has a standard T-Cube footprint and is shipped with a cable that has a connector compatible
with the LEDD1B on one end and bare wires that can be attached to the LED or LED socket on the other
end. In addition, all of the Mounted LEDs sold by Thorlabs can be plugged directly into the LEDD1B.
Laser Diodes, Mounts, and Controllers

Mounts
Thorlabs’ portfolio of products Laser Diodes Controllers
allows our customers to both fill a
specific component need and
build entire systems. We've
recently enlarged our laser diode
offering and now stock higher
powers and additional See pages See pages See pages
wavelengths. 1214-1251 1481 - 1482 1435 - 1448
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS T-Cube™ apt™ USB Controller Hub (Page 1 of 2)

Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
Multi-Axis
Platforms Do More in Less Space with the T-Cube™ Controller Hub
The TCH002 T-Cube Controller Hub is designed to significantly reduce the number of
Actuators
cables required to automate multiple devices and to support large scale implementation of
Controllers the T-Cube family of device drivers. The power and USB connectivity for each T-Cube is
provided by the hub, which eliminates the need for each T-Cube to have individual power
▼ SECTIONS and USB cables.
In addition, the T-Cube controller hub provides a compact mounting surface for up to six
T-Cube Overview
standard or three doublewide footprint T-Cubes. The hub itself can be secured to an optical
Benchtop table either horizontally or vertically using the AP90 bracket (see page 119). Each hub must
Overview
be connected to its own power supply (included). Furthermore, the fully compliant,
Rack System
powered USB 2.0 circuit in each hub
Overview
allows multiple hubs to be connected
DC Servo in series so that only a single USB
cable needs to be connected to the Features
Stepper Motor
controlling PC when computer ■ Compact USB 2.0 Platform
Piezo/Strain control of the T-Cubes is desired. ■ Provides Power and USB Connectivity
Gauge to T-Cubes
Mix and match any combination of
Auto-Alignment ■ Compatible with All T-Cubes
T-Cube™ Controllers to build your
■ Horizontal or Vertical Mounting
own custom, multichannel driver to Optical Tables
Solenoid
arrangement in an extremely ■ Reduced Cable Management –
apt Control compact footprint.
Software
Single USB Communication and Power
Cable
Tutorials ■ USB Input/Output for Connecting
Multiple Controller Hubs Together
■ Six T-Cube Ports
■ Standard Footprint T-Cubes
TCH002
Require One Port
Mounted Vertically with an
AP90 Bracket ■ Doublewide Footprint T-Cubes
All T-Cubes Sold Separately Require Two Ports
0.85"
(21.5 mm)
14.82"
(376.5 mm)
1.85"
(47.0 mm)
3.39" 4.61"
(86.0 mm) 2.36" (117.0 mm)
(60.0 mm)
2.36" 1.18" 0.16"

(60.0 mm) (30.0 mm) (4.0 mm)
Motion Control
CHAPTERS ▼
T-Cube™ apt™ USB Controller Hub (Page 2 of 2)
Manual Stages
The controller hub circuitry provides a number of internal, flexible,
digital and analog interconnect lines for deterministic multi-cube Specifications Motorized Stages
synchronized operation. This feature is particularly advantageous ■ USB Hub: Fully USB2.0 Compliant Multi-Axis
when operating the Piezo Controller (TPZ001, see pages 636 – ■ Enclosure: Rigid, Slim-Profile Baseplate Construction Platforms
637) and Strain Gauge Reader (TSG001, see pages 638 – 639) ■ T-Cube™ Bays: Six Actuators
T-Cubes together on a controller hub. Similarly, the NanoTrak™ ■ Table Mounting
controller (see pages 646 – 647) and piezo controllers (see pages • Orientation: Horizontal, Edge, or Vertical Using Controllers
636 – 645) can be operated together in closed-loop mode on the Thorlabs’ AP90 Brackets
hub to facilitate auto-alignment applications. They can be • Universal Metric (M6 x 1.0) or Imperial (1/4"-20) SECTIONS ▼
configured to operate as a coupled pair allowing closed-loop control Design
of the wide number of piezo actuators available from Thorlabs. The ■ Input Power Requirements T-Cube Overview
controller hub also provides a rigid mechanical mounting platform • PSU: 100 - 250 VAC, 47 - 63 Hz Benchtop
for carrying the T-Cubes. • Hub Unit: +15 V (6 A), -15 V (1 A), Overview
+5 V (5 A) Rack System
Imperial and metric mounting holes incorporated into the hub Overview
■ Housing Dimensions (W x D x H):
allow for a variety of mounting orientations. In this way, the 14.82" x 3.39" x 0.85"
controller hub can be mounted flat to the table surface (much like DC Servo
(376.5 mm x 86 mm x 21.50 mm)
the individual T-Cubes), edge mounted, or vertically mounted to ■ Weight: 20 oz (575 g) Stepper Motor
allow vertical stacking of up to 6 T-Cube™ controllers, thereby
reducing the optical table footprint to an absolute minimum. One Piezo/Strain
Gauge
AP90 Right-Angle Bracket is needed to mount the hub vertically or
two brackets are needed to edge mount. Auto-Alignment
Solenoid
apt Control
Software
Tutorials
Vertical and Edge Mounting Brackets

for the T-Cube Controller Hub
■ Rigid One-Piece Construction

■ Parallel and Perpendicular to within 0.002" (0.05 mm) AP90
Right-Angle Mounting Brackets
Front and Back Shown
T-Cube Hub Sold Separately
TCH002 T-Cube Hub

shown with Four T-Cubes

TCH002 $ 726.90 £ 523.37 € 632,40 ¥ 5,793.39 T-Cube™ Controller Hub and Power Supply Unit
AP90 $ 74.20 £ 53.42 € 64,55 ¥ 591.37 Precision Right-Angle Plate
AP90/M $ 74.20 £ 53.42 € 64,55 ¥ 591.37 Precision Right-Angle Plate, Metric
02_Benchtop Overview_622-623.qxd.P:622-623 7/23/11 2:36 PM Page 622
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Benchtop Controller Family Overview (Page 1 of 2)

Manual Stages
The apt™ benchtop series includes Piezoelectric, DC Servo Motor, and Stepper Motor Controllers as well as the NanoTrak™ Auto-
Motorized Stages Alignment Controller. Plug-and-play software and USB connections allow fast, out-of-the-box setup and configuration, making these
controllers flexible and easy to use. The Graphical User Interface (GUI) provided is simple, intuitive, and easy to use; once the unit is
Multi-Axis
Platforms connected and powered up, the operator will have immediate control of the equipment.
Actuators
These benchtop motion controllers are designed to meet the performance requirements for a wide range of applications. The apt™
benchtop controllers, together with Thorlabs’ wide range of precision mechanical stages and actuators, are suitable for multi-axis
Controllers positioning and alignment needs, including those frequently necessary when testing or processing semiconductors, operating
micro-electrical mechanical systems, or working in the fields of fiber optics, high-resolution microscopy, or nanotechnology.
▼ SECTIONS This series of benchtop controllers has been designed around the latest digital and analog electronics technologies. Each controller
T-Cube Overview
combines high-speed, digital signal processors (DSPs), with low-noise analog electronics and ActiveX® software technology for flexible
one-, two-, or three-channel control (depending on the specific controller). In alignment applications, it is often crucial that timing of
Benchtop motion control is guaranteed (e.g., in scan and acquisition operations). The embedded DSP is responsible for ensuring this deterministic
Overview
operation on a per-channel basis.
Rack System
Overview
One- and Three-Channel Piezoelectric Controllers -
DC Servo
See Pages 642 - 643
Stepper Motor
■ High Drive Power of 75 V, 500 mA Continuous
Piezo/Strain
Gauge ■ Closed-Loop PID Position via Strain Gauge Feedback
■ Quiet, High-Resolution Position Control
Auto-Alignment
■ Voltage Ramp/Waveform Generation Capability
Solenoid (for Scanning)
■ High Bandwidth (10 kHz) Piezo Positioning (Open Loop)
apt Control
Software ■ Optional Handset Controller (PHS101, See Pages 642 - 643)
BPC203
Tutorials
The apt™ system piezoelectric controller incorporates the latest high-speed digital signal
processing technology and low-noise analog electronics to provide up to three high-voltage
(0 - 75 V) output channels. It has been designed to drive a wide range of Thorlabs’
piezo-driven stages and actuators at high bandwidths.
One-, Two-, and Three-Channel Stepper Motor Controllers -

See Pages 632 - 633
■ Supports 2-Phase Bipolar Steppers up to 50 W

■ Easy Software Configuration for all Compatible
Thorlabs Stages
■ Motor Control I/O Port (Jogging, Interlocks)
■ High-Resolution Microstepping Control
(for Very Fine Positioning Applications)
BSC101
■ Stable and Predictable Speed Control
(for Velocity-Sensitive Applications)
BSC103
■ User I/O Port for External Equipment Control
The apt™ system stepper motor controllers use the latest high-speed digital signal
processors (DSP) to ensure accurate positioning and velocity control of the connected
stepper motor. These controllers are compatible with the complete family of Thorlabs
stepper-motor-equipped, high-precision motion control products (DRV Series, see pages
610 - 611). They are available in one-channel (BSC101), two-channel (BSC102), and
three-channel (BSC103) versions.
02_Benchtop Overview_622-623.qxd.P:622-623 7/23/11 2:37 PM Page 623
Motion Control
Benchtop Controller Family Overview (Page 2 of 2)

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
One-, Two-, and Three-Channel Brushless DC Servo Motor Controllers – See Pages 628 - 629
Motorized Stages
■ Supports Thorlabs’ Range of 3-Phase, Brushless DC Servo Motor Products
Multi-Axis
■ Encoder Feedback for Closed-Loop Velocity and Position Control Platforms
■ USER I/O Port Exposes Digital Input and Output Signals
Actuators
■ ActiveX® Software Graphical Panels
■ Fully Supported by the apt™ Software Control Suite Controllers
■ Seamless Integration with all members of the apt™ Family of Controllers
SECTIONS ▼
T-Cube Overview
BBD103 Benchtop
Overview
Rack System
Overview
DC Servo
Stepper Motor
The apt™ system brushless DC motor controllers are ideal for motion Piezo/Strain
BBD101 control applications demanding operation at high speeds (hundreds of Gauge
mm/s) and with high encoder resolution (<100 nm). These controllers Auto-Alignment
offer up to three channels of high-precision motion control for a wide
range of applications, particularly microscopy sample manipulation if Solenoid
paired with our MLS203 Series of Dual-Axis Scanning Stages (see pages
apt Control
528 - 531). With the latest digital and analog techniques and high- Software
bandwidth, high-power servo control circuitry, these controllers
Tutorials
have been designed to drive Thorlabs' range of 3-phase, brushless DC
servo motor products with peak coil currents up to 5 A.
BBD102
NanoTrak™ Autoalignment Controller - See Pages 648 - 649
■ Tracking Feature Maintains Optimum Throughput Indefinitely

■ Advanced Dark Search Algorithms for First-Light Detection
with Motorized Fiber Launch (See Pages 550 - 557)
■ Two Piezo Actuator Output Channels Provide Closed-Loop Feedback
■ InGaAs Detector Plus External Inputs (FC/PC for Optical and BNC for Voltage)
BNT001/IR
■ Silicon Detector Available Separately for Use in the Visible Region of the Spectrum
The apt™ system NanoTrak™ controller combines an active-

feedback optical alignment system and two-channel
piezoelectric controller within a single space-saving unit.
Although used primarily for aligning optical fibers and
integrated optical devices, the enhanced NanoTrak™
controller can also be used for simplifying and automating
tasks such as waveguide characterization and fiber pigtailing
when combined with the range of piezo-actuated multi-axis
flexure stages such as the MAX300 series (see pages 546 - 559).
03_RackSyst Overview_624-625.qxd.P:624-625 7/23/11 2:38 PM Page 624
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS apt™ Modular Rack System (Page 1 of 2)

Manual Stages
The apt™ modular rack system is a sophisticated,
Motorized Stages self-contained, expandable, motion control platform for
applications with a large number of channels. This new system
Multi-Axis deploys the same advanced high-speed, digital signal processing
Platforms
(DSP) technology and low-noise analog circuitry pioneered in the
Actuators apt™ benchtop controllers. It also provides a highly functional
12-channel platform within the footprint of a 4U (7") high, 19"
Controllers
wide enclosure. With a unified power supply and a single node
USB communications interface, the apt™ rack system is easily
▼ SECTIONS
incorporated into larger custom applications. Module
T-Cube Overview functionality is identical to the corresponding apt™ benchtop and
T-Cube™ controllers, allowing a common software solution and
Benchtop
Overview learning curve for both benchtop and rack-based apt™
MMR601
Rack System controllers. Multiple user development environments are
Overview supported (e.g., Visual Basic, LabVIEW™, HP VEE, C++,
DC Servo
MATLAB, and .NET).
Stepper Motor
Building Larger Scale Systems
The two-channel apt™ stepper motor (see page 634), piezoelectric actuator driver
Piezo/Strain (see pages 644 - 645), and NanoTrak™ controllers (see pages 650 - 651) all have
Gauge
functionally identical benchtop and rack-module equivalents. The unrestricted
Auto-Alignment configuration flexibility offered by the apt™ rack-based products allows any combination
of modules to be fitted for specific nanopositioning and alignment applications. For
Solenoid
example, a system configured to operate our MAX606 (see page 569) nanopositioning
apt Control stage that has six stepper motors and six piezoelectric actuators with displacement
Software
sensors, would require 12 channels of motion control. Using three stepper motor
Tutorials modules, each with two channels, the motor control necessary can be provided; using
two piezoelectric controller modules and one NanoTrak™ controller module would
power all 6 of the piezoelectric actuators while also taking advantage of the position
sensors. Additionally, the NanoTrak™ module would provide the full range of features Stepper Motor Driver
offered by a fully operational auto-alignment system. All this functionality fits into the See Page 634
rack chassis that measures just 4U (7") in height.
Custom User Application

VIEW
Two-Channel Piezo Driver

Typical
See Pages 644 - 645
System
Architecture
Engineered for Ease of Use

The rack system architecture, hardware, and software has been engineered to provide
an efficient solution for complex, high-channel-count nanopositioning applications.
Whether these applications are found in a modern high-volume optoelectronic
component manufacturing facility or in a leading R&D facility, the MMR601 or
MMR602 system is easy to implement and can be adapted to rapidly changing
Auto-Alignment Module
requirements. See Pages 650 - 651
03_RackSyst Overview_624-625.qxd.P:624-625 7/23/11 2:39 PM Page 625
Motion Control
apt™ Modular Rack System (Page 2 of 2)

CHAPTERS ▼
The apt™ rack presents a clean, uncluttered front panel with six rear mounting Manual Stages
bays for the plug-in modules. This arrangement greatly simplifies the cable Features
Motorized Stages
management issues that arise as the number of channels expands. ■ Supports up to 12-Channels
of Operation in a Single Chassis Multi-Axis
Each module is equipped with an on-board digital signal processor (DSP), which ■ Three Plug-In Modules Available: Platforms
allows processing power to be increased as modules (channels of operation) are • Dual-Channel Piezoelectric Actuators
added. Hence, the system is able to maintain maximum operating efficiency, even Controller with 75 V of Low-Noise
when fully loaded. Output (See Pages 644 - 645)
Controllers
• Dual-Channel Stepper Motor
Furthermore, additional racks can be added to the USB bus as required, thus Controller with Peak Power
allowing multiple, fully automated, 6-axis positioning stages to be combined into SECTIONS ▼
of 50 W per Channel (See Page 634)
a single unified motion control system. • Dual-Channel NanoTrak™ T-Cube Overview
The PC-based software that drives the rack system operates from the same kernel Auto-Alignment System
(See Pages 650 - 651) Benchtop
of ActiveX® multi-threaded server code used to drive the stand-alone benchtop Overview
■ 6 Module Slots per Chassis,
controllers and includes the same collection of high-level user applications. All of Access from Rear Panel Rack System
our ActiveX® software is rigorously engineered using modern object-oriented ■ Advanced ActiveX® Overview
techniques, which ensures independence of programming environment and PC Control Software Suite DC Servo
compatibility with a large number of third-party development tools. See pages ■ USB Plug-and-Play
654 - 656 for more details on the apt™ software suite. ■ USB Interface Allows Multiple Systems to Stepper Motor
The apt™ modular rack system provides unsurpassed ease of installation and use. be Connected and Controlled via One PC
Piezo/Strain
In addition, it offers seamless third-party integration, Gauge
scalability, flexibility, and reliability. Auto-Alignment
The MMR601 is designed to be
Solenoid
mounted in a standard 19"
instrument chassis. The apt Control
MMR602 includes a Software
cover and is intended Tutorials

for benchtop use.
MMR601
Rear Panel
Modules Sold
Separately
Specifications
■ Standard 19" Rack, 4U High
■ Power Input:
• Voltage: 85 - 264 VAC
• Frequency: 47 - 63 Hz
• Power: 800 W
• Fuse: 15 A
■ Dimensions (W x D x H):
19.0" x 17.6" x 7.0"
(480 mm x 448 mm x 183 mm)
■ Weight:
MMR601: 24.2 lbs (11.0 kg)
MMR602: 30.8 lbs (14.0 kg)

MMR601 $ 3,579.00 £ 2,576.88 € 3.113,73 ¥ 28,524.63 apt™ Modular Rack for 19" Instrument Chassis
MMR602 $ 3,705.00 £ 2,667.60 € 3.223,35 ¥ 29,528.85 Benchtop apt™ Modular Rack with Cover
04_DC Servo_626-629.qxd.P:626-629 7/23/11 2:41 PM Page 626
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS T-Cube™ Brushed DC Servo Motor Controller (Page 1 of 2)

Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
Features
Multi-Axis ■ USB Plug-and-Play Allows Easy Multi-Axis Expansion
Platforms
■ Full apt™ Software Control Suite Supplied
Actuators ■ Differential Encoder Feedback for
Controllers ■ Auto-Configure Function for all Thorlabs
Z8 DC Servo Motors
▼ SECTIONS ■ Easy-to-Use Manual Controls with Velocity Slider
and Jog Buttons
T-Cube Overview
Benchtop ■ Fully Software Integrated with Other apt™
Overview Family Controllers
Rack System
Overview
DC Servo
TDC001
Compact Housing Specifications
Stepper Motor
■ Motor Drive Connector (15-Way D-Type):
Piezo/Strain
Gauge • Motor +15 V and -15 V Drive Outputs
The TDC001 T-Cube™ USB DC Servo Motor Driver is a • Quadrature Encoder (QEP) Input (Single Ended)
Auto-Alignment
compact, single-channel controller for easy manual and automatic • Forward, Reverse Limit Switch Inputs
Solenoid
control of DC servo motors. This driver has been designed to (+ Common Return)
operate with a variety of low-powered, DC-brushed motors (up to • 5 V Encoder Supply
apt Control 15 V/2.5 W operation) equipped with encoder feedback. The ■ Front Panel Controls:
Software
TDC001 has been optimized for out-of-the-box operation with • Potentiometer Slider: 4-Speed Bidirectional
Tutorials Thorlabs’ range of Z8 DC motor-equipped optomechanical Velocity Control
products (see page 608). The highly flexible software settings and • Dual Buttons: Forward/Reverse Jogging or Position
closed-loop tuning also support operation with a wide range of Presets
third-party DC servo motors and associated stages and actuators.
■ Motor Drive Voltage: ±10 V to ±12 V
Depending on Supply
USB connectivity provides easy plug-and-play, PC-controlled ■ Motor Drive Current: 150 mA (Cont), >250 mA (peak)
operation. The TDC001 also includes the user-friendly apt™ ■ Motor Drive Type: 8-Bit Sign/Magnitude PWM
software, which allows the user to quickly set up complex moving ■ Control Algorithm: Digital PID Filter (16-bit)
sequences. For example, all relevant operating parameters are set ■ Position Feedback: Quadrature Encoder (QEP)
automatically by the software for Thorlabs' stage and actuator Input, 5 V Single Ended
products. Advanced custom motion control applications and ■ Encoder Feedback Bandwidth: 750 kHz
sequences are also possible using the extensive ActiveX® ■ Position Counter: 32-bit
programming environment. ■ Operating Modes: Position, Velocity
For added convenience, multiple units can be connected to a single ■ Velocity Profile: Trapezoidal
PC via standard USB hub technology or by using the T-Cube™ ■ Input Power Requirements: 15 V Regulated DC,
500 mA (Peak)
Controller Hub (TCH002) for multi-axis motion control
applications (see pages 620 - 621 for further details).
■ Dimensions (W x D x H): 2.36" x 2.36" x 1.87"
(60.0 mm x 60.0 mm x 47.5 mm)
■ Weight: 5.5 oz (160 g)
Compatible Motor Specifications

■ Motor Type: Brushed DC Servo
■ Drive Voltage (Max): 12 V
■ Peak Power: 2.5 W
■ Rated Current (Nominal): 10 - 200 mA
■ Coil Resistance (Nominal): 5 - 50 Ω
■ Coil Inductance: 250 - 1500 µH
■ Position Control: Incremental Encoder
■ Resolution: Encoder Specific
Motion Control
T-Cube™ Brushed DC Servo Motor Controller (Page 2 of 2)

CHAPTERS ▼
The TDC001 DC Servo Controller easily connects to one TDC001 DC Servo Driver Applications Manual Stages
of our Z8 DC motor actuators. Motor operations are then The TDC001 DC Servo Driver T-Cube™ can be used to control our Motorized Stages
controlled by the potentiometer slider and jog buttons complete range of DC motor-driven, optomechanical products, such as the
located on the top face of the unit. Using the top panel Multi-Axis
MT1-Z8 and MT3-Z8 translation stage and the PRM1Z8 rotation stages. For Platforms
slider, the motor can be driven at predefined speeds in 3-axis control, three DC Driver T-cubes can be used, either on the TCH002
either forward or reverse directions for velocity control. controller hub (see pages 620 – 621) or bolted directly to the optical table. Actuators
Similarly, the jog buttons can be used to make discrete
Power Supply Options Controllers
position increments in either direction enabling precise and
Operation Recommended Power Supply
repeatable positioning. For full flexibility, the supplied PC Stand-Alone or Single-Channel Operation TPS001 or TPS008 SECTIONS ▼
software can be used to fully control the TDC001 and alter System or Multichannel Operation TCH002
both the speed response of the slider and the jogging modes T-Cube Overview
The TCH002 USB Controller Hub (see pages 620 – 621) provides
for the buttons – saving any changes to the memory within
power for up to six T-Cubes. Furthermore, the controller hub contains a Benchtop
the driver unit allowing the PC to be disconnected once
fully USB20 compliant hub to provide communications for up to six Overview
changes have been made.
T-Cubes with a single USB connector to the controller hub. Rack System
Overview
Motor Connector Pin Out USB Interface DC Servo
5 1 Stepper Motor
10 6
15 11
Piezo/Strain
Gauge
Auto-Alignment
Pin Description Pin Description
1 Ground 9 Not Connected Solenoid
2 Forward Limit Switch 10 5 V Encoder Supply
3 Reverse Limit Switch 11 Encoder Channel A apt Control
4 Not Connected 12 Not Connected Software
5 Motor - 13 Encoder Channel B
6 Not Connected 14 Not Connected Tutorials
7 Motor + 15 Not Connected
8 Not Connected
2.36" 2.10"
(60.0 mm) (53.0 mm)
apt - dc servo controller
3.66" VELOCITY
(93.0 mm) 3.07"

MOVE/JOG
(78.0 mm)
2.36"
(60.0 mm) ACTIVE
POWER
TDC001 0.25"
Connector View Please refer to our website for complete models and drawings. (6.4 mm)

TDC001 $ 595.00 £ 428.40 € 517,65 ¥ 4,742.15 T-Cube™ Single Channel USB DC Servo Controller/Driver
TPS001 $ 25.00 £ 18.00 € 21,75 ¥ 199.25 15 V Power Supply Unit for a Single T-Cube
TPS008 $ 175.00 £ 126.00 € 152,25 ¥ 1,394.75 15 V Power Supply Unit for up to 8 T-Cubes
Z8 Actuators
6, 12, or 25 mm of Travel Compact 12 VDC Servo Motor
1/4"-80 Thread Fitting 3/8" Barrel Fitting Maximum Speed of 3 mm/s
Our Z8 Series of Motorized Actuators are designed specifically for use with optical positioning devices
such as mirror mounts and stages. With two barrels options, the Z8 motors can be used to replace
See page 608 manual actuators when the need to automate one or more axes arises.
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Benchtop Brushless DC Servo Motor Controllers

Manual Stages

Multi-Axis ■ 1, 2, or 3 Channel Controllers
Platforms ■ Supports Thorlabs’ Range of 3-Phase,
Actuators Brushless DC Servo Motor Products
■ Encoder Feedback for Closed-Loop
Controllers
Velocity and Position Control
■ USER I/O Port Exposes Encoder
▼ SECTIONS
Signals for Monitoring
T-Cube Overview ■ AUX I/O Port Exposes Digital Input
Benchtop and Output Signals
Overview ■ ActiveX® Software Graphical Panels
Rack System
Overview BBD101
■ Fully Supported by the apt™
Software Control Suite
DC Servo
■ Seamless Integration with all
Stepper Motor apt™ Family Controllers
Piezo/Strain
Gauge
Auto-Alignment
Solenoid
apt Control
Software
Tutorials
See pages 654 - 656 for more information on the apt™ software
included with the BBD Series Controllers.
The BBD Series of Brushless DC Motor Controllers are ideal for motion control The image above shows a typical system,
applications demanding operation at high speeds (hundreds of mm/s) and with high comprising of the BBD103 brushless DC
encoder resolution (<100 nm). These controllers offer up to three channels of high- motor controller, an MJC001 joystick console,
precision motion control for a wide range of applications, particularly microscopy sample and an MLS203 (see page 528) XY stage
manipulation if paired with our MLS203-E Series of Dual-Axis Scanning Stages. With mounted to an Olympus XI71 microscope.
the latest digital and analog techniques and high-bandwidth, high-power servo control
circuitry, these controllers have been designed to drive Thorlabs' range of rotary and
linear 3-phase, brushless DC servo motor products with continuous coil currents up to 5 A.
Integrated into the apt family of products, these controllers offer Thorlabs’ standard control and programming
Compatible Motors interface, allowing for easy integration into automated motion control applications. These units are capable of
being reprogrammed in-field, allowing the option of upgrading the units with future firmware releases as soon
■ 3-Phase DC Brushless Motors
as new programming interfaces (such as microscopy standard command sets) are added.
■ Peak Power: 100 W
■ Coil Resistance: 0.1 to 100 Ω USB connectivity provides easy plug and play PC operation. Multiple units can be connected to a single PC
■ Coil Inductance (Nominal): via standard USB hub technology for multi-axis motion control applications. Coupling this with the user-
1 to 100 mH friendly apt™ software allows the user to get reasonably complex move sequences up and running in a short
■ Rated Phase Currents (Nominal): space of time. For example, all relevant operating parameters are set automatically for Thorlabs stage and
100 mA to 5 A actuator products. Advanced custom motion control applications and sequences are also possible using the
extensive ActiveX® programming environment described in more detail on the Software tab.
Motion Control
Benchtop Brushless DC Servo Motor Controllers

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
We have ensured that the software interfaces Rear Panel USER IO Rear Panel AUX I/O Motorized Stages
to the BBD series are highly integrated with Connector Pin Out Connector Pin Out Multi-Axis
all other apt™ family controllers, providing
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Platforms
easy system integration and reduced learning 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
curve. As one of the newest members of the Actuators
apt™ family of controllers, these units are 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
Controllers
PIN Description PIN Description
backed up by the fully featured apt™ suite of
1 5V 1 Digital O/P 1
PC software tools for immediate and easy out- SECTIONS ▼
of-the-box configuration and usage. 2 Axis In 2 Digital O/P 2
3 Axis Out 3 Digital O/P 3
4 Ground
T-Cube Overview
4 Digital O/P 4
This controller is designed for use with high
5 Ground 5 Digital Ground
power, brushless DC servo motors. For control Benchtop
6 For Future Use 6 Digital I/P 1

of the Thorlabs brushed DC servo motor Overview

devices, please see the TDC001 DC Servo Rack System

Overview
Motor Driver T-Cube (pages 626 – 627).
9 QA+ 9 Digital Ground
10 QA-
DC Servo
10 Digital Ground
11 QB+ 11 For Future Use (Trigger Out)
12 QB-
Stepper Motor
12 For Future Use (Trigger IN)
Specifications
13 Index/Ref+ 13 Digital I/P 4
Piezo/Strain
Drive Connector: 8 Pin DIN, Round,
14 Index/Ref-
■
14 5 V Supply Output
Gauge
15 Ground
Female
■ Feedback Connector: 15-Pin D-Type 15 5 V Supply Output Auto-Alignment
■ Brushless Continuous Output: 5 A Solenoid

■ PWM Frequency: 40 kHz apt Control
■ Operating Modes: Position and Velocity Software
■ Control Algorithm: 16-Bit Digital PID Servo Tutorials

Loop with Velocity and Acceleration Feedforward
■ Velocity Profile: Trapezoidal/S-Curve
■ Position Count: 32-Bit
■ Position Feedback: Incremental Encoder
■ Encoder Feedback Bandwidth:
2.5 MHz (10 M Counts/s)
■ Encoder Supply: 5 V
BBD102 Rear Panel
■ AUX Control Connector: 15-Pin D-Type
Female
Input Power Requirements
2-Axis Joystick Console
■ Volts: 85 to 264 VAC
MJC001 JOYSTICK Thorlabs’ MJC001
■ Power: 250 VA (Available Separately)
joystick console has been
■ Frequency: 47 to 63 Hz
designed for microscope
■ Fuse: 3.15 A
users, to provide intuitive,
■ Dimensions: tactile, manual positioning
• BBD101: 174 x 245 x 126 mm of the stage. The console
(6.85" x 9.65" x 4.96") features a two-axis joystick for
• BBD102, BBD103: 240 x 337.9 x 124.8 mm XY control. In most applications,
(9.5 x 13.3 x 4.9 in.) the default parameter settings saved
■ Weight: within the controller allow the joystick to be used out-of-the-box,
• BBD101: 3.46 kg (7.6 lb) with no need for further setup, thereby negating the requirement to
• BBD102, BBD103: 6.1 kg (13.42 lb) be connected to a host PC, and allowing true remote operation.

BBD101 $ 1,949.28 £ 1,403.48 € 1.695,87 ¥ 15,535.76 Single-Channel 3-Phase, Brushless DC Servo Motor Controller
BBD102 $ 2,949.28 £ 2,123.48 € 2.565,87 ¥ 23,505.76 Two-Channel 3-Phase, Brushless DC Servo Motor Controller
BBD103 $ 3,749.29 £ 2,699.49 € 3.261,88 ¥ 29,881.84 Three-Channel 3-Phase, Brushless DC Servo Motor Controller
MJC001 $ 995.00 £ 716.40 € 865,65 ¥ 7,930.15 2-Axis Microscopy Joystick Console
05_Stepper Motor_630-635.qxd.P:630-635 7/23/11 2:41 PM Page 630
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS T-Cube™ Stepper Motor Controller (Page 1 of 2)

Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
Multi-Axis Features
Platforms ■ High-Resolution Microstepping
Actuators
■ Supports 2-Phase, Bipolar, Low-Power Stepper Motors
■ Compact Footprint
Controllers ■ Auto-Configure Function for Thorlabs' ZST Actuators
■ USB Plug-and-Play PC-Controlled Operation
▼ SECTIONS ■ Easy-to-Use Manual Controls with Velocity Slider and
Jog Buttons
T-Cube Overview ■ Full Software Control Suite Supplied
Benchtop ■ Extensive ActiveX® Programming Interfaces
Overview ■ Software Integrated with Other apt™
Rack System Family Controllers
Overview
TST001
DC Servo
The T-Cube™ USB apt™ Stepper Motor Controller (TST001) Thorlabs range of ZST stepper motor actuators (see pages 609 -
Stepper Motor
is a very compact, single channel controller for easy manual and 611); however, its highly flexible parameterization also supports
Piezo/Strain automated control of small, 2-phase, bipolar stepper motors. This operation with a wide range of third party stepper motors and
Gauge
driver has been designed to operate with a variety of low-power associated stages and actuators.
Auto-Alignment motors (up to 15 V/5 W operation). Although targeted at low- USB connectivity provides easy plug-and-play PC controlled
power operations, this product offers full control features with a operation. Multiple units can be connected to a single PC via
Solenoid
highly flexible and powerful DSP controller providing a unique standard USB technology or by using the T-Cube™ Controller
apt Control high resolution microstepping capability in a compact unit. The Hub (TCH002) for multi-axis motion control applications
Software TST001 is optimized for out-of-the-box operation with the (see pages 620 - 621).
Tutorials
Specifications
■ Motor Drive Connector 2.36" 2.10"
(15-Way, High-Density D-Type Female): (60.0 mm) (53.0 mm)
• Phase A and B Drive Outputs
• Differential Quadrature Encoder (QEP) A and B Inputs apt - stepper motor controller
• Forward, Reverse Limit Switch Inputs 3.66" VELOCITY
• 5 V Encoder Supply (93.0 mm) 3.07"

MOVE/JOG
(78.0 mm)
■ Stepping: 2.36"
ACTIVE
• 128 Microsteps per Full Step (60.0 mm)
• 3,072 Microsteps per Rev (for Our ZST Series ) POWER
■ Front Panel Controls:

• Potentiometer Slider
• Bidirectional Velocity Control 0.25"
• Dual Buttons (6.4 mm)
• Forward/Reverse Jogging or Position Presets
■ Motor Drive Voltage (Max): 15 V Please refer to our website for complete models and drawings.
■ Motor Drive Current (Peak): 500 mA
■ Motor Drive Type: 10-Bit Sign/Magnitude PWM
■ Control Algorithm Power Supply Options
RECOMMENDED
OPERATION
POWER SUPPLY
• Closed-Loop using PC
• Open-Loop using Front Panel
Stand-Alone or Single-Channel Operation TPS001 or TPS008 (Page 256)
■ Position Counter: 32-Bit
■ Operating Modes: Position, Velocity System or Multichannel Operation TCH002 (Pages 620 - 621)
■ Velocity Profile: Trapezoidal
■ Input Power Requirements:
15 V Regulated DC, 500 mA (Peak) The TCH002 T-Cube Hub not only provides power for up to
■ Housing Dimensions (W x D x H): 6 T-Cubes and it also has a fully compliant USB 2.0 circuit in each
2.36" x 2.36" x 1.85" hub to control the communication with all of the controllers it is
(60.3 mm x 60.3 mm x 47.5 mm) supporting through a single USB cable. The TPS001 provides only
■ Weight: 3.5 oz (100 g) power to the one T-Cube. The TPS008 can provide power for up
to 8 T-Cubes.
Motion Control
T-Cube™ Stepper Motor Controller (Page 2 of 2)

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
TST001 Stepper Motor Driver Applications
The TST001 Stepper Motor Driver T-Cube™ can be used to control Recommended Motor Requirements Motorized Stages
our lower-power, stepper-motor-driven optomechanical products, ■ Motor Type: 2-Phase Bipolar Stepper
Multi-Axis
such as the ZST series of actuators. For 3-axis control, three stepper ■ Peak Power: 5 W Platforms
motor driver T-cubes can be used, either with the TCH002 controller ■ Max Drive Voltage: 15 V
Actuators
hub (see pages 620 - 621) or simply bolted to the optical table. ■ Rated Phase Current: 10 - 250 mA
■ Step Angles: 1.8° to 20° Controllers
■ Motor Drive Mode: Current
■ Coil Resistance (Nominal): 5 - 20 Ω SECTIONS ▼
■ Coil Inductance: 2 – 5.5 mH
Motor Connector Pin Out ■ Position Control: Open-Loop T-Cube Overview
(Incremental Encoder Optional) Benchtop
Overview
Rack System
Overview
DC Servo
Stepper Motor
Piezo/Strain
Gauge
Auto-Alignment
For Future Use
Solenoid
apt Control
Software
Tutorials
See pages 654 - 656 for more information on the apt™ software
TST001 included with the TST001 Stepper Controller.
Rear Connector View
Power Supply not Included. Please See Page 256 for Power Supply Option Descriptions
TST001 $ 595.00 £ 428.40 € 517,65 ¥ 4,742.15 T-Cube™ Single Channel USB Stepper Motor Controller/Driver
ZST Stepper Motor Actuators

Our ZST actuators provide smooth, precise, linear motion control in a
compact package. Powered by a small-diameter, dual-phase stepper
motor, these actuators operate at speeds up to 0.5 mm/s and are capable
of moving loads of up to 12 lbs. Mounting options include a high-
tolerance Ø0.375" mounting barrel for fastening into any application
compatible with our precision micrometer heads, including our popular
PT1 translation stages. A 1/4"-80 threaded barrel is also offered for use
with any standard manual mirror mount using 1/4"-80 threads.
6 mm, 13 mm, and 25 mm
See page 609 Travel Ranges Available
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Benchtop Stepper Motor Controllers (Page 1 of 2)

Manual Stages

Multi-Axis ■ One-, Two-, and Three-Channel
Platforms Models Available
■ Supports 2-Phase Bipolar Steppers
Actuators
up to 50 W
Controllers
■ Differential Encoder Feedback (QEP)
Inputs for Closed-Loop Positioning
■ USB Plug-and-Play Plus
▼ SECTIONS Multi-Axis Expansion
T-Cube Overview
■ Motor Control I/O Port
(Jogging, Interlocks)
Benchtop ■ Full Software GUI Control Suite
Overview
■ High-Resolution Microstepping
Rack System Control (For Very Fine Positioning
Overview
Applications)
DC Servo ■ Stable and Predictable Low-Speed
BSC101 Operation (For Velocity-Sensitive
50 W Drive Compatible
Stepper Motor Applications)
Single-Channel Model
■ ActiveX® Programming Interfaces
Piezo/Strain
Gauge ■ Seamless Software Integration with
apt™ Family
Auto-Alignment
The BSC series apt™ stepper motor controllers are designed to drive larger framed
Solenoid 2-phase bipolar stepper motors, with and without encoder feedback. One-, two-, and three-
apt Control channel models are available. These units are capable of delivering powers up to 48 V/50 W peak (25 W average) and are compatible with all of
Software our stepper-driven nanopositioning actuators and stages except the ZST Series.
Tutorials The controllers combine the latest high-speed digital signal processors (DSP) with low-noise analog electronics and ActiveX® software
technology for effortless one-, two-, or three-axis motion. Additional axes can be driven by connecting one or more benchtop units via a
standard USB hub. The controllers are supplied with a full suite of software support tools.
An intuitive graphical instrument panel allows immediate control and visualization of the operation of the controller. See pages 654 - 656 for a
full description of the apt™ system software.
Driver Functionality
Stepper motors give excellent low-speed performance
and positioning stability. A wide range of 2-phase
bipolar stepper motors and associated actuators are
commercially available, each with its own characteristics
such as step resolution, peak phase current or voltage,
and leadscrew pitch. For this reason the apt™ stepper
unit operation is fully configurable with key settings
exposed through the associated graphical interface
panels.
Motor step resolution and leadscrew pitch can be set for
a particular motor/actuator combination, phase currents
can be limited to suitable peak powers as required, and
limit switch configuration is accommodated through a
flexible set of limit switch logic settings.
Moreover, relative and absolute motion can be initiated
with motion profiles that are set using velocity profile
parameters. Similarly, home sequences have a full set of
See pages 654 - 656 for more information on the apt™ software included
associated parameters that can be adjusted for a particular
with the BSC Series Controllers.
stage or actuator.
For simplicity of operation, the apt™ software incorporates preconfigured settings for each of our stages and actuators, while also allowing the
user to enter each parameter for use with other stepper motor driven systems. For convenience and ease of use, adjustment of many key
parameters is possible through direct interaction with the graphical panel. For example, movement to the next position can be initiated by
clicking directly on the position display and entering a new value. Note that all such settings and parameters are also accessible through the
ActiveX® programmable interfaces for automated motion control sequences.
Motion Control
Benchtop Stepper Motor Controllers (Page 2 of 2)

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages

■ Input/Output: ■ Compatible Motors ■ Housing Dimensions (W x D x H):
Multi-Axis
• Motor Drive Channel • Peak Powers: 5 - 50 W • BSC101 Platforms
(15-Pin D-Type Female) • Average Power (Max): 25 W 6" x 9.6" x 4.1"
– 2-Phase Bipolar Motor • Step Angle Range: 20° - 1.8° (152 mm x 244 mm x 104 mm) Actuators
Drive Output
4 - 15 Ω
• Coil Resistance (Nominal): • BSC102, BSC103
Controllers
– Differential Quadrature 9.5" x 14.2" x 5.2"
Encoder Interface • Coil Inductance (Nominal): (240 mm x 360 mm x 133 mm)
4 - 15 mH SECTIONS ▼
– Forward, Reverse ■ Input Power Requirements
Limit Switch Inputs • Rated Phase Currents • Voltage: 85 - 264 VAC
(Nominal): T-Cube Overview
• Motor Control • Power (Peak):
(15-Pin D-Type Female) 100 mA - 1 A Benchtop
■ Motor Power (Peak): BSC102 and BSC103: 200 W
– Jog Forward/Back Overview
Up to 50 W BSC101: 100 W
– Enable/Disable Interlock • Fuse: 3.15 A Rack System
■ Motor Drive Voltage (Max): Overview
– User Logic Outputs/Inputs 48 V ■ Weight:
– Single-Ended Analog Input ■ Motor Speeds: Up to 600 RPM • BSC101 DC Servo
(0 - 10 V) (for 200 Full Step Motor) 7 lbs (3.18 kg)
– Trigger In/Out (TTL) ■ Encoder Feedback Bandwidth: Stepper Motor
• BSC102, BSC103
■ Resolution 500,000 Counts/Sec 14.75 lbs (6.7 kg) Piezo/Strain
• 128 Microsteps per Full Step Gauge
• 200 Step Motor – 25,600 Auto-Alignment
Microsteps per Revolution
Solenoid
apt Control
Software
Motor Drive Tutorials

Connector Pin Out
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
15 14 13 12 11 10 9
Pin Description Pin Description

1 Encoder A +ve 9 CW Limit Switch
2 Encoder A -ve 10 CCW Limit Switch
3 Encoder B +ve 11 0 V User
See our full line of 4 Encoder B -ve 12 Not Used
5 5V User 13 Not Used
motorized flexure
6 Not Used 14 Phase B +
stages starting 7 Phase B - 15 Phase A +
BSC103 on page 548. 8 Phase A -
Three-Channel Model
Full Support for Encoder Feedback

The apt™ stepper unit also supports encoder feedback through dedicated Control I/O Connector
quadrature encoded pulse (QEP) inputs, one for each channel of operation. A built- External Control Pin Out
in algorithm can be enabled to allow the stepper system to reach and maintain an 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
encoded position through an iterative move sequence. Please see page 516 for details
on our linear-encoded LNR stage and apt™ stepper drive package. 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
Software Developers Support CD Pin Description Pin Description

1 5 V User I/O 9 0 V User
A developers’ kit ships with all of our apt™ series controllers. This additional 2 Jog Fwd 10 Jog Back
software is intended for use by software developers working on large system 3 Not Used 11 Analog In
integration projects which incorporate apt™ products. The kit contains an 4 Trig In 12 Trig Out
5 Not Used 13 Not Used
extensive selection of useful code samples as well as tutorial information. 6 For Future Use 14 For Future Use
See pages 654 - 656 for more information on the apt™ software included with the 7 Digital User In 15 User Out (o/c)
8 Keyed Pin
BSC Series Controllers.

BSC101 $ 1,285.00 £ 925.20 € 1.118,00 ¥ 10,241.45 One-Channel apt™ Stepper Motor Controller
BSC102 $ 2,095.00 £ 1,508.40 € 1.822,70 ¥ 16,697.15 Two-Channel apt™ Stepper Motor Controller
BSC103 $ 2,670.00 £ 1,922.40 € 2.322,90 ¥ 21,279.90 Three-Channel apt™ Stepper Motor Controller
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS Modular Rack System Stepper Motor Controller

Manual Stages
Our modular apt™ stepper motor driver provides a scalable motion control solution. Up to 12
Motorized Stages stepper motors can be controlled by the 19" Rack Enclosure if it is loaded with six dual-
channel stepper motor modules. The USB interface and advanced application
Multi-Axis
Platforms software allow multiple channel systems to be seamlessly integrated into a
single, large-scale solution. The modular apt™ stepper motor controller is
Actuators
supplied with a full suite of software support tools. An intuitive graphical
Controllers instrument panel allows immediate control and visualization of the
operation of the stepper unit. See pages 654 - 656 for a full description of
▼ SECTIONS the apt™ system software.
Driver Functionality
T-Cube Overview
MST601 A wide range of 2-phase bipolar stepper motors and associated actuators are
Benchtop available, each with its own characteristics, such as step resolution, peak phase
Overview
current or voltage, and leadscrew pitch. Operation of the apt™ Stepper Motor Module is fully configurable. For example, the motor step
Rack System
Overview
resolution and leadscrew pitch can be set, phase currents can be adjusted, and the limit switch can be configured. Moreover, relative and
absolute moves can be initiated with move profiles set using velocity profile parameters. All of our stepper motor actuators and stages are
DC Servo compatible with the module except the ZST Series.
Stepper Motor
Piezo/Strain Features
Gauge ■ Dual (Synchronized) Drive Channels
Auto-Alignment ■ Supports 2-Phase Bipolar Steppers up to 50 W
■ Differential Encoder Feedback (QEP Inputs)
Solenoid ■ Maximum 128 Microsteps per Full Step
apt Control ■ 25,600 Microsteps per Rev (200 Step Motor)
Software ■ User Controlled Digital I/O Port
Tutorials ■ Motor Control I/O Port
■ Full Software GUI Control Suite
■ ActiveX® Graphical Panel Controls
■ ActiveX® Programming Interfaces
■ Seamless Software Integration with apt™
Family
Full Support for Encoder Feedback

MMR601 The modular apt™ stepper motor controller also supports encoder
19" Rack Assembly feedback through dedicated quadrature encoded pulse (QEP) inputs,
Shown with
one for each of the two channels of operation. A built-in algorithm can
Various Modules
be enabled to allow the stepper system to reach and maintain an
All Sold Separately
encoded position through an iterative move sequence.
Specifications
■ Input/Output: ■ Compatible Motors: Motor Drive
• Motor Drive Channel • Peak Powers: 5 - 50 W
(15-Pin, D-Type Female for Each Channel) • Average Power (Max): 25 W Connector Pin Out
– 2-Phase Bipolar Motor Drive Output • Max Drive Voltage: 48 V
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
– Differential Quadrature Encoder Interface • Step Angle Range: 20°-1.8°
– Forward, Reverse Limit Switch Inputs • Coil Resistance (Nom): 4 - 15 Ω
15 14 13 12 11 10 9
• Motor Control (15-Pin, D-Type Female) • Coil Inductance (Nom): 4 - 15 mH
– Jog Forward • Rated Phase Currents (Nom): Pin Description Pin Description
– Jog Back 100 mA to 1 A 1 Encoder A +ve 9 CW Limit Switch

2 Encoder A -ve 10 CCW Limit Switch
– Enable/Disable Interlock ■ General:
3 Encoder B +ve 11 0 V User
– Jog Control Handset Available • One Slot apt™ Rack 4 Encoder B -ve 12 Not Used
• User I/O (26-Pin, D-Type Female) • Dimensions (W x D x H): 5 5V User 13 Not Used
– Logic Level Trigger Input/Output 7.5" x 10.6" x 1.97" 6 Not Used 14 Phase B +
■ Stepping (Assumes 200 Step Motor) (190 mm x 270 mm x 50 mm) 7 Phase B - 15 Phase A +
• 25,600 Microsteps per Revolution • Weight: 3.3 lbs (1.5 kg) 8 Phase A -
• Maximum 128 Microsteps per Full Step

MST601 $ 1,210.00 £ 871.20 € 1.052,70 ¥ 9,643.70 apt™ 2-Channel Stepper Motor Controller Module
Motion Control
apt™ Modular Rack System

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
The apt™ modular rack system is a sophisticated, self-contained,
expandable, motion control platform for applications with a large Motorized Stages
number of channels. This new system deploys the same advanced
Multi-Axis
high-speed, digital signal processing (DSP) technology and low- Platforms
noise analog circuitry pioneered in the apt™ benchtop controllers.
Actuators
It also provides a highly functional 12-channel platform within
the footprint of a 4U high (7"), 19" wide enclosure. With a Controllers
unified power supply and a single node USB communications
interface, the apt™ rack system is easily incorporated into larger SECTIONS ▼
custom applications. Module functionality is identical to the
corresponding apt™ benchtop and T-Cube™ controllers, T-Cube Overview
allowing a common software solution and learning curve for both Benchtop
benchtop and rack-based apt™ controllers. Multiple user Overview
development environments are supported (e.g., Visual Basic, Rack System
Overview
LabVIEW™, HP VEE, C++, MATLAB, and .NET).
DC Servo
The rack system architecture, hardware, and software have been
engineered to provide an efficient solution for complex, high-channel-count Stepper Motor
nanopositioning applications. Whether these applications are found in a modern high-
Features
■ Supports up to 12-Channels Piezo/Strain
volume optoelectronic component manufacturing facility or in a leading R&D facility, Gauge
the MMR601 or MMR602 system is easy to implement and can be adapted to rapidly of Operation in a Single Chassis
changing requirements. ■ Three Plug-In Modules: Auto-Alignment
• Dual-Channel Piezoelectric
The rack presents a clean, uncluttered front panel with six rear mounting bays for the Controller with 75 V of Low-Noise Solenoid
plug-in modules. This arrangement greatly simplifies the cable management issues that Output (See Pages 644 - 645)
apt Control
arise as the number of channels expands. • Dual-Channel Stepper Motor Software
Controller with Peak Power
Each module is equipped with an on-board digital signal processor (DSP), which allows Tutorials
of 50 W per Channel (See Page 634)
processing power to be increased as modules (channels of operation) are added. This way,
• Dual-Channel NanoTrak™
the system is able to maintain maximum operating efficiency, even when fully loaded. Auto-Alignment System
Furthermore, additional racks can be added to the USB bus as required, thus allowing (See Pages 650 - 651)
multiple, fully automated, 6-axis positioning stages to be combined into a single unified ■ 6 Module Slots per Chassis,
motion control system. Access from Rear Panel
■ Advanced ActiveX®
The PC-based software that drives the rack system operates from the same kernel of PC Control Software Suite
ActiveX® multi-threaded server code used to drive the stand-alone benchtop controllers ■ USB Plug-and-Play
and includes the same collection of high-level user applications. All of our ActiveX®
■ USB Interface Allows Multiple Systems
software is rigorously engineered using modern object-oriented techniques, which to be Connected and Controlled via
ensures independence of programming environment and compatibility with a large One PC
number of third-party development tools. See pages 654 - 656 for more details on the
apt™ software suite.
Specifications
■ Power Input:
• Power: 800 W
• Fuse: 15 A
19.0" x 17.6" x 7.0"
(480 mm x 448 mm x 183 mm)
■ Weight:
MMR601: 24.2 lbs (11.0 kg)
MMR602: 30.8 lbs (14.0 kg)

06_PiezoStrain Gauge_636-645.qxd.P:636-645 7/25/11 5:31 PM Page 636
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
T-Cube™ Piezo Controller (Page 1 of 2)
Manual Stages

Multi-Axis ■ Digital Potentiometer High-Voltage Control
Platforms (Adjustable Resolution)
■ Voltage Readout
Actuators
Controllers ■ Selectable High-Voltage Output Range of
75, 100, or 150 V
▼ SECTIONS ■ Low-Voltage Driver Input (SMA)
■ Low-Voltage Monitor Output (SMA)
T-Cube Overview ■ Closed-Loop Operation with T-Cube™ Strain Gauge
Reader Unit (via Hub)
Benchtop
Overview ■ Voltage Ramp/Waveform Generation Capability
Rack System ■ Stand-Alone or PC-Controlled Operation via USB
Overview ■ Software Control Suite Included
DC Servo ■ Extensive ActiveX® Programming Interfaces
■ Software Compatible with Other apt™ Controllers
Stepper Motor
TPZ001
Piezo/Strain
Gauge
Auto-Alignment
The T-Cube™ Piezo Controller, (TPZ001), is a compact single-
Solenoid
channel controller/driver for manual and automatic control of a
apt Control wide range of piezo stacks and actuators. This driver is capable of
Software delivering up to 150 V of drive voltage at 7.5 mA. The TPZ001 can
Tutorials be used to operate the complete range of bare piezo stacks, piezo-
TPZ001
equipped actuators, and piezo-driven mirror mounts supplied by Input View
Thorlabs. Furthermore, when operated together with the T-Cube™
Strain Gauge Reader unit (TSG001), high-precision, closed-loop
operation is possible using a feedback-equipped piezo actuator
(see pages 604 - 607). To support a wide variety of piezo devices, the output range can
All manual controls are located on the top face of the unit be user selected to 75, 100, or 150 V, and the resolution is easily
for manual adjustment of piezo position using the digitally altered to provide very accurate positioning control. Direct
encoded adjustment pot and easy-to-read (adjustable brightness) hardware control of the high voltage output can be facilitated using
voltage display. the low-voltage input connector.
A low-voltage output connector allows for monitoring of the HV
output (for example, using an oscilloscope). As a useful feature, a
Specifications programmable waveform generation capability makes this unit
particularly well suited for use in piezo scanning applications.
■ Piezoelectric Output (SMC Male)
• Drive Voltage: 0 - 150 V USB connectivity provides easy PC-controlled operation. Advanced
(Selectable: 75, 100, or 150 V) custom motion control applications and sequences are also possible
• Drive Current (Max): 7.5 mA Continuous using the extensive ActiveX® programming environments.
• Stability: 100 ppm over 24 hours
(After 30 Minutes Warm-up Time)
• Noise: <2 mVRMS
• Typical Piezo Capacitance: 1 - 10 µF
• Bandwidth: 1 kHz (1 µF Load, 1 Vp-p)
■ External Input (SMA Male): 0 to 10 V
■ Output Monitor (SMA Male): 0 to 10 V
■ USB Port: Version 1.1 Mini
■ Power Requirements
• Voltage: 15 V @ 200 mA,
-15 V @ 100 mA, 5 V @ 400 mA
■ Housing Dimensions (W x D x H): Standard Width
2.4" x 2.4" x 1.8" (60.3 mm x 60.3 mm x 47.5 mm)
■ Weight: 5.5 oz (160 g)
Motion Control
T-Cube™ Piezo Controller (Page 2 of 2)

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
The TPZ001 unit is equipped with SMA connectors for the EXT IN
and MONITOR terminals. Thorlabs supplies a range of SMA to BNC Motorized Stages
converters for those applications where BNC connections are required
Multi-Axis
(see pages 432 - 434). Platforms
TPZ001 Piezo Driver Applications Actuators
The TPZ001 Piezo Driver T-Cube™ can be used to control our
complete range of open-loop piezo products such as the KC1-PZ 3-axis Controllers
mirror mount shown below. In this application, three piezo T-Cubes
are required, one for each axis. SECTIONS ▼
For closed-loop applications, the TPZ001 can be used in conjunction T-Cube Overview
with the TSG001 strain gauge reader T-Cube™ (see pages 638 - 639).
Benchtop
This combination can be used to control a variety of closed-loop piezo Overview
products such as our PAZ series feedback piezo actuators (page 605). Rack System
Overview
DC Servo
Stepper Motor
2.36" 2.10" Power Supply Options
(60.0 mm) (53.0 mm)
The TPZ001 T-Cube™ requires a 5 V, 15 V, or -15 V Piezo/Strain
Gauge
power supply depending on the current. Thorlabs offers the
apt - piezo controller
TPS002, which is a compact, two-way power supply unit, Auto-Alignment
VOLTS
3.66" allowing up to two T-Cubes to be powered from a single

(93.0 mm) MODE
3.07" Solenoid
OUTPUT power outlet.
(78.0 mm)
2.36" RESOLUTION
Alternatively, the TCH002 USB Controller Hub (see pages apt Control
(60.0 mm) Software
POWER
620 - 621) provides power for up to six T-Cubes.
Furthermore, the controller hub contains a fully USB2.0 Tutorials
compliant hub to provide communications for up to six T-

Cubes with a single USB connection to the Controller.
0.25"
(6.4 mm)
TPZ001 Piezo Controller

T-Cubes with KC1-PZ
Piezo-Driven Mirror
Mount (See Page 190)

TPZ001 $ 595.00 £ 428.40 € 517,65 ¥ 4,742.15 T-Cube™ 150 V Piezo Driver
TPS002 $ 105.00 £ 75.60 € 91,35 ¥ 836.85 ±15 V/5 V Power Supply Unit for up to Two T-Cubes
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
T-Cube™ Strain Gauge Reader (Page 1 of 2)
Manual Stages

Multi-Axis ■ Position, Force, or Voltage Reading
Platforms
■ Nanometer-Level Position Resolution with
Actuators Thorlabs’ Actuators
Controllers ■ Compact Footprint
■ Strain Gauge AC Bridge Signal Input
▼ SECTIONS ■ Clear Readout with 5-Digit Display
T-Cube Overview
■ Low-Voltage Monitor Output
(Supports Closed-Loop Applications)
Benchtop
Overview ■ Zero Point Calibration Button
Rack System ■ Closed-Loop Operation with T-Cube™
Overview
Piezo Driver Simplified Using Controller Hub
DC Servo TSG001 ■ Software Control Suite Included
Stepper Motor
■ Software Compatible with Other apt™
Piezo/Strain
Gauge The TSG001 Strain Gauge Reader is a compact, single-channel Controllers (Integrated Systems Development)
reader designed to measure, condition (rectify and filter), and
Auto-Alignment
display the feedback signal derived from AC bridge strain gauge
Solenoid systems. The TSG001 provides complete operation with our range
of strain gauge-equipped piezo stacks, actuators, stages, and force Closed-Loop Piezo Applications
apt Control
Software sensors. The TSG-001 can be used in combination with the TPZ001
Tutorials This strain gauge reader can be used for reading position, force, or Piezo Driver for precise closed-loop piezo positioning control.
voltage. When used in isolation, the TSG001 can measure the This T-Cube™ controller combination is then compatible with
deflection and extension in a strain gauge with nanometer-level all of our closed-loop piezo solutions including the PAZ series
resolution, or it may be used with our force sensor products actuators (see page 605), 1-axis NanoFlex™ stages (pages 480 –
(FSC102 and FSC103, see page 583) for high-sensitivity force 483), and 3-axis NanoMax™ 300 stages (pages 546 – 559).
sensing down to mN levels. Configurations
For ease of use, all manual controls are located on the top face 1) Connect the TSG001 to the TPZ001 using an SMA cable
of the unit. A mode button allows the readout display mode to be 2) Use the Internal Connections Provided by a TCH002 Hub
changed between position, force, and voltage. Pressing and holding to the Pair the TSG001 with the TPZ001
the mode button also initiates a self-calibration sequence, allowing
the TSG001 unit to set a zero position point. The TSG001 is
also equipped with a low-voltage monitor output (0 – 10 V)
proportional to the strain gauge extension providing a conditioned
feedback or monitoring signal for third- Strain Gauge
party systems. Setup is quick and easy Connector Pin Out
using the standard apt™ software. 5 4 3 2 1
Multiple units can be connected to a 9 8 7 6
single PC via standard USB hub

Pin Description
technology or by using the new T-
1 Strain Gauge Excitation
Cube™ Controller Hub (TCH002) for 2 +15 V Out*
multi-axis applications (see pages 620 – 3 -15 V Out*
4 Ground
621). When not used with the Hub 5 AC Feedback IN
6 Ground
Controller, this device may be powered 7 Actuator ID Signal**
by a T-Cube Dual-Channel Power 8 Reserved for Future Use
9 Reserved for Future Use
Supply (TPS002), which is sold
Notes:
separately. * Power supply for the piezo actuator
feedback circuit. It must not be used to
Note that the TSG001 unit is equipped drive any other circuits or devices.
with an SMA connector for the monitor output. Thorlabs supplies ** This signal is applicable only to Thorlabs
actuators. It enables the system to identify
a range of SMA to BNC converters for those applications where the piezo extension associated with the actuator.
BNC connections are required (see pages 432 – 434).
Motion Control
T-Cube™ Strain Gauge Reader (Page 2 of 2)

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
Power Supply Options
The TSG001 T-Cube™ requires a 5 V, 15 V, Motorized Stages
or -15 V power supply depending on the current.
Multi-Axis
Thorlabs offers the TPS002, a compact, two-way Platforms
power supply unit that allows up to two T-Cubes
Actuators
to be powered from a single outlet.
The TCH002 USB Controller Hub provides Controllers
power distribution for up to six T-Cubes.
The Controller Hub contains a fully USB 2.0 SECTIONS ▼
compliant hub to provide communications for all
T-Cube Overview
six T-Cubes – a single USB connection to
the Controller Hub is all that is required for Benchtop
Overview
PC control.
Rack System
Overview
TSG001 Strain Gauge Reader
T-Cube with FSC102 Bare Fiber DC Servo
Force Sensor
Stepper Motor
Piezo/Strain
Gauge
2.36" 2.10" Specifications Auto-Alignment

(60.0 mm) (53.0 mm)
■ Strain Gauge Input: 9-Pin D-Type
Solenoid
apt - strain gauge reader
■ Bridge Type: AC
apt Control
VOLTS
3.66" ■ Excitation Frequency: 18 kHz Software

(93.0 mm) 3.07"
Tutorials
POSITION
MODE
(78.0 mm) ■ Display Resolution
2.36" VOLTAGE
(60.0 mm) FORCE

• Position Mode: 1 nm
POWER • Force Mode: 1 mN
• Voltage Mode: 1 mV
■ Sampling Bandwidth: 500 Hz
0.25" ■ Position Output Monitor:
(6.4 mm)
0 - 10 V (SMA)
■ USB Port: Version 1.1 Mini
■ Reading Display: 5 Digit,
7 Segment LED
■ Input Power Requirements:
15 V (200 mA), -15 V (100 mA),
or 5 V (400 mA)
■ Housing Dimensions (W x D x H):
2.36" x 2.36" x 1.87"
(60.0 mm x 60.0 mm x 47.5 mm)
■ Weight: 5.5 oz (160 g)
Graphical Interface for

Thorlabs' Strain Gauge Reader

TSG001 $ 545.00 £ 392.40 € 474,15 ¥ 4,343.65 T-Cube™ Strain Gauge Reader
TPS002 $ 105.00 £ 75.60 € 91,35 ¥ 836.85 ±15 V/5 V Power Supply Unit for up to Two T-Cubes
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
Open-Loop Piezoelectric Controller: 1 and 3 Channels
Manual Stages
Motorized Stages MDT693A and MDT694A Features

Multi-Axis ■ Compatible with Our Full Line of Open-Loop
Platforms
Piezoelectric Actuators
Actuators ■ Precision, Low-Noise Outputs
Controllers ■ Internal/External Voltage Control
■ Master Scan Controls
▼ SECTIONS ■ RS-232 Interface
T-Cube Overview
MDT693A ■ 3 Channel Scan Balancing Compensates for
Slightly Different Piezo Translation Factors
Benchtop
Overview
(δL/δV)
Rack System Thorlabs’ one-channel (MDT694A) and three-channel (MDT693A)
Overview
Piezoelectric Controllers have been designed to take advantage of the
DC Servo very high resolution achievable with low-voltage piezo stacks (100 V).
Both models combine precision control of the output voltage for
Stepper Motor maximum piezo resolution, along with a high- output current
Piezo/Strain capability to allow external modulation of the piezo. Computer MDT693A and MDT694A
Gauge control is available on both models via an RS-232 interface. For the Specifications
Auto-Alignment added protection of your sensitive, low-voltage piezo devices, a ■ Output Voltage: 0 - 75 V, 0 - 100 V,
selectable output voltage range switch has been added with three 0 - 150 V Switchable Output Indicated
Solenoid selectable ranges: 0-75 V, 0-100 V, and 0-150 V. Additionally, the on Front Panel
apt Control
three-channel MDT693A offers master scan controls that allow
internal or external control of all three channels simultaneously.
■ Output Current (Max): 60 mA/Channel
Software
Piezo control can be achieved manually using the front panel

■ Output Noise: 1.5 mVRMS (~9.9 mVp-p)
Tutorials
adjustment knob, electrically using a 0-10 V signal input into a front ■ Output Stability: <0.01% Over 5 hrs
panel BNC connection, or remotely using the RS-232 interface and ■ Power Requirements: <100 - 240 VAC,
Graphical User Interface (GUI) provided with the unit. 50 - 60 Hz (Switch Selectable)
RS-232 Interface
MDT694A
The output is provided through a convenient BNC connector located

on the rear panel. A BNC (male) to SMC (female) adapter is included
for each output to provide compatibility between our various stages
and piezo actuators.
The MDT694A is a single-channel, high-voltage amplifier designed to
take advantage of the high resolution achievable with our line of
piezoelectric stacks. The MDT694A combines precision high-voltage LabWindows™ application programs are included for out of the box operation.
output capability with high-output current capability. MDT690 series uses an RS-232 Interface.

MDT693A MDT693A* $ 1,580.00 £ 1,137.60 € 1.374,60 ¥ 12,592.60 3-Channel, Open-Loop Piezoelectric Controller
MDT694A MDT694A* $ 712.00 £ 512.64 € 619,44 ¥ 5,674.64 1-Channel, Open-Loop Piezoelectric Controller
*Power requirements 100 - 120 VAC, user switchable to 220 - 240 VAC 50 - 60 Hz operation.
Motion Control
3-Axis Flexure Stage with Controller Package

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages

■ Total Travel Manual Drives: Multi-Axis
4 mm (See Page 547 for Details) Platforms
■ Total Travel Piezo Drives: 20 µm Actuators
■ Piezoelectric Driver: 0 - 75 V
Controllers
■ Output Noise: 1.5 mVRMS
MDT630A
■ Output Stability: <0.01%, 5 hrs SECTIONS ▼
(Complete System)
T-Cube Overview
Benchtop
Our MDT630A kit comes with our MAX312D flexure stage and MDT693A 3-channel piezoelectric controller. The NanoMax™ Flexure Overview
Stage has 4 mm of coarse travel and 300 µm of fine travel controlled by the differential drives. Additionally, the unit has three Rack System
piezoelectric actuators built into the housing to give an additional 20 µm at a resolution of 20 nm. The flexure design of the MAX312D Overview
ensures low crosstalk, high stability, and long-term reliability. The 3-channel controller offers a way to control the piezoelectric actuators DC Servo
with high stability and accuracy. The controller can be adjusted from the front panel or with the included, easy-to-use software through
the RS-232 interface. Stepper Motor
All the cables required to connect the stage to the controller are included in the kit. For more information on the MAX312D, Piezo/Strain
please see page 547. Gauge
Auto-Alignment
MDT630A* MDT630A/M* $ 3,248.75 £ 2,339.10 € 2.826,41 ¥ 25,892.54 Complete Piezoelectric Flexure Stage and Driver Solenoid
*Power Requirements 100 - 120 VAC, 50 - 60 Hz; user switchable to 220 - 240 VAC, 50 - 60 Hz operation.
apt Control
Software
Piezoelectric Kinematic Mount with Controller Package
Tutorials
Piezoelectric Driver
■ Output Current: 60 mA per Channel
■ Frequency Response: DC - 10 kHz
(1.4 µF Capacitance Load)
■ 3 Independent Voltage Displays
■ Very Low Noise Electronics
KC1-T-PZ
■ Turnkey System Complete with PZ630 Mirror Mount
All Cables Complete System Includes Drive Electronics
Mechanical Base and Mirror Sold Separately
See Page 102 and 767, Respectively
■ 10 arcsec Angular Resolution
■ ±4° Mechanical Angular Range
■ ±3 mm Translational Range The PZ630 and PZ631 kits combine our KC1 Series 30 mm cage system kinematic See page
Electro-Mechanical mirror mount with piezoelectric stacks and our MDT693A 3-channel piezoelectric 190
controller. This combination offers precise control of the angular orientation of the
■ 0.06 arcsec Angular Resolution
mirror. The manual thumb screws control the coarse angular adjustment while the
■ 30 arcsec Angular Range
piezoelectric stacks, mounted between the screw and the housing, allow for fine
■ ±4 µm Translational Range
angular control. The combination allows for ±4° of motion with 0.06 arcsec of
angular resolution. The controller can be adjusted from the front panel or with the
included, easy-to-use software through the RS232 interface.
The mirror mount in both the PZ630 and PZ631 packages is compatible with Thorlabs’ 30 mm cage system (starting on page 167). The
PZ630 is bundled with the KC1-PZ mirror mount, which has a Ø1.05" smooth bore hole to fit Ø1" optics and a nylon-tipped set screw
to hold it securely in place. The PZ631 is sold with the KC1-T-PZ mirror mount, which has an SM1 (Ø1.035"- 40) threaded aperture
for mounting Ø1" optics using the two included SM1RR retaining rings to hold the optic in place. The SM1 thread allows many of our
mechanical parts to be easily attached to the mount, such as our lens tubes (see pages 127 - 139) and our laser diode mounts (see pages
1481 - 1492). Both kits come with all of the cables required to connect the mount to the controller.

PZ630 PZ630-EC $ 2,178.60 £ 1,568.59 € 1.895,38 ¥ 17,363.44 Complete System: KC1-PZ Plus Controller
PZ631 PZ631-EC $ 2,179.60 £ 1,569.31 € 1.896,25 ¥ 17,371.41 Complete System: KC1-T-PZ Plus Controller
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS Benchtop Closed-Loop Piezo Controller (Page 1 of 2)

Manual Stages

Multi-Axis I High-Resolution Position Control (for Very Fine Positioning)
Platforms I Three-Channel Operation
Actuators I Front-Panel Controls
I High Power: 75 V, 500 mA Continuous
Controllers
I Closed-Loop PID Position Via Strain Gauge Feedback Input
M SECTIONS I Voltage Ramp/Waveform Generation Capability (for Scanning)
I High Bandwidth (10 kHz) Piezo Positioning (Open Loop)
I
T-Cube Overview
Auto-Configure Function for Thorlabs’ Ident-Equipped
Benchtop Piezo Actuators
Overview
I Full Software Control Suite Supplied
Rack System
Overview
BPC203 I Extensive ActiveX® Programming Interfaces
DC Servo I Software Integrated with Other apt™ Family Controllers
I Optional Handset Controller
Stepper Motor
Piezo/Strain
Gauge
The BPC203 apt™ high-power, three-axis piezo controller
Auto-Alignment
has been designed to drive the full range of open- and
Solenoid closed-loop piezo-equipped nanopositioning actuators and
stages offered by Thorlabs. Flexible software settings make
apt Control
Software the BPC203 highly configurable and therefore also suitable
for driving a wide range of piezo elements in third-party
Tutorials
products. A waveform generation capability combined
with triggering outputs make this unit particularly well
suited for piezo scanning applications.
Controls are located on the front face of the unit to allow manual
adjustment of the piezo position using the digitally encoded
adjustment potentiometer. The display is easy to read and can be set See pages 654 – 656 for more information on the apt™
to show either applied voltage or position in microns. Open- or software included with the BPC203 Controller.
closed-loop control and zeroing of the voltage applied to the piezo
can also be selected from the front panel.
USB connectivity provides easy plug-and-play PC operation. Multiple units can be connected to a single PC via standard USB hub
technology for multi-axis applications. Coupling this with the user-friendly apt™ software allows it to quickly get running in a short time
frame. For example, all relevant operating parameters are set automatically for Thorlabs’ piezo actuator products. Advanced custom
motion control applications and sequences are also possible using the extensive ActiveX® programming environment. The ActiveX®
programming environment is described in more detail on pages 654 – 656.
It is often convenient to make adjustments to the piezo output while closely

watching the device being positioned, which can prove difficult when using the
front panel keys or a remote PC.
To allow this kind of use, Thorlabs has developed the PHS101 handset, which
enables the piezos to be positioned remotely from the controller and PC (i.e.,
without using the front panel buttons, GUI, or software method calls). It is
supplied with a 9.75' (3 m) cable.
PHS101
Motion Control
CHAPTERS ▼
Benchtop Closed-Loop Piezo Controller (Page 2 of 2)
Manual Stages
Strain Gauge Connector Pin Out User I/O Connector Pin Out Motorized Stages
5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Multi-Axis
Platforms
9 8 7 6 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
Actuators
Pin Description Pin Description Return
1 Digital O/P 1 5, 9, 10 Controllers
1 Strain Gauge Excitation
2 +15 V Out* 2 Digital O/P 2 5, 9, 10
3 -15 V Out* 3 Digital O/P 3 5, 9, 10 SECTIONS ▼
4 Ground 4 Digital O/P 4 5, 9, 10
5 AC Feedback IN 5 Digital Ground T-Cube Overview
6 Ground 6 Digital I/P 1 5, 9, 10
7 Actuator ID Signal** 7 Digital I/P 2 5, 9, 10 Benchtop
8 Reserved for Future Use 8 Digital I/P 3 5, 9, 10 Overview
9 Reserved for Future Use 9 Digital Ground Rack System
10 Digital Ground Overview
Notes: 11 For Future Use (Trigger Out) 5, 9, 10
* Power supply for the piezo actuator 12 For Future Use (Trigger IN) 5, 9, 10 DC Servo
feedback circuit. It must not be used to 13 Digital I/P 4 5, 9, 10
drive any other circuits or devices. 14 5 V Supply Output 5, 9, 10 Stepper Motor
** This signal is applicable only to Thorlabs 15 5 V Supply Output 5, 9, 10
actuators. It enables the system to identify Piezo/Strain
the piezo extension associated with the actuator. Gauge
Auto-Alignment
Solenoid
apt Control
Specifications (Per Channel) Software
■ Piezoelectric Output (SMC Male) Tutorials
• Voltage (Software Control): 0 - 75 VDC
• Current: 500 mA Max Continuous
• Stability: 100 ppm Over 24 Hours
(After 30 min Warm-Up Time)
• Noise: <3 mVRMS
• Typical Piezo Capacitance: 1 - 10 µF
■ External Piezo Control Input (BNC)*
• ±11.74 VDC
• 2 BNC Inputs (Non-Inverting and Inverting)
■ Bandwidth: 10 kHz (1 µF Load, 1 Vp-p)
■ USB Port: Version 1.1
■ Position Feedback (9-Pin D-Type Female)
■ Power Input
• Feedback Transducer Type: Strain Gauge • Voltage: 85 - 264 VAC
• Detection Method: AC Bridge (18 kHz Excitation) • Power: 200 W
• Fuse: 3 A
Six Axis
• Typical Resolution: 5 nm (for 20 µm Actuator;
e.g., PAZ005) ■ Housing Dimensions (W x D x H): Stages
• Auto-Configure: Identification Resistance in Actuator 9.5" x 14.2" x 5.2" (240 mm x 360 mm x 133 mm)
■ User Input/Output (15-Pin D-Type Female)
■ Weight:
14.75 lbs (6.7 kg)
• 4 Digital Inputs: TTL Levels
• 4 Digital Outputs: Open Collector
*Differential inputs allow the user to eliminate unwanted
• Trigger Input/Output: TTL common mode signals. By using just one of the inputs, the
• Trigger Input Functionality: Triggered Voltage user can control the piezo actuator with a single signal. See pages
Ramps/Waveforms
• Trigger Output Functionality: Trigger Generation
565 - 571
During Voltage Ramp Output
• User 5 V (Max, with Ground): 250 mA

BPC203 $ 4,325.00 £ 3,114.00 € 3.762,80 ¥ 34,470.25 3-Channel, Benchtop Closed-Loop Piezo Controller/Driver
PHS101 $ 265.50 £ 191.16 € 230,99 ¥ 2,116.04 Remote Handset for BPC Series Benchtop Piezo Controllers
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
Modular Rack System Piezo Driver with Feedback
Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
Features
Multi-Axis ■ Two Piezo-Actuator ■ Full Software GUI Control Suite
Platforms
Output Channels ■ ActiveX® Graphical
Actuators ■ Open- and Closed-Loop Panel Controls
Operation ■ ActiveX® Programming
Controllers ■ Strain Gauge Interfaces
Feedback Connections ■ Seamless Software
▼ SECTIONS ■ USB Plug-and-Play Connectivity Integration with
■ User Controlled Digital I/O Port apt™ Family MPZ601
T-Cube Overview
Benchtop
Overview
Rack System
Overview Modular apt™ Piezoelectric Controller
DC Servo
This modular apt™ piezoelectric controller, compatible with the apt™ rack
(pages 624 - 625), incorporates the latest high-speed digital signal processing (DSP),
Stepper Motor low-noise analog electronics, and ActiveX® software technology to provide two low
noise, fully software controlled, high-voltage (0-75 V) output channels. These modular
Piezo/Strain
Gauge controllers are designed for use in larger scale critical alignment applications where
nanometer-level motion control is required. The modular apt™ piezo controller is
Auto-Alignment
supplied with a full suite of software support tools. An intuitive graphical instrument
Solenoid
panel allows immediate control and visualization of the operation of the piezo
controllers. See pages 654 - 656 for a full description of the apt™ system software, and
apt Control
Software
the next page for details on the apt™ modular rack system that houses this module. See pages 654 - 656 for more information
on the included apt™ software.
Tutorials Easily Configured Closed-Loop
Operation
Module operation is fully configurable Specifications Displacement Sensor Input
(parameterized) with key settings exposed ■ Piezoelectric Output: Connector Pin Out
through the associated graphical interface • Two Output Channels:
panel. Open-loop or closed-loop operating SMC Male Connector
modes can be selected quickly. In both – Voltage Output: 0 - 75 VDC/Channel
modes, the display can be changed to show – Voltage Stability: 100 ppm Over 24 Hrs
drive voltage or position (in microns). In – Noise: <3 mVRMS
– Output Current (Max): 500 mA/Channel
the closed-loop operation mode, both the
P and I (proportional and integral) ■ Differential Analog Inputs (BNC):
0 - 10 VDC
components of the feedback control loop
can be altered to adjust the servo-loop ■ Position Feedback
response. Adjustment of all key parameters (9-Pin D-Type Connector)
– Strain Gauge Feedback
is possible through direct interaction with
– Voltage Feedback: 0 - 10 VDC
the graphical panel or through the ActiveX®
■ User Input/Output
programmable interfaces that are included
(26-Pin D-Type Connector):
with each instrument. This allows the user • Two Output Monitors: 0 - 10 VDC
to build automated alignment routines in • Two Potentiometer Inputs:
almost any programming language. 10-Turn Pots
• Trigger Input/Output: TTL
Software Developers Support CD
• Digital I/O Lines: Opto-Isolated
A developers’ kit is shipped with all of our
■ General:
apt™ Series controllers. This additional
• One Slot apt™ Rack
software is intended for use by software • Dimensions (W x D x H):
developers working on large system 7.5" x 10.6" x 1.97"
integration projects that incorporate apt™ (190 mm x 270 mm x 50 mm)
products. The kit contains an extensive • Weight: 3.3 lb (1.5 kg) See pages 624 - 625 for more
selection of useful code samples as well as information on the apt™
tutorial information. rack enclosure.

MPZ601 $ 2,180.00 £ 1,569.60 € 1.896,60 ¥ 17,374.60 apt™ 2-Channel Piezoelectric Drive Module with Feedback
Motion Control
apt™ Modular Rack System

CHAPTERS ▼
Manual Stages
The apt™ modular rack system is a sophisticated, self-contained,
expandable, motion control platform for applications with a large Motorized Stages
number of channels. This new system deploys the same advanced
Multi-Axis
high-speed, digital signal processing (DSP) technology and low- Platforms
noise analog circuitry pioneered in the apt™ benchtop controllers.
Actuators
It also provides a highly functional 12-channel platform within
the footprint of a 4U high (7"), 19" wide enclosure. With a Controllers
unified power supply and a single node USB communications
interface, the apt™ rack system is easily incorporated into larger SECTIONS ▼
custom applications. Module functionality is identical to the
corresponding apt™ benchtop and T-Cube™ controllers, T-Cube Overview
allowing a common software solution and learning curve for both Benchtop
benchtop and rack-based apt™ controllers. Multiple user Overview
development environments are supported (e.g., Visual Basic, Rack System
LabVIEW™, HP VEE, C++, MATLAB, and .NET). Overview
The rack system architecture, hardware, and software has been DC Servo
engineered to provide an efficient solution for complex, high-channel-count
Stepper Motor
nanopositioning applications. Whether these applications are found in a modern high- Features
volume optoelectronic component manufacturing facility or in a leading R&D facility, Piezo/Strain
■ Supports up to 12-Channels Gauge
the MMR601 or MMR602 system is easy to implement and can be adapted to rapidly of Operation in a Single Chassis
changing requirements. ■ Three Plug-In Modules: Auto-Alignment
The rack presents a clean, uncluttered front panel with six rear mounting bays for the • Dual-Channel Piezoelectric
plug-in modules. This arrangement greatly simplifies the cable management issues that Controller with 75 V of Low-Noise Solenoid
Output (See Pages 644 - 645)
arise as the number of channels expands. apt Control
• Dual-Channel Stepper Motor Software
Each module is equipped with an on-board digital signal processor (DSP), which Controller with Peak Power
allows processing power to be increased as modules (channels of operation) are of 50 W per Channel (See Page 634) Tutorials
added. This way, the system is able to maintain maximum operating efficiency, even • Dual-Channel NanoTrak™
when fully loaded. Auto-Alignment System
(See Pages 650 - 651)
Furthermore, additional racks can be added to the USB bus as required, thus allowing
■ 6 Module Slots per Chassis,
multiple, fully automated, 6-axis positioning stages to be combined into a single unified Access from Rear Panel
motion control system. ■ Advanced ActiveX®
The PC-based software that drives the rack system operates from the same kernel of PC Control Software Suite
ActiveX® multi-threaded server code used to drive the stand-alone benchtop controllers ■ USB Plug-and-Play
and includes the same collection of high-level user applications. All of our ActiveX® ■ USB Interface Allows Multiple Systems
software is rigorously engineered using modern object-oriented techniques, which to be Connected and Controlled via
ensures independence of programming environment and compatibility with a large One PC
number of third-party development tools. See pages 654 - 656 for more details on the
apt™ software suite.
Specifications
■ Power Input:
• Power: 800 W
• Fuse: 15 A
19.0" x 17.6" x 7.0"
(480 mm x 448 mm x 183 mm)
■ Weight: 35.2 lbs (16 kg)

07_AutoAlignment_646-651.qxd.P:646-651 7/23/11 2:48 PM Page 646
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
T-Cube™ NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment Controller (Page 1 of 2)
Manual Stages
The T-Cube™ NanoTrak™ Controller with USB computer interface represents the latest
Motorized Stages developments in automated optical alignment technology. It is designed for use in entry-level
photonics devices and fiber alignment applications and is ideal for low-volume device assembly,
Multi-Axis
Platforms characterization, and mapping.
Actuators
This auto-alignment T-Cube™ unit is used together with a pair of external piezo amplifier
channels (TPZ001 T-Cube™ Piezo Drivers, see pages 636 - 637) to provide a complete
Controllers solution for manipulating piezo-actuated nanopositioning stages. The complete system is
capable of aligning the device position down to the 10 nm regime. Equipped with a direct
▼ SECTIONS FC/PC PIN photodiode input fed to a high-gain, multi-range, transimpedance amplifier,
this unit uses the same advanced auto-alignment algorithms pioneered on our high-end,
T-Cube Overview higher bandwidth, benchtop NanoTrak™ Controller (BNT001/IR). For information on
Benchtop how the NanoTrak™ is used in auto-alignment applications, see the BNT001/IR on
Overview pages 648 - 649. For an explanation of the NanoTrak™ theory of operation, please visit
Rack System our website or see the tutorial on pages 657 - 659.
Overview
TNA001/IR Operator interaction can be accomplished using either the manual control panel or via the intuitive apt™
DC Servo software interface provided with the unit. This powerful controller in a miniature package can be mounted
to an optical table directly with the included mounting plate so it is in close proximity to the device it controls.
Stepper Motor
Tabletop operation also allows minimal drive cable lengths for easier cable management. All manual controls are located on the top face of the
Piezo/Strain unit, making it convenient to adjust the piezo positions manually and to monitor the alignment via the easy-to-read target display.
Gauge
Auto-Alignment
Specifications Features
Solenoid
■ Optical Power Measurement: ■ Other Input/Output: ■ Compact Footprint
apt Control • PIN Photodiode: 30 nA to 10 mA • Feedback Signal In: 0 - 10 V (SMA)
Software ■ Front Panel or PC Readout
Photocurrent • Dual Piezo Position Demand
Tutorials • InGaAs Detector: FC/PC Fiber Outputs: 0 - 10 V (SMA)
■ Active Fiber Alignment
Input • USB Port: Version 1.1 Mini ■ Maintain Optimum Power
• Signal Phase Compensation: Connector Throughput to Fiber
-180° to 180° ■ Input Power Requirements ■ InGaAs Detectors and Pin
■ NanoTraking: (DIN Connector): Current Options
• Circle Scanning Frequency: • Voltages: 15 V (100 mA), ■ NTA009 Si Detector
17.5 - 87.5 Hz -15 V (100 mA), Available Separately
• Circle Diameter Makes Adjustment: or +5 V (400 mA) ■ USB Plug-and-Play
Automatic and Manual Connectivity
■ Full Software Control Suite
Included
■ Extensive ActiveX®
Programming Interfaces
Screenshot of the GUI that comes with the NanoTrak™ controller. Once in the tracking mode, the unit controls the piezo drivers, which adjust the
stage’s position in order to locate the position of maximum power.
The diameter of the circle shown in the screen shot represents the amplitude of the fiber oscillation, while the center of the circle indicates the
current horizontal and vertical position of the piezo actuators.
Motion Control
T-Cube™ NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment Controller (Page 2 of 2)

CHAPTERS M
Power Supply options Manual Stages
The TNA001 T-Cube™ requires a 5 V, 15 V, -15 V power supply. 2.36" 2.10" Motorized Stages
Thorlabs offers a compact, two-way power supply unit (TPS002), (60.0 mm) (53.0 mm)
allowing up to two T-Cubes™ to be powered from a single main outlet. Multi-Axis

Platforms
apt - NanoTrak
Alternatively, the TCH002 USB Controller Hub (see pages 620 - 621) AUTO / MODE
VOLTS
LATCH/TRACK
3.66" Actuators
provides power distribution for up to six T-Cubes. The Controller Hub (93.0 mm)
LATCH 3.07"
contains a USB2.0 hub to provide communications for all six T-Cubes – RANGE (78.0 mm) Controllers
2.36" 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 101112
a single USB connection to the Controller Hub is all that is required for (60.0 mm)
SECTIONS M
SIGNAL
PC control. POWER
The NTA009 is a Si Detector, designed for

T-Cube Overview
use in the visible spectral region, that can be
used as a replacement to the InGaAs detector Please refer to our website for complete 0.25" Benchtop
in the BNT001/IR. models and drawings. (6.4 mm) Overview
Rack System
NTA009 Overview
DC Servo
apt™ NanoTrak™ For higher speed auto-alignment, please
see our powerful benchtop NanoTrak™ Stepper Motor
Controller
unit. This controller combines an Piezo/Strain
intelligent active feedback alignment Gauge
control system and a two-channel, high-
Auto-Alignment
current piezoelectric controller into a
single benchtop unit.
Solenoid
See Following Page
TNA001/IR apt Control
Back View Software
Tutorials
TNA001/IR* $ 1,895.00 TNA001
£ 1,364.40 € 1.648,65 ¥ 15,103.15 T-Cube™ NanoTrak™ Controller with InGaAs Detector
NTA009 $ 295.00 £ 212.40 € 256,65 ¥ 2,351.15 Silicon Detector for NanoTrak™
TPS002 $ 105.00 £ 75.60 € 91,35 ¥ 836.85 ±15 V/5 V Power Supply Unit for up to 2 T-Cubes™
*Power Supply not included

Shack-Hartmann Wavefront Sensor with High-Quality Microlens Array

Includes Light Source, Imaging Optics, and Associated Mounting

Hardware
Thorlabs offers Adaptive Optics Kits that incorporate a

MEMS-based deformable mirror (either gold or aluminum
coated), a Shack-Hartmann wavefront sensor, all necessary
imaging optics and mounting hardware, fully functional
stand-alone control software for immediate control of the AOK1UM01
system, and a support library to assist with tailored Adaptive Optics Kit
(Breadboard not Included)
applications authored by the end user. In addition, since the kit
ships as three pre-aligned optomechanical sections, our adaptive optics
kits provide a near out-of-the-box solution for real-time wavefront
compensation.
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
Benchtop NanoTrak™ Controller (Page 1 of 2)
Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
Multi-Axis Features
Platforms
■ Tracking Feature Maintains Optimum
Actuators Throughput Indefinitely
Controllers
■ Two Piezo-Actuator Output Channels
Provide Closed-Loop Feedback
▼ SECTIONS ■ InGaAS Detector, or External Inputs
(FC/PC for Optical and BNC for Voltage)
T-Cube Overview
■ NTA009 Si Detector Available Separately
Benchtop ■ USB Plug-and-Play Connectivity
Overview
Rack System
■ Full GUI Control Suite
Overview ■ ActiveX® Graphical Panel Controls
DC Servo BNT001/IR and Programming Interfaces
■ Seamless Software Integration with
Stepper Motor
Entire apt™ Family of Products
Piezo/Strain
Gauge
Auto-Alignment The benchtop NanoTrak™ auto-alignment controller combines an intelligent active achieve optimal alignment via piezo actuation.
feedback alignment control system and a two-channel piezoelectric controller into a Many of our piezo-actuated stages can also be
Solenoid
single benchtop unit. As part of the apt™ series, this unit can be integrated with all motorized to support this initial first alignment
apt Control of our apt™ controllers and drives. This system is a basic building block from step (see our NanoMax™ stages starting on
Software
which advanced alignment systems can be quickly configured. It can be fully page 546).
Tutorials integrated with our extensive selection of Max Series piezo-driven positioning Once first-light detection is accomplished, the
systems. NanoTrak™ system begins its alignment process
Although used primarily for aligning optical fibers and integrated optical devices, the using advanced phase-sensitive detection and
NanoTrak™ is ideal for automating just about any labor-intensive alignment tasks digital filtering techniques to generate correction
such as waveguide characterization, fiber pigtailing of active and passive devices, as well voltages, which are then directly applied to the
as a multitude of other R&D applications. piezoelectric actuators in the stage.
Auto-Alignment Highly Adaptable Operation
When combined with a positioning stage outfitted with at least two piezoelectric There are an infinite variety of device alignment
actuators, the NanoTrak™ auto-alignment system is designed to optimize the scenarios, each with potentially different optical
coupling through an optical assembly. Refer to the NanoTrak™ tutorial (pages 657 and physical characteristics: half widths, coupled
– 659) for a more detailed explanation of the principle of operation of this unit. peak powers, misalignment sensitivity, and
In a typical, automated-alignment setup, it is common to align for initial first-light mechanical phase lags. Given the range of
detection using motor control before allowing the NanoTrak™ to take over and applications, it is important that NanoTrak™ be
easily configured for a specific task.
To achieve this adaptability, NanoTrak’s operation
Block Diagram: With one fiber fixed and the other is fully configurable with many of the parameters
mounted on a piezo-actuated stage capable of moving
of the system accessible through easy-to-use
the fiber perpendicular to its endface, the NanoTrak™
NanoTrak Unit controls the position of the moving fiber. graphical software panels.
Vertical
For example, when operating in tracking mode,
Piezo
Control the system applies a small sinusoidal dither to the
and The NanoTrak’s piezoelectric actuators as part of the alignment
Auto- Amp auto-alignment
Optical
process. To accommodate the specific optical
Alignment Stage circuit controls the
Circuit
Piezo
Fibers
position of the characteristics of the elements in the system, the
Control fiber as it optimizes dithering amplitude and frequency can be
and the efficiency of the
Amp
adjusted via the Circle Diameter and Circle
Horizontal butt-coupling. Frequency settings, respectively. Additionally, to
deal with a potentially wide range of optical signal
Detector
levels and sensitivities, the overall closed-loop gain
In many applications, a planar waveguide or other device can be adjusted via the Gain parameter.
replaces one of the fibers; however, the basic principles
remain the same.
Motion Control
CHAPTERS ▼
Benchtop NanoTrak™ Controller (Page 2 of 2)
Manual Stages
A few other important parameters are also worth covering in this brief summary of the NanoTrak™ system. The electromechanical phase
lags associated with any moving device under piezoelectric control can be compensated by using phase correction parameters. A wide Motorized Stages
range of feedback signal (coupled power) noise levels can be accommodated by altering the input amplifier gain and filtering parameters.
Multi-Axis
There are many more settings and adjustments that can be made to fully optimize operation of the unit. Platforms
All such settings and parameters are also accessible through the ActiveX® programmable interfaces for automated alignment sequences. Actuators
See pages 654 – 656 for a full description of the apt™ system software.
Controllers
SECTIONS ▼
Specifications
T-Cube Overview
■ Optical Power Measurement ■ Piezoelectric Input/Output ■ Other Input/Output
• PIN Photodiode: 1 nA to 10 mA • Two Output Connectors • Optical Power Monitor Benchtop
Photocurrent (SMC Male): (BNC): 0 – 10 VDC Overview
• InGaAs Detector: – Voltage Output: • User Control (37-Pin, D-Type)
Rack System
FC/PC Fiber Input 0 – 75 VDC/Channel Overview
– Isolated Digital I/O
• Optical Power Monitor (BNC): – Voltage Stability: 100 ppm • Trigger In/Out (BNC): DC Servo
Multiple Ranges Over 24 Hours 0 – 10 VDC
• Signal Phase Compensation: – Noise: <3 mVRMS • USB Port Stepper Motor
-180° to 180° – Output Current:
500 mA/Channel ■ Power Requirements Piezo/Strain
■ NanoTraking • Voltage: 85 – 264 VAC Gauge
• Circle Scanning Frequency: • Output Monitors (BNC):
0 – 10 VDC • Frequency: 47 – 63 Hz Auto-Alignment
1 – 300 Hz • Power: 200 W
• Circle Diameter Adjustment • Analog Inputs (BNC): 0 – 10
VDC • Fuse: 3 A Solenoid
Modes: Automatic and Manual
(Used in Piezo Amp Mode) ■ General apt Control
• Strain Gauge Position Feedback: • Dimensions (W x D x H): Software
(Two 9-Pin, Female D-Type) Standard 9.67" x 13.0" x 5.1"
Tutorials
(245 mm x 300 mm x 130 mm)
The apt™ NanoTrak™ controller is supplied

with a full suite of software support tools.
Once the software and associated USB drivers
are installed, the aptUser utility provides a
full-featured, intuitive graphical instrument
panel, allowing full control and visualization
of the NanoTrak™ operation. Additionally,
ActiveX® components are included to speed
user developed routines in the users
programming environment of choice (e.g.,
LabVIEW™, Visual Basic, or C++).
The InGaAs Detector (800-1800 nm) that comes with the BNT001/IR is packaged just like the NTA009 Si
detector shown to the right. For applications in the 320 – 1000 nm wavelength range simply unplug the InGaAs
detector and plug in the NTA009.
WAVELENGTH
SENSOR RANGE DESCRIPTION RISE TIME INPUT NEP DARK CURRENT
Comes Standard with the
InGaAs 800 – 1800 nm 100 ps @ 12 V FC/PC 1.5 x 10-15 W/Hz 0.5 nA @ -5 V NTA009
BNT001/IR Nanotrak Contoller
Si Detector for a
Si 320 – 1000 nm Item # NTA009 100 ps @ 12 V FC/PC 3.1 x 10-15 W/Hz 0.5 nA @ 10 V BNT001 Controller

BNT001/IR $ 6,760.00 £ 4,867.20 € 5.881,20 ¥ 53,877.20 apt™ NanoTrak™ Controller with InGaAs Detector
NTA009 $ 295.00 £ 212.40 € 256,65 ¥ 2,351.15 Silicon Detector NanoTrak™
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
Modular Rack System NanoTrak™
Manual Stages Auto-Alignment Module (Page 1 of 2)
Motorized Stages
Multi-Axis
Platforms
Actuators
Controllers
▼ SECTIONS
T-Cube Overview
Benchtop MNA601/IR See pages 624 - 625 for

Overview information on the rack system
Rack System
Overview The modular NanoTrak™ auto-alignment controller combines an intelligent active- configured. It can be fully integrated into a rack
feedback alignment control system and a two-channel piezoelectric controller into a mainframe system along with other plug-in
DC Servo
single plug-in unit. As part of the apt™ series, this auto-alignment unit represents modules (e.g., piezoelectric controllers (pages 644
Stepper Motor the latest developments in automated optical alignment technologies. This system is - 645), stepper motor controllers (page 634), and
a basic building block from which advanced alignment systems can be quickly this NanoTrak™ auto-alignment module).
Piezo/Strain
Gauge Although used primarily for aligning optical fibers
and integrated optical devices, the NanoTrak™ is
Auto-Alignment Features ideal for automating just about any labor-
■ Tracking Feature Maintains Optimum Throughput Indefinitely intensive alignment tasks.
Solenoid
■ Advanced Dark Search Algorithms for First-Light Detection with
The modular NanoTrak™ plug-in is identical in
apt Control Motorized Fiber Launch
Software functionality and associated user software to the
■ Two Piezo Actuator Output Channels Provide Closed-Loop Feedback
benchtop NanoTrak™ system presented on
Tutorials ■ InGaAs Detector or External Inputs (FC/PC for Optical and BNC
Voltage for External Input) page 648. The principles of operation are covered
■ NTA009 Si Detector Available Separately in detail in the NanoTrak™ tutorial (see pages
■ USB Plug-and-Play Connectivity 647 - 649).
■ Full GUI Control Suite Auto-Alignment
■ ActiveX® Graphical Panel Controls and Programming Interfaces When combined with a positioning stage that
■ Seamless Software Integration with Entire apt™ Family of Products has at least two piezoelectric actuators, the
(Electronics and Mechanics) NanoTrak™ auto-alignment system is designed
to optimize the coupling through an optical
assembly. The NanoTrak™ module is compatible
with a wide range of Thorlabs’ piezo-actuated
NanoTrak Unit stages and assemblies (see our NanoMax™ stages
on pages 547 and 568, respectively).
Piezo Vertical In a typical automated alignment setup, it is
Control
common to align for initial first-light detection
and
Amp using motor control and then allow the
Auto-
Alignment Stage Optical NanoTrak™ to take over and achieve optimal
Circuit
Piezo
Fibers alignment via piezo actuation. Many of Thorlabs’
Control piezo-actuated stages can also be motorized to
and support this initial alignment step; two-channel
Amp
Horizontal motor control modules (page 634) are available
for use in the same rack mainframe as the
Detector NanoTrak™ module.
Once first-light detection is accomplished, the
With one fiber fixed and the other mounted on a piezo-actuated stage NanoTrak™ system begins its alignment process
capable of moving the fiber perpendicular to its endface, the NanoTrak™ using advanced phase-sensitive detection and
controls the position of the moving fiber. The NanoTrak’s auto-alignment digital-filtering techniques to generate correction
circuit controls the fiber’s position as it optimizes the coupling efficiency voltages. They are then directly applied to the
through the two fibers. In many applications, a planar waveguide or piezoelectric actuators in order to achieve optimal
other device replaces one of the fibers; however, the basic principles alignment performance.
remain the same.
Motion Control
CHAPTERS ▼
Modular Rack System NanoTrak™
Auto-Alignment Module (Page 2 of 2) Manual Stages
Highly Adaptable Operation many of the parameters of the system accessible through easy-to-use graphical Motorized Stages
There are an infinite variety of alignment software panels. For example, when operating in Tracking Mode, the system Multi-Axis
scenarios, each with potentially different optical applies a small sinusoidal dither to the piezoelectric actuators as part of the Platforms
and physical characteristics such as half widths, alignment process (see the NanoTrak™ tutorial on pages 651 - 659). To Actuators
coupled peak powers, misalignment power accommodate the specific optical characteristics of the elements in the system, the
response, and mechanical phase lags. dithering amplitude and frequency can be adjusted via the Circle Diameter and Controllers
To deal with this range of applications, the Circle Frequency settings, respectively. Additionally, to deal with a potentially wide
range of optical signal levels and sensitivities, the overall closed-loop gain can be SECTIONS ▼
NanoTrak’s operation is fully configurable with
adjusted via a gain parameter.
T-Cube Overview
All such settings and parameters are also
accessible through the ActiveX® programmable Benchtop
Specifications interfaces for automated alignment sequences.
Overview
■ Optical Power Measurement: ■ User I/O Port (26-Pin D-Type See pages 654 - 656 for a full description of
Rack System
• PIN Photodiode: Female): Overview
1 nA to 10 mA Photocurrent the apt™ system software.
• Optical Power Monitors: DC Servo
• InGaAs Detector: 0 - 10 VDC Extensive Software Support Tools
FC/PC Fiber Input • Two Differential Analog Inputs: The apt™ software library contains a number Stepper Motor
• Ext. Power Meter Input (BNC): 0 - 10 VDC
Multiple Ranges of optional features, with many different Piezo/Strain
• Trigger Input/Output: TTL graphical user interfaces, operational
• Signal Phase Compensation: Gauge
-180° to 180° • Digital I/O Lines: Opto-Isolated parameters, and programming functions. To
Auto-Alignment
■ NanoTraking: ■ General: assist in using the software, comprehensive,
• Circle Scanning Frequency: • One Slot apt™ Rack fully context-sensitive online help is provided. Solenoid
1 - 300 Hz • Dimensions (W x D x H):
• Circle Diameter Adjustment 7.5" x 10.6" x 2.0" The NTA009 is a Si Detector, designed for use apt Control
Modes: Automatic and Manual (190 mm x 270 mm x 50 mm) in the visible spectral region, that can be used Software
■ Piezoelectric Input/Output: • Weight: 3.3 lbs (1.5 kg) as a replacement of the InGaAs detector that Tutorials
• Two Output Connectors comes with the BNT011/IR.
(SMC male):
- Voltage Output: 0 - 75 VDC
per Channel
- Voltage Stability: User I/O Piezo In
100 ppm over 24 Hours
- Noise: <3 mV RMS
- Output Current:
500 mA/Channel
• Two Output Monitors (BNC):
0 - 10 VDC
• Position Feedback
(9-Pin, D-Type Female):
– Strain Gauge Feedback
– Voltage Feedback:
0 - 10 VDC
The InGaAs Detector (800-1800 nm) that comes with the MNA601/IR is packaged just like the NTA009 Si
detector shown to the right. For applications in the 320-1000 nm wavelength range simply unplug the InGaAs
detector and plug in the NTA009.
WAVELENGTH
SENSOR RANGE DESCRIPTION RISE TIME INPUT NEP DARK CURRENT
Comes Standard with the
InGaAs 800 - 1800 nm 100 ps @ 12 V FC/PC 1.5 x 10-15 W/Hz 0.5 nA @ -5 V NTA009
MNA601/IR Nanotrak Contoller
Si Detector for a
Si 320 - 1000 nm Item # NTA009 100 ps @ 12 V FC/PC 3.1 x 10-15 W/Hz 0.5 nA @ 10 V BNT001 Controller

MNA601/IR $ 5,620.00 £ 4,046.40 € 4.889,40 ¥ 44,791.40 apt™ NanoTrak™ Controller Module with InGaAs Detector
NTA009 $ 295.00 £ 212.40 € 256,65 ¥ 2,351.15 Silicon Detector NanoTrak™
08_Solenoid_652-653.qxd.P:652-653 7/23/11 2:52 PM Page 652
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
T-Cube™ Solenoid/Shutter Controller (Page 1 of 2)
Manual Stages
Motorized Stages
Features
Multi-Axis
Platforms ■ Full apt™ Software Control Suite Included
Actuators ■ Automatic, Single, Manual, and Triggered
Operating Modes
Controllers ■ Operates Thorlabs’ Solenoid-Actuated SH05 Shutter
■ Manual- or PC-Controlled Operation via USB
▼ SECTIONS
■ Input/Output Triggering (Daisy Chaining)
T-Cube Overview ■ Safety Enabled Key Switch
Benchtop ■ Laser Safety Interlock Jack
Overview ■ Extensive ActiveX® Programming Interfaces
Rack System
Overview
■ Software Compatible with Other apt™ Controllers
DC Servo
Stepper Motor
Piezo/Strain TSC001
Specifications
Gauge ■ Timing Resolution: 250 µs
Auto-Alignment ■ On/Off Times: 100 ms to 10 s
■ Maximum Repetition Rate: up to 10 Hz
Solenoid
■ Trigger In/Out (SMA Connected): TTL
apt Control ■ Output Enable: Key Switch and Interlock Jack Plug
Software The T-Cube™ Solenoid Controller (TSC001) is a compact, single- ■ Operating Modes:
Tutorials channel controller that provides easy manual and automated
control of solenoid-operated shutters, flipper mounts, and other • Manual: User-Controlled On/Off
similar devices. Designed to operate 15 V solenoid-actuated • Single: DSP-Controlled Single On/Off Cycle
devices, this miniature controller offers a complete set of control • Auto: DSP-Controlled Multiple On/Off Cycles
features via an embedded DSP processor, which provides a • Triggered: Externally Triggered On/Off
multitude of flexible operating modes. Embedded software ■ Output (6-Way Hirose Connectors):
functionality allows this unit to be used to control solenoid devices • Solenoid Drive: 15 V Pulse (10 V Hold)
manually (using panel buttons), automatically with DSP-timed
• Position Sensor Feedback: Photodiode
operation, or with external trigger signals for operation with third-
party equipment. A trigger out connection allows multiple T- ■ Input Power Requirements:
Cube™ controllers to be connected together for multichannel • Voltage: 15 V Regulated DC
synchronized operation. • Current: 1 A Peak, 300 mA Steady State
The TSC001 may be used as a stand-alone device or combined ■ Housing Dimensions (W x D x H):
with the T-Cube™ Controller Hub (TCH002) for applications 2.36" x 2.36" x 1.87" (60.0 mm x 60.0 mm x 47.5 mm)
utilizing multiple T-Cubes. The manual controls for this unit are ■ Weight: 5.5 oz (160 g)
conveniently located on the upper surface. The mode button
switches the unit between the various operating modes, while the
enable button is used to initiate manual or automatic operation of
the solenoid controller output. There is also a safety key switch and
interlock plug fitted to this compact unit for use in laser safety
applications. USB connectivity provides easy plug-and-play, PC-
controlled operation.
Coupling the controller with the very user-friendly apt™ software
(supplied) allows the user to get set up quickly. Advanced custom
control sequences are also possible using the extensive ActiveX®
programming environment.
For multi-channel applications, the TCH002 USB Controller Hub
contains a fully compliant USB 2.0 hub circuit, providing power
and communications for up to six T-Cubes – a single USB
connection to the Controller Hub is all that is required for PC
control. See pages 620 - 621 for more details. TSC001
08_Solenoid_652-653.qxd.P:652-653 7/23/11 2:52 PM Page 653
Motion Control
CHAPTERS ▼
T-Cube™ Solenoid/Shutter Controller (Page 2 of 2)
Manual Stages
TSC001 Solenoid Controller Applications
The TSC001 Solenoid Controller has been designed to also control Motorized Stages
third-party, solenoid-operated devices with a maximum voltage of Multi-Axis
15 V and a maximum current of 1 A. Thorlabs offers a solenoid- Platforms
operated beam shutter (SH05, see page 361) that is compatible with
Actuators
the TSC001 Solenoid Controller.
Controllers
Power Supply Options SECTIONS ▼

OPERATION RECOMMENDED POWER SUPPLY
Stand-Alone or Single-Channel Operation TPS001 or TPS008 T-Cube Overview
System or Multichannel Operation TCH002 Benchtop
Overview
Rack System
TSC001
Overview
DC Servo
Stepper Motor
TSC001 Controller with

T-Cube TM
Piezo/Strain
Gauge
SH05 Shutter Controller Hub Auto-Alignment
TCH002 Solenoid
apt Control
Software
Tutorials
2.36" 2.10"
(60.0 mm) (53.0 mm)
apt - solenoid controller

VOLTS
3.66" ENABLE
(93.0 mm) 3.07"

MODE
(78.0 mm)
2.36"
(60.0 mm)
POWER
0.25"
Please refer to our website for complete models and drawings. (6.4 mm)
See pages 620 - 621

TSC001 $ 545.00 £ 392.40 € 474,15 ¥ 4,343.65 T-Cube™ Flipper/Shutter Controller
SH05* $ 438.00 £ 315.36 € 381,06 ¥ 3,490.86 Beam Shutter with Ø1/2" Aperture
*For specifications see page 361
09_aptControlSoft_654-656.qxd.P:654-656 7/23/11 2:52 PM Page 654
Motion Control
▼ CHAPTERS
apt™ Control Software Overview (Page 1 of 3)
Manual Stages
Constructing automated photonics or custom-alignment and positioning solutions in programming automative alignment sequences,
Motorized Stages a speedy and efficient manner is becoming increasingly important in today's learning how to operate the equipment manually
competitive environment. Timescales are often short; yet the nature of the solutions, is an important first step. Every apt™ controller
Multi-Axis particularly at the software level, are becoming more complex and demanding. can be manually operated using the supplied
Platforms
We have worked very closely with a large number of system engineers and research APTUser utility. This utility gives access to all
Actuators specialists in order to gain a detailed understanding of the specific requirements for settings, parameters, and operating modes. With
sophisticated, yet easy-to-use electronics and software controller products. this, most automated sequences can be first tested
Controllers
Out-of-the-Box Operation and verified without writing a single line of
When faced with an automated integration project, the system engineer or researcher custom software by first using APTUser.
▼ SECTIONS
will often face a steep learning curve, and when the end requirement involves Time-Saving Pre-Configuration
T-Cube Overview In order to further reduce the time required to
Benchtop configure our range of apt™ controllers, an offline
Overview pre-configuration utility, APTConfig, is supplied
Rack System with all units.
Overview
As an example, this utility can be used to associate
DC Servo
Thorlabs’ stages and actuators with individual
Stepper Motor
motor drive channels, thus allowing the system to
automatically set a large number of system
Piezo/Strain parameter defaults. This offline configuration
Gauge
eliminates the need to write the large amounts of
Auto-Alignment initialization code often required when using other
control systems, greatly reducing the time taken
Solenoid
when developing custom applications. Many other
apt Control preconfigured settings can be made by using the
Software
APTConfig utility.
Tutorials apt™ Server – The Engine for Integration
Software Solutions
The apt™ Server lies at the heart of the apt™
system. This software engine sits underneath the
operation of both APTUser and APTConfig and
makes the functionality of both utilities easily
Full Version Available accessible. The apt™ Server actually comprises a
in the Download collection of cooperating ActiveX® Controls (see
Section at aside) and associated support libraries that provide
www.thorlabs.com a tool kit of graphical instrument panels and
associated programming interfaces. It is this set of
ActiveX® Controls that allow apt™ functionality
to be incorporated quickly and easily into custom
applications.
ActiveX® Controls allow apt™ motion control and alignment functionality to be incorporated quickly and easily
into custom applications. ActiveX® Controls are pre-compiled software functional blocks (or components) that
typically include both a graphical user interface (GUI) and programming
(software function) interface. There are many such ActiveX®
Controls available to the Windows software developer,
providing an enormous range of pre-compiled functionality
for use in their own custom (or client) applications. The
ActiveX® Controls supplied with the apt™ system provide
all of the GUI and programmability required to operate and
control the full range of apt™ controllers (T-Cube,
benchtop, and rack-based variants). For example, the Motor
ActiveX® Control provides a complete instrument panel
allowing for full manual control of our stepper motor driver units. In
addition, the associated programming interface allows the software developer to
automate the operation of the motor in an integration application.
Motion Control
CHAPTERS ▼
apt™ Control Software Overview (Page 2 of 3)
Manual Stages
Multiple Development Environment Taking Visual Basic as an example, a fully functional apt™ motor control
Support – Your Choice instrument panel can be incorporated into an end application literally within a Motorized Stages
Language compatibility is one of the first minute with a single drag-and-drop operation, a single serial number setting, and a
Multi-Axis
questions often posed by a system developer. single line of code. Unlike many other motion control software libraries available, Platforms
Anticipating that our customers will want to use a the apt™ system provides complete prewritten GUIs for use in custom applications.
Actuators
wide variety of software development languages Consequently, a large amount of development time is saved by eliminating the need
and tools when architecting their solutions, we to write code to provide essential end user interface capability. These instrument Controllers
have engineered the apt™ Server to be ActiveX® panels can also be used during software development or when commissioning and
compliant. ActiveX® is a language independent configuring the system to alter essential settings. In the finished application, it is also SECTIONS ▼
interfacing technology supported by a large very easy to hide these full parameter access graphical panels from the end user in
number of Windows-based software development order to prevent inadvertent changes to parameters. T-Cube Overview
environments. Using our apt™ controllers, it is Comprehensive Programming Interfaces Benchtop
possible to create custom alignment applications We recognize that it is crucially important that the apt™ Server makes available all Overview
with environments such as LabVIEW™, Visual required parameters and operating modes through its programming interfaces. Rack System
Basic, Visual C++, Borland C++, HP VEE, Overview
Matlab, and even Microsoft Office via VBA We have taken every available system setting and command and exposed them to
DC Servo
(Visual Basic for Applications). Certain .NET support the vast range of integrated software applications that can be built around
environments (e.g. VB.NET, C#.NET) will also the apt™ system. Hundreds of software commands and settings exist to ensure full Stepper Motor
support ActiveX® through Microsoft interop flexibility and adaptability when automating the operation of our controllers.
Piezo/Strain
technology. Multithreading Gauge
When developing custom applications on a PC, it is important to ensure that the Auto-Alignment
automated process itself can execute without disruption (to maintain required
alignment time for example). Additionally, a well-written client application will also Solenoid
provide feedback to the user via its GUI and allow operator intervention at any time
apt Control
should an error condition or other event occur. In many cases, a Software
motion control application will also be required to interact with
Tutorials
other system hardware such as device characterization and
acquisition systems, laser sources, robotic units, and environment
control units. The system engineer is faced with supporting all of
the above within a single
application while also overcoming
the consequent issues of software
latency from the end user’s
perspective (e.g. due to polling
of equipment).
To address these fundamental
application issues, we have built a
multithreading and event
triggering capability into the
apt™ Server. Multithreading is
deployed to isolate operation of
the apt™ hardware completely
from that of the end application.
In this way, an end client application can engage in intensive
processing (such as data acquisition or number crunching) without affecting
the operation of the apt™ controllers. Additionally, we have ensured that
the graphical instrument panels are themselves executed in a separate
processing thread. This unique approach taken in the apt™ Server ensures
that the graphical panels remain fully responsive even when the end
application is busy on some intensive processing activity. Always being able
to access apt™ controller settings via their GUI panels is extremely useful when
Rapid Application Development – trying to optimize software routines, even if an automated sequence is running.
Drag and Drop Event triggering is the software mechanism by which an apt™ ActiveX® Control
One of the key benefits using the apt™ ActiveX® can inform the client application of some event or occurrence. In the apt™ system,
Controls is the speed with which the associated this mechanism is effectively used to end motor movement and other lengthy
apt™ functionality can be incorporated into a operations. By responding to these events, a custom end application does not need
custom alignment application. to sit and poll for lengthy operations, which improves the overall system
performance.
Motion Control
M CHAPTERS apt™ Control Software Overview (Page 3 of 3)

Manual Stages
errors that occur during actual execution of the
Motorized Stages associated software (e.g. incorrectly calculated
position parameter passed to the apt™ Server) are
Multi-Axis
Platforms difficult to analyze after the event (and may not
even occur when interactively debugging because
Actuators
of the difference in execution dynamics). To solve
Controllers this issue, the apt™ software has a built-in system-
wide event logging capability that records all
M SECTIONS function calls (and associated parameters). This
chronological record of client application activity
T-Cube Overview is invaluable in monitoring the sequence of events
Benchtop that lead up to a process failure, thereby helping
Overview the software developer to find and debug problems.
Rack System
Overview
Developer Support CD
It is inevitable, even for relatively simple
DC Servo applications, that software programming support
will be needed. Having recognized this and the
Stepper Motor
wide range of software end applications that can
Piezo/Strain be built around the apt™ system, we have brought
Gauge
together a comprehensive collection of programmer
Auto-Alignment information and reference material and made it
apt™ Hardware Emulator – Offline Application Development
available on CD. A full set of sample applications
Solenoid For total convenience, the apt™ Server can be placed into a full hardware
written in Visual Basic and LabVIEW™ is
emulation mode (using the APTConfig utility), giving the freedom to run the
apt Control included, together with various hints and tips. The
Software software without connecting actual physical units.
programming samples themselves cover a varying
Tutorials This emulation support is useful for many reasons, including learning how degree of complexity, from basic to advanced
to use and program the apt™ software without necessarily tying up real apt™ examples. The advanced examples are working
hardware, which is useful if multiple-person teams are working on the same programs that can be used with the apt™ motion
integration project. controllers and Thorlabs’ positioning stages and
actuators to perform optical alignments of real
world multi-axis photonics. They form an excellent
starting point for the system development and in
many cases will provide the functionality required
with only minor coding enhancements/changes.
Try the apt™ Software for Yourself
In the end, the best way to appreciate the power
and flexibility of the apt™ system software is to try
it yourself. You can obtain the latest version of the
apt™ software from the download section of the
Thorlabs’ website. After installation, it is possible
to create a simulated configuration of apt™
controllers and then go on to explore all of the
software commands and features described above,
as well as experiment with writing custom motion
control applications.
It is also useful to view the tutorial videos included.
These cover all aspects of using the software, from
overviews of the supplied user utilities to
programming basics in Visual Basic, LabVIEW,
It also gives the option of developing custom applications off-line if, for example,
and C++ environments.
the apt™ hardware is unavailable or already being used. Moreover, after an apt™-
based custom application has been developed and released, the actual physical
apt™ hardware may no longer be accessible for software support and maintenance
purposes, and so a simulator mode proves invaluable.
Debugging – apt™ System Logger
Software development, particularly of complex alignment and positioning systems,
is a process that inevitably involves debugging and process optimization. Often,
10_Tutorials_657-659.qxd.P:657-659 7/26/11 3:29 PM Page 657
Motion Control
NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment Tutorial (Page 1 of 3)

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
Introduction NanoTrak™ Operation Details Overview: Motorized Stages

Active-feedback optical alignment systems are ideal for use with fiber optics Optical power transmission through any system
Multi-Axis
and integrated optical systems. One such device, the Thorlabs NanoTrak™ under alignment can be plotted as a function of Platforms
(see pages 646 – 651), can automatically align fibers to devices such as waveguides in any two axial positions of the moving component
Actuators
less than one second. It can dramatically simplify characterization and pigtailing and shown as a series of concentric circles. These
procedures and can ensure drift-free positioning and accurate data acquisition. concentric circles represent the power contours Controllers
and can be thought of as the contours of a hill on
SECTIONS M
The NanoTrak™ can be used with any of the Thorlabs nanopositioners that
incorporate piezoelectric actuators attached to two orthogonal translational axes, but a map (see Figure 1). The NanoTrak™ must
it is particularly recommended for use with the NanoMax™ series of stages. guide the component (e.g., fiber) to the summit.
T-Cube Overview
How the NanoTrak™ Works Figure 1
The NanoTrak™ performs three functions: searching, aligning, and maintaining Vertical Min Benchtop
Scanning Circle Overview
optical coupling. and Gradient Rack System
Searching Contours Overview
The gradient search algorithm allows the NanoTrak™ to operate similar to a DC Servo
Max
compass finding the North Pole, pointing in the direction of peak power. The
sensitivity of the search is such that even with small power gradients (far away Stepper Motor
from the peak power) the NanoTrak™ will decide in which direction the peak Piezo/Strain
power is located. This information can then be used to make large movements in Gauge
the correct direction without having to map or search a large area. Gradient Auto-Alignment
Aligning
Horizontal Scan Circle Solenoid
In the proximity of the peak power, the gradient of the optical profile is much
smaller, indicating that smaller corrective or compensating movement is required apt Control
to align the components. NanoTrak™ automatically adjusts the magnitude of By detecting the gradient of the power at any Software
the movements. With the components aligned at the peak power position, the given position, the NanoTrak™ can adjust that
Tutorials
gradient changes to zero, indicating that optimum coupling position until the power is maximized and the
is achieved. gradient becomes zero. This is achieved by
scanning over the contours in a circular path to
Maintaining establish the position of the maximum signal
The dynamic behavior of the NanoTrak™ allows it to continue the alignment on the circular trajectory. The origin of the scan
process indefinitely. Should the components change position, the gradient search circle is then moved in the direction of the
detects the change and makes a corrective move. maximum signal.
Patent
6,467,762
BNT001/IR
(See Pages 648 – 649)
MAX609
(See Page 570)
Motion Control
▼CHAPTERS NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment System Tutorial (Page 2 of 3)

Manual Stages
The basic building blocks of the system are shown in the block diagram below The system is comprised of a PIN photodiode and
Motorized Stages (illustrating specifically fiber-to-fiber alignment): transimpedance amplifier (detector block), an
adjustable proportional and integral servo control loop
Multi-Axis
Platforms (auto-alignment block), and a dual channel high-
NanoTrak Unit voltage (HV) amplifier output circuit for driving two
Actuators piezo actuators connected to a positioning stage (piezo
amp block). The NanoTrak™ control loop maximizes
Controllers Vertical
Piezo the feedback signal by adjusting the HV amplifier
Control outputs in order to physically move a portion of the
▼ SECTIONS and
optical assembly to its optimal position. It does this by
Amp
T-Cube Overview Auto- superimposing a small user adjustable sinusoidal
Alignment Stage Optical voltage on the HV amplifier outputs. The sinusoidal
Benchtop Circuit Fibers
Overview Piezo modulation is phase shifted by 90° between the two
Rack System Control channels. If the two piezo actuators are orthogonal to
Overview and each other, the resulting physical motion will be
Amp circular.
DC Servo Horizontal
The radiation transmitted to the next optical
Stepper Motor
component and on through the optical system is
Detector
Piezo/Strain constantly monitored for changes in power,
Gauge modulation intensity, and phase. By sampling the
Figure 2 feedback signal around the circular trajectory, it is
Auto-Alignment
NanoTrak™ System Schematic Diagram possible for the phase sensitive algorithms on the
Solenoid With one fiber fixed and the other mounted on a piezo actuated stage capable NanoTrak™ unit to determine a signal gradient. In
apt Control
of moving the fiber perpendicular to its end face, the NanoTrak™ controls the this way the NanoTrak™ auto-alignment circuitry
Software position of the moving fiber. The NanoTrak’s auto-alignment circuit controls provides output DC correction voltages that are
the position of the fiber as it optimizes the efficiency of the coupling through amplified by the piezoelectric amplifiers and applied to
Tutorials the two fibers.
the device piezoelectric actuators to drive the
In many applications, a planar waveguide or other device replaces one of the component into alignment (in the direction of
fibers, however the basic principles remain the same. increasing signal).
ScienceDesk Series ™ Typical FAR01 Faraday

Enclosure Setup.
ScienceDesk™ and all
other parts available
of WorkStations separately. Microscope

not supplied.
Ergonomic Workplace Systems for Manufacturing and Scientific Research

Modular Design and Accessory Line Allows for Customization of Your Work Space
Welded Steel Frame for Excellent Strength and Durability
Passive- and Active-Air Isolation Available (Rigid Frames Also Available)
Faraday Enclosure (FAR01) Also Available to Shield from
Electromagnetic/Electrostatic Interference (See Page 44)
Panels are held in by Thorlabs’ ScienceDesk™ Series of Workstations offer high-

magnets, allowing them to quality, ergonomic, modular solutions to reduce vibrations
be quickly removed for common to the lab environment. They are ideally suited for
access inside the cage.
vibration-sensitive microscopy applications, such as those
typically found in the fields of high-resolution microscopy,
confocal microscopy, scanning probe microscopy, and
electrophysiology. Thorlabs now also offers a Faraday
ScienceDesks and
enclosure system as an optional accessory in order to shield accessories can be
from electromagnetic interference. configured to satisfy
almost any workspace
For more details, see pages 27 - 45 requirement.
Motion Control
NanoTrak™ Auto-Alignment System Tutorial (Page 3 of 3)

CHAPTERS M
Manual Stages
When the device is centered on the signal peak,
the signal gradient around the circle of motion is Figure 3 Motorized Stages
Vertical Motion Optical Power and
zero and the NanoTrak™ has achieved optimal
Vertical Motion as Multi-Axis
coupling of the device under its control. At this Platforms
a Function of Time
point the NanoTrak™ dithering can be Phase Angle
Actuators
suspended (outputs latched) for static alignment
Amplitude
requirements or dithering continued at smaller Controllers
amplitudes for active continuous alignment in
applications that suffer from drift. SECTIONS M
The speeds of response of the control unit and the
T-Cube Overview
piezo-controlled nanopositioners are measured in
milliseconds, and consequently, the time taken Time Benchtop
Overview
from signal acquisition (when the scanning covers
Rack System
the maximum area) to achieve alignment and Overview
maximum optical transmission is of the order of Optical Power
tens of milliseconds. DC Servo
Stepper Motor
Phase Sensitive Detection
Figure 4 By considering only the vertical component of Piezo/Strain
Gauge
Phase Angle Between Optical Power the motion and plotting the amplitude against
and Vertical Motion time, this produces a sine wave, as shown above Auto-Alignment
(Figure 3). At t0, the vertical motion is at the
maximum, however, the power does not reach Solenoid
Optical Power
a maximum until t1. Similarly, the motion is at apt Control
a minimum at time t2, whereas the minimum Software
Toward Maximum power is not reached until t3. Therefore, the Tutorials
optical power lags the vertical motion by a
phase angle (Figure 4).
By detecting the phase of the optical power
Phase Angle
signal, the NanoTrak™ can automatically align
two components. Once the NanoTrak™ has
Vertical Motion
found the maximum signal, it locks on to it, and
even if one of the components is moved slightly,
the NanoTrak™ corrects for the movement to
maintain the maximum power.
Summary
The NanoTrak™ from Thorlabs can automatically align fibers to
devices such as waveguides in less than one second. It can dramatically
Multi-Axis Platforms simplify characterization and pigtailing procedures, and can ensure
drift-free positioning and accurate data acquisition. By using the
NanoTrak™ in auto-alignment systems there are significant
advantages to be gained because of the improvement in the alignment
process.
Available
I Scanning and Searching to Find a Transmitted Optical Signal
I Rapidly Acquiring a Throughput Optical Signal
I
in Three,
Four, Maximizing the Optical Signal Through Constant Adjustment
Five, and of the Appropriate Position of the Piezo Actuators
Six Axis I Active Real-Time Compensating of Mechanical Crosstalk on
Several Different Actuator Options

Versions Multi-Axis Stage Mechanisms by Virtue of Optical Signal
Feedback Loop
Extensive Range of Accessories
I Similarly Active Correction of Positional Changes Caused by
Fully Customizable
Environmental Disturbances Such as Temperature Change and
Vibration
I Countering Bonding Forces During Pigtailing Operation,
Eliminating Erratic UV Curing and Other Undesirable Effects
See pages 541 - 588

Motion Control Testing A TravelMax Stage. NanoMax 3-Axis Flexure Platform. Assembly of A Flexure Platform

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Motion Control Testing A TravelMax Stage. NanoMax 3-Axis Flexure Platform. Assembly of A Flexure Platform

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

01_Linear Translation_478-499.qxd.

P:478-499 7/23/11 1:21 PM Page 478

NanoMax™ 3-Axis Flexure Platform

Thorlabs’ wide range of Motion Control

Our motion control team benefits from over

Assembly of a Flexure Platform

1/4" (6 mm) Travel Translation Stages

1/2" (12.7 mm) Travel Translation Stages

1" (25.4 mm) and 2" (50.8 mm) Travel Stages

Large-Area, Long-Travel Translation Stage

Continuous Rotation Stages

M CHAPTERS 1.5 mm Travel, NanoFlexTM Stage, 25 µm Piezo Actuator Counterbore for

NanoFlex™ Stage with Embedded 25 µm Piezoelectric Movement

1.5 mm (0.06") Travel, NanoFlexTM Stage and Driver Bundle

ITEM # METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

4 mm Travel Flexure Stage Platforms Multi-Axis

Compact XYZ Flexure Stage Platform

Thumbscrew or Differential Drives

Internal Piezo Actuators Available

Internal Piezo Actuators Available

Multi-Axis Platforms start on page 541

▼ CHAPTERS 5 mm Travel, NanoFlexTM Stage, 20 µm Piezo Actuator

Motorized Stages Single-Axis

5 mm Travel, NanoFlexTM Accessories

5 mm NanoFlexTM Piezo Stage with Driver Bundle

TSGNF5 Bundle Rotation

The TPZ001 T-Cube

M CHAPTERS 1/4" Travel, Miniature Translation Stages

8-32 (M4 x 0.7) Mounting Hole

See Page 285 for These Accessories

1/2" Travel, Miniature Dovetail Stages

Dovetail Stage Accessories

Example of Rotation Adaptor Continuous Rotation Adapter

The DT12RA rotation adapter enables the DT12 stage to

M CHAPTERS 1/2" Travel, Miniature Translation Stages,

Specifications T12XYZ Perpendicularity

1/2" Travel Miniature Translation Stages (Page 2 of 2)

2-56 (M2 x 0.4) 8-32 (M4 x 0.7) Controllers

2.51" (63.8 mm) 0.88" 2.56 (M2 x 0.4) Clearance Goniometers

ITEM # METRIC ITEM # $ £ € RMB DESCRIPTION

2-56 (M2 x 0.4)

1.95" (49.5 mm) 1.67" (42.4 mm)

The motorized version of the

1/2" (13 mm) Travel Translation Stage, Modular Design (Page 2 of 2)

MT3 Stages Shown with the MT406 Adapter

4 MT3 Shown with Optional Side

1/2" Travel Translation Stages

1/2" Travel Translation Stage Accessories

M CHAPTERS 1/2" (13 mm) Travel Vertical Translation Stage

removed and replaced with an MMP1 Mounting Plate, which has a 3 mm

Mounting Hole 5 Places,

1" Travel Dovetail Stages

Ideal for general purpose low-precision laboratory use. Two Mounting

1/4"-20 (M6 x 1.0)

M CHAPTERS TravelMax™ 1" Travel, Cross Roller Bearing Stage (Page 1 of 2)

See pages For applications that require increased resolution, the

TravelMax™ 1" Travel, Cross Roller Bearing Stage (Page 2 of 2)

The LNR25P1 base plate (shown above) provides additional

Micrometer Drive TravelMax™ Stage

▼ CHAPTERS 1" (25 mm) Travel Translation Stage

Single-Axis Translator Plus Accessories

2" Travel Translation Stages with Coarse/Fine Drive

M CHAPTERS TravelMax™ 2" Travel, Cross Roller Bearing Stage (Page 1 of 2)